proposed fire alarm i mass notification system

PROPOSED FIRE ALARM I MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEM

JOINT COMMISSARY & NAVY EXCHANGE

NSA ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND

SYSTEM SUPPLIED AND SERVICED BY: Life Safety Solutions Integrators

Virginia 7170 Gary Road

Manassas, VA 20109 (703) 631-7476

Maryland 57 West Timonium Road, Suite 107

Timonium, MD 21093 (41 0) 560-7195

SYSTEM INSTALLED BY: TEl

57281ndustrylane Frederick, MD 21704

FIRE ALARM I MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEM EQUIPMENT EST3 Fire Alarm I Mass Notification Control Panel

Authorized Strategic Portner GE Security

Manufactured by GE

EricJ Rose Nicet Level IV

Certification No. 115857

Section 13851 Fire Alarm Section 13853 Mass Noti1 13037F 6/10/2013 EJR

TABLE OF CONTENTS Description

Section / Page #

1. Scope

2. Revision Sheet

3. Bill of Materials

5. Signaling Line Circuit – Addressable Loop 1

1.6.3.1 Fire Alarm Control Panels, Power Supplies and Annunciators 1.6.3.2 Detection Devices 1.6.3.3 Audio / Visual Devices 1.6.3.4 System Components and Cut Sheets 1.6.3.5 Battery Calculations 1.6.3.6 Voltage Calculations 1.6.3.7 Compatibility Listings 1.6.3.8 Operating Instructions for Entire System 1.6.3.9 Manufacturers Inspection Instructions and Other Maintenance Criteria from NFPA 72 and UFC 3-600-02 1.6.3.10 Designer and Installer Certificates

13037F.xls

Scope In your review of the proposed submittals we submit the following for your assistance and consideratior The following criterion have been implemented during the design process of the Fire Alarm I Mass Notification System:

General

The building is a single story structure with multiple warehouse bays and office spaces. Occupancy is mixed use Business, Group B & Storage, Group S-1.

System

The Fire Alarm I Mass Notification system is an EST-3 Addressable Voice Evacuation Fire Alarm Control Panel [FACP[ with 8 Channel Digital Audio Source Unn. The system is comprised of: The Exchange FACP will be located in the 125 Mechanical Room of the building. The Commissary FACP will be located in the 31 C Sprinkler Room of the building. Each FACP shall contain the (1) Signaling Line CircuH [SLC] Controller for loops which interface with the system addressable field devices. Each FACP shall also contain Amplifiers for Speaker Circuits. One (1) Local Operating Console (LOC) shall reside on the Exchange Floor and one (1) Local Operating Console (LOC) shall reside on the Commissary Floor as shown in the drawings and will interface wijh the Main FACP. The LOGs shall have the ability to initiate Mass Notification recorded messages and live voice messages as well as a swnch for AHU Shutdown per specifications.

The Fire alarm System shall also be used for Mass Notification. The Fire Alarm shall be programmed to provide 5 Mass Notification messages to be played throughout the buildings on demand.

The Mass Notification System messages and live voice shall take priority over all other function of the system including the audible and visual output of the fire alarm system in a normal or alarm state. All fire alarm system functions shall continue in an alarm state except for the output signals of the audible and visual notification appliances. Front Panel switches have been provided for the disabling of building functions as required per specification

Wiring The Fire Alarm System has been designed with Class "A" Network Risers, Class "A" Signaling Line Circuits and Class "A" Notification Circuits. T-Tapping of all circuits is Prohibited. Notification appliance circuits (NAC) have been provided for an minimum spare capacity of 25% per specification! Signal Panels have been provided for a minimum spare capacity of 25% per specifications

Notification Signal panels shall be provided for the Fire alarm/Mass Notification Strobe circuits The Fire Alarm/Mass Notification Strobes shall be synchronized in accordance with NFPA-72.

Installation Battery Sizing has been calculated for 72 Hours standby with 15 minutes alarm to comply w/ specifications All Fire Alarm Control Equipment shall be in locations protected by a smoke detector perNFPA 72-2010, 10.1 All control relays shall be placed within 3 feet of device being controlled per NFPA 72-2010, 21.2.·

Observatlon(s)

Submittal The submitial booklet contains but is not limited to the followin~

Bill of materials. Sequence of Operation Addressable Loop Battery calculations. Spare capacity.

The submitial drawings contain but are not limited to the following: Floor Plans and Wiring Riser Diagrams and circuit layouts Details and drawings of Signal Panel and connections Symbol legends, mounting and installation details

The purpose of our shop drawings is to aid in the installation of proprietary systems. If there is a discrepancy between the contract and LSSI shop drawings that has not been addressed in this letter, the submitiai booklet and shop drawings or if you have any questions in regards to any portion of this submission, please contact me at [email protected] or (703) 631-7476

Respectfully,

Eric Rose Systems Analyst - Life Safety Solutions Integrator~

Scope

13037F.xls Rev Sheet

Revision Sheet Changes Y/N

Mod # Description Date By Dwg Booklet Original Submission 6/10/2013 EJR

2

13037F.xla BOM

( Qty Catalog Number Description Manufacturer Sheet Number

EST3 System Components

'-"" Local Rail &. COmmunication Modules 2 EST3 Panels EST 8501D-0145 2 3-cPU3 Central Processor Module EST 8501D-0133 2 3-RS485A Network Communication Card, Class A EST 8501D-0133 2 3-SSDC1 Signature Single Driver Controller (LRM) EST 8501D-0129 1 3-2A20A 20 Watt 2oned Amplifier, Class A, 25 or 70Vrms EST 8501D-0057 2 3-ZA95 95 Watt Zoned Amplifier, Class 8/A, 25 or 70Vrms EST 8501D-0057

User Interface Modules

2 3-LCD Liquid Crystal Display Module EST 8501D-0071 2 3-12/S1RY 12 Switch, 12 Red, 12 Yel Ctrl Dis Mod EST 85010-0055 2 3-12/S1GY 12 Switch, 12 Gm, 12 Yel Ctrl Dis Mod EST 8501D-0055

Audio&. Telephone Common Controls 2 3-ASU/4 Audio Source Unft /w 4 Rail Spaces EST 8501Q-0063

Power Supplies 2 3-I'PS/M Primary Power Supply 120V EST 8501Q-0059 2 3-BBC/M Booster Power Supply 120V, Multiple Batteries EST 8501D-0059

Battery

B SLA1161 44 AH Battery INTERSTATE INT-OD1 Cabinets &. Door Assemblies Chassis Assemblies

2 3-cHAS7 Chassis Ass'y for 7 LRMs EST 8501D-0067 Lot:al Rill/ Filler Nodules, Doors, & Pliltes

10 H.RMF Blank LRM Filler EST 8501Q-0055 6 3-FP Filler Plate for LRM door EST NA

Lobby cabinet Assemblies 2 3-cAB14B Back Box /w 14 LRM Space w/o Door EST 8501D-0067 2 3-cAB14DR Red Door Assembly for 3-cAB14 EST 8501D-0067

Battery Cabinet B BC-1R Battery Cabinet, red EST 8501D-0067

Kepad Display

2 3-6ANN Annunciator /w CPU, 2 of 3-ANNSM, 2 of 3-ANNBF EST 8501o-o069 2 6ANN/B Flush Box for 3-6ANN EST 8501Q-006g 2 3-LCD Liquid Crystal Display Module EST 8501D-0071 2 3-REMICA Remote Mic Un~ - Ann Mount EST 8501D-0105

SIGA-CTl Single Input Module for REMICA supervision EST 85001-0241 2 3-12/51GY 12 Switch, 12 Gm, 12 Yel Ctrl Dis Mod EST 8501D-005S 2 3-FP Filler Plate for LRM door EST NA

l/ Remote Booster Power Supply Summary 2 BPS6A-6 6 Pack, Remote Boo- Power Supply, 6.5A, 120Vac, Red EST 85005-0125 2 BPS6A Remote Booster Power Supply, 6.5A, 120Vac, Red EST 85005-Q125

Remote Booster Power Supply Batteries 28 SLA1075 7.S AH Battery INTERSTATE INT-002

Signature Series Intelligent Detectors 3 SIGA2-PS Photoelectric Smoke Detector EST 85001-o619

Detector Bases

3 SIGA-SB Standard Detector Base EST 85001-0619 SuperDuct Signature Smoke Detector

13 SIGA-SD SuperDuct Detector EST 85001-0584 SuperDuct Sampling Tubes

13 SD-T60 SuperDuct, Air sample tube, 60 inch EST 85001-QS84 SuperDuct Remote Test stations

13 SD-TRK SuperDuct, Remote test/reset station, keyed EST 85001-0584 Signature Series Life Safety Modules Manual Pull stations

21 SIGA-278 Double Action Fire Alarm Station EST 85001-0279 Input Modules

29 SIGA-cn Single Input Module EST 85001-0241 Output Modules

3 SIGA-CC1S Synchronized Signal Module /w 1 Riser in, 1 Output Ckt, Cl 'B' EST 85001-Q543 10 SIGA-cc2A Signal Module /w 1 or 2 RiSI!IS in, 1 Output Ckt, Cl 'A' EST 85001-Q609 25 SIGA-cR Control Relay Module EST 85001-0239

Manual Fire Alarm station Covers - Stopper U

16 STI-1100 Stopper fw hom &. 9V battery, flush stations EST 85001-Q491 2 STI-1130 Stopper fw hom &. 9V battery, sutface stations EST 85001-0491 2 STI-3100 2" Spacer EST 85001-0491 4 STI-3002 Weatherproof Gasket, two req'd per cover EST 85001-0491 2 STI-3003 Weatherproof Gasket for conduit entry EST 85001-Q491 2 STI-3004 Condu~ Insert EST 85001-0491

Weatherproof Double Action station /w terminal connections &. wpf backbox 2 MPSR2-S45W-GE Wpf, Double Action Station, SPST, Cat 45 key reset EST 85001-0588

Genesis Wall Multi candela Mass Notification strobes 6 GlWA-VMC Sb'obe, white, ALERT, A, B, C, D cd, dear lens EST 85001-Q573

Genesis Ceiling Multi Low Candela Mass Notification strobes, no running man 5 GCWA-VMC Strobe, white, ALERT, 15, 30, 75, 95 cd, dear EST 85001-Q557

(\ ~

3

13037F.xls

Qty Catalog Number Description

Integrity Optional Lens Kits 12 LKW-10 ALERT - Wall Orientation

Genesis Wall Mount 70 Vrms MNEC Speaker-Strobes, ALERT Label 25 G4WA-S7VMC 70V Speaker-Strobe, White, ALERT, Multi-cd clear

Genesis Outdoor Rated Wall/Ceiling Mount MNEC Speaker-Strobes, Standard cd 13 WG4WA-SVMC 25/70V Speaker-strobe, white, ALERT, clear, IS, 29, 70, 87 cd

Genesis Outdoor Rated Wall/Ceiling Mount MNEC Speaker-strobes, High cd 1 WG4WA-SVMHC 25/70V Speaker-strobe, whfte, ALERT, clear, 102, 123, 147, 161 cd

Genesis Ceiling 70 Volt Mass Notification Speakers

11 GCWA-S7 70V Speaker, white, Alert markings Genesis Ceiling 70 Voft Mass Notification Speaker~Strobes, ALERT, Standard cd

147 GCWA-S7VMC 70V Speaker-Strobe white, ALERT, 15, 30, 75, 95 cd, clear Legacy Wall&. Ceiling Mount Speakers and Speaker-strobes Wall Mount 70 Vrms Integrity Series Re-Entrant Speakers (W=White)

11 757-IA-R70W Re-Entrant Speaker, 70V 2, 4, 8, !5w Wall Mount 70 Vrms Integrity Series Re-Entrant Speaker/strobes (W=White)

12 757-7A-R570W 15/75cd Strobe, Re-Ent Speaker, 70V 2, 4, 8, 15w Series Re·Entrant Speaker Sr. Speaker/strobes Mounting Accessories

23 757 A-WBW Weatherproof Box - WHITE. Ancillary Relays Easy Mount, Contacts llSVac@ lOA

13 PAM! 2 RH2B-U

SPOT relay, adhesive mount, 6" leads

Standard DPDT 24vdc /lOA relay 2 SH2B-05 Standard DIN rail Mount for Blade terminal relay

Custom Additions 16 LEMD-M

Wire Guards LED Message Boards

23 SGW776 5 PSGH 652

Audio Visual wire guard enclosure (7" x 7" x 6") Pull Station switch guard

Radio Fire Alarm Transmitter 2 DTX-H1R1-N1016 2 DTX-IK-11

Master Box (DTX) Frequency 132-151, with One-way Comm. DTX Radio Antenna Kit

SPARE PARTS Signature Series Intelligent Detectors

1 S!GA2-P5 Photoelectric Smoke Detector Detector Bases

1 S!GA-SB Standard Detector Base SuperDuct Signature Smoke Detector

1 SIGA-SD SuperDuct Detector Genesis Wall Multi Candela Mass Notification Strobes

1 GlWA-VMC Strobe, white, ALERT, A, B, C, 0 cd, clear lens Genesis Ceiling Multi Low Candela Mass Notification Strobes, no running man

1 GCWA-VMC Strobe, white, ALERT, 15, 30, 75, 95 cd, clear Genesis Wall Mount 70 Vrms MNEC Speaker-Strobes, ALERT Label

1 G4WA-S7VMC 70V Speaker-Strobe, White, ALERT, Multi-cd clear Genesis Outdoor Rated Wall/Ceiling Mount MNEC Speaker-strobes, Standard cd

1 WG4WA-SVMC 25/70V Speaker-strobe, wh~e, ALERT, clear, 15, 29, 70, 87 cd Genesis Outdoor Rated Wall/Ceiling Mount MNEC Speaker-Strobes, High cd

1 WG4WA-SVMHC 25/70V Speaker-strobe, white, ALERT, clear, 102, 123, 147, 161 cd Genesis Ceiling 70 Volt Mass Notification Speakers

1 GCWA-S7 70V Speaker, white, Alert markings Genesis Ceiling 70 Volt Mass Notification Speaker~Strobes, ALERT, Standard cd

1 GCWA-S7VMC 70V Speaker-Strobe white, ALERT, 15, 30, 75, 95 cd, clear Legacy Wall&. Ceiling Mount Speakers and Speaker-strobes Wall Mount 70 Vrms Integrity Series Re-Entrant Speakers (W=Whlte)

1 757-IA-R70W Re-Entrant Speaker, 70V 2, 4, 8, 15w Wall Mount 70 Vrms Integrity Series Re-Entrant Speaker/strobes (W=White)

1 757-7A-R570W 15/75cd Strobe, Re-Ent Speaker, 70V 2, 4, 8, 15w Panel Keys

2 CAT-15 KEY CAT-15 Keys BC-1 CABINET FUSES

16 313 250VP I 8 AMP FUSE

4

BOM

Manufacturer Sheet Number

EST 85001-0317

EST 8500!-0549

EST 85001-0626

EST 85001-0626

EST 85001-0558

EST 85001-0556

EST 85001-0317

EST 85001-0317

EST 85001-0317

EST 270066 I DEC IDEC-001 I DEC IDEC-002

Wheelock WHE-001

Chase Security CHS-001 Chase Security CHS-002

SIGCOM SIG-001 SIGCOM NA

EST 8500!-0619

EST 85001-0619

EST 85001-0584

EST 85001-0573

EST 85001-0557

EST 85001-0549

EST 85001-0626

EST 8500!-0626

EST 85001-0558

EST 8500!-0556

EST 8500!-0317

EST 85001-0317

Local Purchase N/A

Local Purchase N/A

13037F.xls

DEVICE SMOKE DETECTOR DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR RT11 SHUTDOWN DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR RT14 SHUTDOWN DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR RT15 SHUTDOWN DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR RT6 SHUTDOWN DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR RT5 SHUTDOWN DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR RT6 SHUTDOWN DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR RT3 SHUTDOWN DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR RT2 SHUTDOWN DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR RT1 SHUTDOWN DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR RT4 SHUTDOWN DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR RT8 SHUTDOWN SPEAKERCIRCUIT#S1-ACTIVATE SPEAKER CIRCUIT #52- ACTIVATE SPEAKER CIRCUIT #55- ACTIVATE FAIMNS SIGNAL- ALARM- TO CENTRAL FAIMNS SIGNAL -SUPERVISORY- TO CENTRAL FAIMNS SIGNAL- TROUBLE -TO CENTRAL FAIMNS SIGNAL- WATERFLOW- TO CENTRAL FLOW SWITCH FLOW SWITCH TAMPER SWITCH TAMPER SWITCH TAMPER SWITCH TAMPER SWITCH TAMPER SWITCH TAMPER SWITCH TAMPER SWITCH TAMPER SWITCH FAIMNS SIGNAL ACTIVATE- EP #1 THRU #9 FIRE PUMP- RUN FIRE PUMP - FAULT FIRE PUMP- PHASE REVERSAL MANUAL STATION MANUAL STATION MANUAL STATION MANUAL STATION MANUAL STATION MANUAL STATION PRESSURE SWITCH FLOW SWITCH TAMPER SWITCH MANUAL STATION MANUAL STATION- WP MANUAL STATION MANUAL STATION- WP MANUAL STATION MANUAL STATION MANUAL STATION MANUAL STATION MNS SIGNAL- "ANNOUNCEMENT" ACTIVATE MNS SIGNAL- "EVACUATE" ACTIVATE ASU AUDIO SWITCH PA I MUSIC SYSTEM- SHUTDOWN

I= ISOLATION BASE MN =MASS NOTIFICATION FA= FIRE ALARM

ROOM 125 MECHANICAL 116 OFFICE

901 FOOD COURT SEATING

801 BEAUTY SHOP

102 SALES AREA

102 SALES AREA

1 02 SALES AREA

102 SALES AREA

102 SALES AREA

102 SALES AREA

102 SALES AREA

126 STOCK ROOM

125 MECHANICAL 125 MECHANICAL 125 MECHANICAL 125 MECHANICAL 125 MECHANICAL 125 MECHANICAL 125 MECHANICAL 125 MECHANICAL 125 MECHANICAL 125 MECHANICAL 125 MECHANICAL 125 MECHANICAL 125 MECHANICAL 125 MECHANICAL 125 MECHANICAL 125 MECHANICAL 125 MECHANICAL 125 MECHANICAL 125 MECHANICAL 125 MECHANICAL 125 MECHANICAL 125 MECHANICAL 911 CORRIDOR 900 FOOD COURT VESTIBULE 900 FOOD COURT VESTIBULE 100 ENTRY VESTIBULE 100 ENTRY VESTIBULE 300LAYAWAY 300LAYAWAY 300LAYAWAY 400 BANK 500 GARDEN CENTER 501 GARDEN CENTER VESTIBULE 500 GARDEN CENTER 136 LIQUOR DEPARTMENT VESTIBULE 127 RECEIVING 127 RECEIVING 126 STOCK ROOM 125 MECHANICAL 125 MECHANICAL 125 MECHANICAL I FACP 125 MECHANICAL

5

SENSOR MODULE 0001 0002

0164 0003

0165 0004

0166 0005

0167 0006

0168 0007

0169 0008

0170 0009

0171 0010

0172 0011

0173 0012

0174 0126 0127 0128 0129 0130 0131 0132 0133 0134 0135 0136 0137 0138 0139 0140 0141 0142 0143 0144 0145 0146 0147 0148 0149 0150 0151 0152 0153 0154 0155 0156 0157 0158 0159 0160 0161 0162 0163 0175 0176 0177 0178

MODULE DESCRIPTION

CONTROL RELAY (SIGA-CR)

CONTROL RELAY {SIGA-CR)


CONTROL RELAY(SIGA-CR)







CONTROL RELAY (SIGA-CR) SIGNAL MODULE {SIGA-CCZA) SIGNAL MODULE {SIGA-CC2A) SIGNAL MODULE (SIGA-CC2A) CONTROL RELAY(SIGA-CR) CONTROL RELAY {SIGA-CR) CONTROL RELAY (SIGA-CR) CONTROL RELAY (SIGA-CR)

MONITOR MODULE {SIGA-CT1) MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1) MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1) MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1) MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1) MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1) MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1) MONITOR MODULE {SIGA-CT1) MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1) MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1) SYNCH MODULE (SIGA-CC1S) MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1) MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1) MONITOR MODULE {SIGA-CT1)

MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1) MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1) MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1)

MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1)

MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1)

SIGNAL MODULE {SIGA-CCZA) SIGNAL MODULE {SIGA-CC2A) CONTROL RELAY {SIGA-CR) CONTROL RELAY {SIGA-CR)

EXCHANGE Loop 1

terry.rogers

Text Box

Provide Address for PIV

l

13037F.xls

~ SMOKE DETECTOR FLOW SWITCHDUCT SMOKE DETECTOR RT1 SHUTDOWN SMOKE DETECTOR FLOW SWITCHDUCT SMOKE DETECTOR RT5 SHUTDOWN SPEAKER CIRCUIT #53- ACTIVATE SPEAKER CIRCUIT #54- ACTIVATE SPEAKER CIRCUIT #56- ACTIVATE FAIMNS SIGNAL- ALARM- TO CENTRAL FAIMNS SIGNAL- SUPERVISORY- TO CENTRAL FAIMNS SIGNAL- TROUBLE- TO CENTRAL FAIMNS SIGNAL- WATERFLOW- TO CENTRAL TAMPER SWITCH TAMPER SWITCH FLOW SWITCH FLOW SWITCH TAMPER SWITCH TAMPER SWITCH FAIMNS SIGNAL ACTIVATE- EP #12 THRU #14 MANUAL STATION MANUAL STATION MANUAL STATION MANUAL STATION MANUAL STATION MANUAL STATION MANUAL STATION MANUAL STATION FLOW SWITCH TAMPER SWITCH PRESSURE SWITCH MANUAL STATION KITCHEN HOOD KITCHEN HOOD FAIMNS SIGNAL ACTIVATE- EP #10 THRU #11 MNS SIGNAL- "ANNOUNCEMENT" ACTIVATE MNS SIGNAL- "EVACUATE" ACTIVATE ASU AUDIO SWITCH PA I MUSIC SYSTEM -SHUTDOWN

I = ISOLATION BASE MN =MASS NOTIFICATION FA= FIRE ALARM

ROOM 31C SPRINKLER ROOM 17 TRAINING ROOM

31E ELECTRICAL ROOM 69 DELl/BAKERY PREPARATION AREA

31C SPRINKLER ROOM 31C SPRINKLER ROOM 31C SPRINKLER ROOM 31C SPRINKLER ROOM 31C SPRINKLER ROOM 31C SPRINKLER ROOM 31C SPRINKLER ROOM 31C SPRINKLER ROOM 31C SPRINKLER ROOM 31C SPRINKLER ROOM 31C SPRINKLER ROOM 31C SPRINKLER ROOM 31C SPRINKLER ROOM 31C SPRINKLER ROOM 31C SPRINKLER ROOM 31 STAIRWELL 36137 RECEIVING/STAGING AREA 36137 RECEIVING/STAGING AREA 69 SALES AREA 13 ADMINISTRATIVE ENTRY VESTIBULE 81 CHECKOUT 81 CHECKOUT 20A JANITOR'S CLOSET 20A JANITOR'S CLOSET 20A JANITOR'S CLOSET 81 CHECKOUT 70172 DELl/BAKERY SERVICE AREA 69 DELl/BAKERY PREPARATION AREA 31 E ELECTRICAL ROOM 31C SPRINKLER ROOM 31C SPRINKLER ROOM 31C SPRINKLER ROOM I FACP 31C SPRINKLER ROOM

6

SENSOR 0001 0002

0003 0004

0154

0155 0126 0127 0128 0129 0130 0131 0132 0133 0134 0135 0136 0137 0138 0139 0140 0141 0142 0143 0144 0145 0146 0147 0148 0149 0150 0151 0152 0153 0156 0157 0158 0159 0160

MODULE DESCRIPTION

CONTROL RELAY(SIGA-CR)

CONTROL RELAY(SIGA-CR) SIGNAL MODULE (SIGA-CC2A) SIGNAL MODULE (SIGA-CC2A) SIGNAL MODULE (SIGA-CC2A) CONTROL RELAY (SIGA-CR) CONTROL RELAY (SIGA-CR) CONTROL RELAY(SIGA-CR) CONTROL RELAY(SIGA-CR)

MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1) MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1) MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1) MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1) MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1) MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1) SYNCH MODULE (SIGA-CC1S)

MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1) MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1) MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1)

MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1) MONITOR MODULE (SIGA-CT1) SYNCH MODULE (SIGA-CC1S) SIGNAL MODULE (SIGA-CC2A) SIGNAL MODULE (SIGA-CC2A) CONTROL RELAY (SIGA-CR) CONTROL RELAY (SIGA-CR)

COMMMISSARY Loop 1

(

·~.

EST Cai.Eli<:;;_; !iJ> EST3 Life Safety Platform

Life Safety I Communications

~

EST3 Base Platform With Signature Series Fire Alarm

Overview EST3 is a modular control platform uniquely designed to meet the needs of applications ranging from standalone single panel fire alarm systems to multi-panel networks with unified fire alarm, security, access control and Mass Notification functions. Each function uses many of the same components, simplifying system layouts.

Virtually all EST3 operating features are software-controlled. A powerful System Definition Utility program helps define system operations in a fraction of the time required by previous methods. This gives EST3 great site flexibility and ensures operational changes and upgrades will be possible years after the initial installation.

EST3 is uniquely designed to meet the life safety needs of any size facility. The function of each panel can be customized by using an extensive selection of plug and play local rail modules.

With support for 64 nodes of up to 2,500 devices each, this network's multi-priority peer-to-peer token ring protocol delivers a fast alarm response time across any size network. Add to that the ability to network panels with fiber or copper connections with an overall length of 160000 ft- that's 30 miles - and you've got virtually unlimited networking options.

Page1 of4

e Listed for IVI.,.,_.S •J"L Fire, Security,

• 168-character LCD

• Exceptional alarm response times

• Network supports copper, multi-mode fiber, single-mode fiber, or a combination of all three

• Total network wiring over 160,000 feet

• Eight channels of multiplexed digital audio on a single pair of wires or fiber filiment

• Zoned, distributed and banked audio amplifier options

• Local, Proprietary, and Central Station system operations

• In retrofit applications, existing wiring may be used if code compliant

• Supports Edwards Signature Series detectors and modules

• Designed in accordance with IS0-9000 quality standards

• UL864 Ninth Edition Listed

• UL2572 Listed for Mass Notification

• Optional earthquake hardening: OSHPD seismic pre-approval for component Importance Factor 1.5

D AT A S H EE T 8501 0-0145 Not to be used tor lnstaHation purposes. Issue 2

L

Outstanding Features EST3 system components are arranged in layers, starting with the backbox and finishing with inner and outer doors. Cabinets are available with room for up to 20 modules and system batteries up to 65 AH. A single 24-volt battery can act as the secondary power supply for all four internal power supplies. Once the backbox is installed, up to four power supplies can be installed in the chassis assembly. The power supplies use a unique paralleling arrangement that ensures the optimum use of each supply. Each supply has the capacity to deliver up to 7 amps at 24 Vdc (28 amps totaO.

The function of each life safety network panel is determined by the Local Rail Modules (LRMs) plugged into the panel's chassis. An extensive variety of modules are available, including central processing units, input/output circuit modules, communication modules, security/access control modules, and audio amplifier modules.

The top layer of the LRMs is referred to as the user interface layer. This layer is made up of the Main Display Interface module and a system of generic control/display modules. Any control/dis-play module can mount on any LRM. This maximizes flexibility of

L design for custom systems. The inner and outer doors finish and ',, , secure the enclosure.

A single panel can support up to 2,500 addressable points, provide 28 amps @ 24 Vdc, provide access control for up to 124 doors, and still have room for future expansion. If a single panel is not large enough or you need to distribute functionality throughout the project, then you can network up to 64 panels together!

Networking/Communications The EST3 Life Safety Network uses a multi-priority peer-to-peer token ring protocol. The protocol gives EST3 the exceptionally fast alarm response time of less than three seconds across the network, virtually independent of the total number of nodes. The EST3 token ring network configuration also affords long distances between panels. The distance between any three panels on #18 AWG (1.0 mm2) is 5,000 ft (1 ,523m) for both network control and digital audio signals. Supporting a maximum of 64 panels on a network, the total network length can be in excess of 160000 ft (48768m). Network and audio communication are via RS-485 serial ports. Each two-wire circuit supports Class A (Style 7) or Class B (Style 4) wiring configurations. Fiber optic media is also available.

As an indication of the high level of system integration, off-premise communications is handled by the Modcom modem communicator module. This module provides the Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (DACT) function, sending system status signals for up to 255 accounts to up to 80 different central monitoring stations and/or commercial paging carriers. The Modcom also acts as a

~ V.32bis 14.4K-baud modem for uploading and downloading of system access control data remotely via the telephone network.

Page2of4

Digital Audio EST3 digitized audio can deliver up to eight audio messages simultaneously over a single pair of wires! This is plenty of capacity for both live and pre-recorded messages. EST3 easily supports the needs of mass notification messaging, and fire alarm messaging by providing the ability to bring not only pre-recorded messages but also live voice messaging supporting not only evacuation announcments but the messaging needed to support the risks that may require shelter-in-place and relocation messaging.

All audio messages and live pages originate at the Audio Source Unit (ASU) that can store up to 1 00 minutes pre-recorded audio

messages as . wav files. These messages can be automatically directed to various areas in a facility under program control. On the receiving end, zoned amplifiers installed in remote fire alarm cabinets receive and decode the dig-ital messages. The messages are then amplified and sent out to the speakers.

The availability of eight different channels opens a number of new simultaneous notification possibilities:

1) Live voice page for MNEC or fire-related instructions;

2) Emergency floor evacuation/notification message;

3) Alert message on floors above and below the emergency;

4) Stairwell evacuation reinforcement message;

5) Elevator cab information messages;

6) Lobby message instructing occupants to exit the building;

7) Concourse instructions to occupants not to enter the lobby;

8) Other instructions to areas not directly affected by the emer-gency.

Any combination of the eight audio channels can be automatically directed to any or all areas of the building, with total manual override as required. Eight channel capability assures that one message is never interrupted in order to process another, a common fault with two-channel systems. This eliminates any chance of confusing the occupants with conflicting messages.

Survivability is also an integral part of EST3's digitized audio system. Default audio messages are continuously transmitted to all network amplifiers by the ASU. These messages provide audio supervision for the digital audio chain, and act as a default signal if the network data Circuit fails or should message control information fail to reach the ASU. If the audio data circuit fails, each amplifier generates a 1KHz temporal (3-3-3) tone that is transmitted during an alarm. In the event of an amplifier failure, a backup audio amplifier is automatically substituted for the failed amplifier in the cabinet, restoring audio capability. In the unlikely event of multiple amplifier failures, the backup amp replaces the amplifier actively processing the highest priority message in the cabinet. When messages are no longer directed to a failed amplifier such as when a high priority page message ends, the backup amp is dynamically reassigned to the next highest priority failed amplifier actively processing messages

DATA S H EE T 8501 0-0145 Not to be used for installation purposes. Issue 2

The Firefighters Telephone Control unit (FTCU) provides two-way communications between remotely located phones and the fire command center. The alphanumeric display makes operation intuitive, and a single switch permits the phone signals to be used to issue pages in the facility.

Digitized audio increases notification messaging flexibility, reduces wiring and installation costs, provides enhanced supervision and survivability, and is easy to use.

Enhanced Reliability & Survivability The EST3 uses distributed technology, designed to survive expected and unexpected events including earthquakes. Simple-to-install kits provide internal hardening that meets ;requirements defined by Uniform Building Code (UBC 1 997); International Building Code (IBC 2006); and, Acceptance Criteria for Seismic Qualification by Shake-Table Testing of Nonstructural Components and Systems (AC-156). Seismic component importance factor of 1 .5 can be met by adaing appropriate anchorage for local conditions. There is no need for special installation methods for EST3 field devices including signals and detection devises. By following standard mounting methods, along with any local requirements, seismic Importance Fac-tor 1.5 may be gained in order to further enhance system survivability.

On the initiating side, intelligent Signature Series detectors can make alarm decisions on their own, and do not involve other system components in this important decision-making process. Sensor-based technology must communicate data to a remotely located common panel where alarm decisions are made. Failure of this centralized processor can cripple sensorbased systems. With EST3, a panel CPU failure does not disable a panel's ability to provide protection. In the event of a CPU failure, the intelligent device controllers can still receive alarms and distribute the alarm information to all other modules in the panel. Modules in the panel are capable of responding with a programmed standalone alarm response.

When a network is wired in a Class B configuration, a single break or short on the wiring isolates the system into two groups of panels. Each group continues to function as a peer-to-peer network, working with their combined databases. When wired using a Class A configuration, a single break or short on the network wiring causes the system to isolate the fault, and network communication continues uninterrupted - without any loss of

Page3of4

Typical Wiring

41h FLOOR· •

1 Pr& 2Tw/Sh Pr.

Remote Floor Panel (Node)

2nd FLOOR· • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • · • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

D AT A S H H T 8501 0-0145 Not to be ~osed for instaHat!on purposes. Issue 2

Detection & alarm since 1872

u.s. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996

Canada Chubb Edwards T 519 376 2430 F 519 376 7258

Southeast Asia T : +65 6391 9300 F : +65 6391 9306

India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 9239 1200 F +61 3 9239 1 299

Europe T+3227251120 F +32 2 721 86 13

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300

utcfireandsecurity.com

© 201 0 UTC Fire & Security. All rights reserved.

Page4of4

function. Should multiple wiring faults occur, the network re-configures into many subnetworks and continues to respond to alarm events from every panel that can transmit and receive network messages. Survivability is maximized as responses originating and executed by a single panel are always carried out because a copy of the system database is stored in the panel's memory.

Scheduled maintenance improves system availability, and EST3 is designed to make system maintenance easy. System components are designed to assist in routine and time-consuming service functions.

EST3 service groups are defined by location, not by system wiring. There is no need to disable an entire floor to test a single device.

According to their UL listings, Signature Series detectors do not require routine sensitivity testing - a real timesaver.

Comprehensive internal and external monitoring quickly identifies most problems to a component level, including ground faults that can be identified down to the module.

Parts are easy to replace. Modules plug in and use automatic addressing and plug-in field wiring. No DIP switches are used.

Firmware in system modules and Signature devices is easily upgraded as new advances in detection and control technology are made available.

Advanced system diagnostics are provided in the EST3 System Definition Utility.

User Friendly A comprehensive survey of users resulted in system features and controls that are easy to use.

The main display interface shows the operator the first and most recent system events -without ever touching a single control! All system events are sent to one of four message queues. Alarm messages are never intermixed with trouble or supervisory signals, eliminating confusion. For more information the Details switch provides additional information about the highlighted device. The operator can easily review supervisory, trouble, and monitor messages by simply selecting the appropriate message queue. After a few minutes of inactivity, the system automatically returns to displaying the first and most recent events.

Optional manual control switches and display modules can be arranged on the system operator layer to suit the application. These modules can be used to provide additional HVAC controls, manual selection of audio circuits, or other required manual control functions.

The digital audio system uses only five basic controls to direct all paging messages.

ALL CALL directs page messages to all zones in the facility.

Page to EVACUATION automatically directs page messages to the fire area.

Page to ALERT automatically directs page messages to the areas receiving the alert message.

All Call Minus automatically directs page messages to the areas NOT receiving the evacuation or alert messages.

Page by Phone selects the firefighters' telephone system as the source for paging.

The Firefighters' Telephone Control Unit (FTCU) uses an alphanumeric display to indicate the source of incoming calls. Operators simply scroll through the list and hit the "Connect" button when the desired call is highlighted. There is no need to look through rows of lamps and switches to determine the source of calls. Up to five remote locations can be in simultaneous two-way communications with the FTCU.

System Configuration The powerful EST3 System Definition Utility (SOU) helps define flexible system operations in a fraction of the time required by other systems. Based on an object -oriented system of rules, virtually all EST3 operating features are software-controlled. This gives the designer great flexibility in integrating mass notification, fire, security, and access control functions into a single seamless design.

A report generator provides a complete library of system reports that are invaluable for troubleshooting, including a printout of Signature device connections as the devices are actually wired.

Use of software-based components permits the SOU to add new features to the system. Even the Signature Series devices are capable of upgrading firmware as new detection algorithms become available.

L T 8501 0-0145 Hot Issue 2

T3 Central Processor Unit 3-CPU3, 3-RS485A, 3-RS485B,

3-RS232' '

Overview The 3-CPU3 is the Central Processing Unit Module monitoring the status of all modules and providing the link for network communications. Although each local rail card contains their own microprocessor, the 3-CPU3 provides all inter-module communication and has the ability to download rail module operating parameters. Upon power up the 3-CPU3 automatically learns all local rail module attributes and locations. Site specific software is loaded into the 3-CPU3 which then downloads data to each local rail module. Firmware upgrades are also done from the 3-CPU3 eliminating the need to unplug chips on rail modules.

Mounting must be in the first two local rail spaces of the upper 3-CHAS7 (module chassis). Options for the 3-CPU3 include the addition of an LCD display and User Interface, RS-232 Communication Card, and RS-485 Series Network Communication Cards.

The 3-CPU3 is fully compatible on the same network with the 3-CPU and 3-CPU1 modules.

Page 1 of4

E>T ,,,>'stuq !& EST3 Life Safety Platform

Standard Features • Up to 1 ,000 history events

• RS-485 local rail communications

• Multiplexed audio channels

® @ CE

EN54-2:1997+A1 and EN54-

4:1997+A1 :2002+A2

• Network communication media can consist of twisted copper RS485, short-haul modems and/or single or multimode fiber optic cables

• RS-232 communication card

• Form 'C' contacts for: Alarm, Supervisory and Trouble

• Low voltage memory write protection

• Non-volatile memory

Application The 3-CPU3 helps make EST3 an extremely powerful and flexible system. As a single node, stand alone system a single 3-CPU3 controls 1 to 19 additional local rail modules. For larger systems, up to 64 nodes interconnect on a peer-to-peer multi-priority token ring protocol network.

The 3-CPU3 controls all local panel responses to automatic, user initiated, or network reported events. As a network node, it is an equal among peers, there is no master on the network. This gives exceptional response times over the network, less than three seconds.

Each 3-CPU3 provides slots at the back for mounting Network, and RS-232, cards. Removable terminal blocks on the 3-CPU3 support connection of network and audio data wiring. On board common relays also terminate at the 3-CPU3 terminals. To aid in trouble shooting and service, status LEOs monitor local rail, network, RS232 and audio data communications.

The Network Communications card mounts to the back of the Central Processor Unit. The 3-RS485A card provides a Class A (Style 7) or Class B (Style 4) circuit for network communications signals and support for a Class B (Style 4) or Class A (Style 7 -dual Style 4) circuit for the digitized audio signals. The 3-RS485B card provides a Class B (Style 4) or Class A (Style 7) circuit for network communications signals and a second Class B (Style 4) circuit for the digitized audio signals. Network messages received by the Network Communications card are re-transmitted to the next network node. Re-transmission maximizes the wire run lengths between nodes. With 64 nodes miles of network length is possible. Fail safe mechanisms built into the card direct connect the data input and output ports should the network card or its related Central Processor fail. Network communications may be configured via copper or fiber media using the 3-FIBMB.

The 3-RS232 Communication Card mounts to the back of the 3-CPU3. The 3-RS232 has two optically isolated RS-232 ports. The ports support connection of a printer and/or an external command center. Entire network downloading from one location (to all 64 nodes) is available through the RS-232 card.

Engineering Specification It must be possible to support a single stand alone node or up to 64 nodes communicating on a peer-to-peer token ring protocol network. Network and digitized audio wiring shall be run in a [choose one: Class A (Style 7) or Class B (Style 4)] configuration. Network alarm response from alarm input to signal activation must be under 3 seconds. All field wiring must be to removable terminal blocks. Status LEOs must be provided for communications of network and internal rail communications. Inter-node communication speed must be programmable. Internal rail communications speed must be programmable.

Page2of4

Installation and Mounting

·. • • • • • • •

Capacitance, entire network Maximum Accumulative Capacitance

Audio Maximum resistance between any 3 panels 90 Ohms "Mffi<Tmum-Ca"r}B.CitailC8betweenany3-r;a:nels-----o-.o9-~-F=----·------

Maximum distance between any 3 panels ~ copp~~-4 . ...c8...c.5 __ _

5,000 ft. (1 ,524 m)

Typical Wiring To external supervisory [

input circUit ------------, To external alarm[ --------,

input circuit To external trouble[

input circuit

NC C NO NO C N/A NC NO C NC TROUBLE ALARM SUP

Connect to TB1 on 3-CPU3 Module

CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT MODULE

-,~~ JVI\ ,,_!~" ~

(/) (/) ro Connect to TB2 on 3-CPU3 Module

'+- +-'

c< Cll ~

ro ro

0 $ ..... Cll z Lc

'

:::>

p

~I -'II ~

Cll z u k' / ,e. ' 4 x .u' ll u '> ,,,: n. 't ·r ·•' .. '!. '!'. '%,.''10.. I /O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 '\..

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 ,, 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

c - 1~ ~m ~!1!!!!11111 ~' ~~~~!!~~ 11 -

I ~

>-Network Audio Riser .._ c >-Class A only

' ,.,,

,+- +-, ,+-,

Page3 of4

<fl'-=:J ::JO(/)

.QM'~ >~. Cll---M ._.-~co Eo... eu LL' .._("}

-,2Cll c ro o_

(j)CO=:J C'-(/) roo~ o_Cll, <ll"'SM ::J-o .Q 0 6)~ ~--~

l::l.C ~

Notes

1.

2.

3.

4.

(3) RXD (2) TXD

Maximum #14 AWG (1.5 mm2) wire; minimum #18 AWG (0.75 mm2).

All shields, if used, must be continuous and insulated from ground, except at the originating panel.

Class A network data requires one pair of wires connecting the last node to the first node.

Class A audio data requires two pairs of wires running in opposite directions, originating at the node containing the ASU.

DB9 FEMALE (REAR VIEW)

PIN 9

• • •. PORT #Z{isolated) : TO PRINTER OR REMOTE

COMMAND SYSTEM,


to be

PIN 14

PIN 25

PORT #Z{isolated) TO PRINTER OR REMOTE COMMAND SYSTEM,


• PORT#1 ISOLATED PORT TO PRINTER OR REMOTE COMMAND SYSTEM.

PIN 14


u.s. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996



India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 9239 1200 F +61 3 92391299

Europe T +32 2 725 11 20 F +32 2 721 86 13

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300



Page4of4

Specifications

UL, ULC, CSFM, CE, LPCB EN54* pending.

Mountin 2 - Left most local rail spaces·::------Terminal Size , 18-12 AWG (1.0mm2to 2.5mm2) "sfariCi6yCurren_t ____ i ____________________ 155 mA _______________ _

~~~~~-~~R~;_:_ 1- Nonbyp~-:;~~~~~~oub~~0rm;C'1J\-af3;-~~:~~ Data Down Loading ; RJ14 Jack

ope;:atrr19EnvironmentT ______ o;;c-:4§oc(32~-~T2oo-Fi:-9s§:b"af4oo-c-NOO-coil"densin9~----· *EN54-2:1997+A 1 and EN54-4:1997+A 1:2002+A2 pending Note: CPU current includes the main power supply, since the CPU and PPS cannot be measured separately.

Option Cards

Standby Current 58mA 98mA 98mA Alarm Current 58mA 98mA 98mA

I One Class B (Style 4)

Two optically isolated Three RS-485 Class A or Class A (Style 7)

Communication Ports network data circuit RS-232 (Style 7)

and one Class B (Style

-·-~•-•-w·•~---·-·-~--·-~

_J-) audio data eire!.!!! __ * Agency L1st1ngs UL, ULC. CSFM, CE, LPCB. EN54 pending .

Mounting Back of 3-CPU3 -operating··EnVii=onment··r--~---6o~c· ~-4~-c-{32°-·F--~---1--2o-oF}";··-93%at4o·o-c-Non:·co_naensTng--·-·-·--··

*EN54-2:1997+A1 and EN54-4:1997+A1:2002+A2 pending

Ordering Information

0.331b

···---~-----------·-----------------------------------------------------------------------· illal':.__ __ _ S-RS4858 One Class NB network data circuit and one Class B audio data 0.331b

circuit (0.15kg)

3-RS232 RS-232 Communication Card 0.33lb (0.15kg)

-~=-;P~-;;-;-cF'UCio0rswTttifilferPlat8S:--orderseparately, Ciiie-required percPu-o:26ib ___ _ where no LCD is installed. 1

ce:e_:,x; !r EST3 Life Safety Platform

Signatur Controller

Driver odules

3-SSDC1, 3-SDDC1, 3-SDC1

' Overview The 3-SSDC1 and 3-SDDC1 Signature Driver Controller modules provide an intelligent interface between the 3-CPU3 module and Signature Series devices. Each module contains its own micro-

c processor used to coordinate, process and interpret information received from and sent to Signature devices. Power and communications is received directly from the control panel rail assembly. The 3-SSDC1 Single Signature Driver Controller module supports one Signature Data circuit, while the 3-SDDC1 Signature Dual Driver Controller module supports two Signature circuits. Both modules occupy one rail space in the fire alarm control cabinet and provide removable field wiring terminals to aid installation.

Innovative design gives the 3-SSDC1 /3-SDDC1 and Signature devices truly "distributed intelligence". Signature detectors and modules have their own on-board microprocessor communicating with the loop controller in a fully digital communication format. This increases the accuracy of the information coming to and from the loop controller by reducing the effects of capacitance and noise.

With decentralized intelligence much of the decision making moves from the loop controller to the devices. Advanced fire detection algorithms processed within the Signature devices effectively end unwanted alarms. Environmental compensation and multiple sensing element decision making operations are resident in the devices. Intelligent devices allow the Signature Controllers to execute communication and system functions with greater speed and low baud rates, increasing the accuracy of information transmitted between the loop controller and devices.

Standard Features • One or two circuit versions

• Dedicated microprocessor control

• Full digital communication

• Specialized communication protocol - Less sensitive to cable characteristics - Utilize existing wiring in most applications

• Loop alarm in under 750 milliseconds

• Device location supervision - Unexpected additional device addresses - Missing device addresses - Switched device locations - Programmed device parameters

• Automatic nonvolatile as-built mapping - Stores "actual" and "expected" device data

® @ CE

EN54-2:1997+A1: 2006 and EN54-4:1997 +2002

+A2: 2006

- Stores physical connection sequence including "T" taps

• Automatic day/night sensitivity

• Supports up to 250 intelligent Signature detectors and 250 Intelligent Signature Modules

• Up to five 3-SDDC1 s per node -Total of 10 Signature circuits

• Removable field wiring terminal blocks

• Multiple survival modes - stand alone

• Fully backward compatible with 3-SSDC and 3-SDDC

• Supports the full line of Signature II devices, including carbon monixide detection

Page1of4 DA to bo Issue 6

Application Up to 125 detectors and 125 modules are supported over a single pair of wires by the 3-SDC1 Signature Cards that plug into the Signature controller modules. Both Class A wiring (style 6 or style 7) and Class B (style 4) wiring are supported. Loop distances over 11,000 feet (3300m) are possible.

The 3-SSDC1 and 3-SDDC1 use advanced communication formats that provide exceptional response. Using a "BROADCAST POLL" the loop controller checks the entire device circuit for any changes of state. Should one or more devices report a change the 3-SSDC1 /3-SDDC1 uses "DIRECT ADDRESS SEARCH" to find reporting device(s). Devices that have entered the alarm state or become active are located nearly instantaneously.

The unique use of "BROADCAST POLLING" combined with "DIRECT ADDRESS SEARCH" ensures that only new information is transmitted allowing a reduced baud rate with fast response time. The low baud rate is ideal for retrofit applications since in most applications existing wiring can be used.

To enhance survivability of the system the 3-SSDC1 /3-SDDC1 supports a standalone mode for Signature devices. Two catastrophic failure modes are supported. If the 3-CPU(1 /3) fails, the loop controller will continue to poll its devices. If an alarm is detected it will be sent on the local rail communication bus and received by other local rail modules. A common alarm condition throughout the panel will result. If the local rail mod-ule (3-SSDC1 /3-SDDC1) fails, and a device (smoke or module) detects an alarm, specialized circuitry will make the node aware of the alarm condition. The 3-CPU(1/3) will communicate the alarm condition to the rest of the network. Having multiple redundant modes is paramount in a life safety system.

Every time the 3-SSDC1 /3-SDDC1 communicates with a detector a green LED on the detector flashes. Normal green LED activity is not disturbing to building occupants, but can be quickly spotted by a maintenance technician. A red LED on the detector turns on only in the alarm condition.

The 3-SSDC1/3-SDDC1 also supervises the device wiring, physical location of each device and the programmed device characteristics. This Edwards/Signature Series unique characteristic is accomplished by "MAPPING" the Signature circuit and committing the map to memory. Upon power up the loop controller will scan device serial numbers and map their physical location sequence on the loop, including "T" taps. After mapping is complete the controller automatically addresses each detector and module through downloading over the loop. There are no switches or dials to set. Each device is assigned a unique soft address generated by the site specific program.

The 3-SSDC1/3-SDDC1 then compares the "Actual" physical device data to the "Expected" site specific program data. If any correlations are different, the loop controller issues a trouble to the CPU identifying the devices which do not match and posting a map fault. Through the 3-CPU3's RS-232 port a graphical map of the loop can be uploaded depicting each device's location on the loop, including branches (T-Taps) and all of the physical attributes associated with the device. This diagnostic information is unparalleled in the fire detection industry and vital for keeping accurate records on how the system was installed.

During installation a common problem with analog/ addressable systems is locating ground faults. The 3-SSDC1 and 3-SDDC1 controllers have the ability to locate ground faults by specific module, speeding up the troubleshooting process. Another significant advantage of the 3-SSDC1 /3-SDDC1 controllers during commissioning is electronic addressing and mapping. This eliminates duplicate addresses, which are also very difficult for most systems to locate.

Page2of4

During maintenance, should groups of detector heads be removed for service and returned into the wrong smoke detector base (location), the 3-SSDC1/3-SDDC1 will automatically detect the problem. If the attributes of the switched devices are the same, the system will automatically download the correct soft addresses and algorithms to the devices (maintaining location supervision).

If the attributes are not the same the 3-SSDC1 /3-SDDC1 will send a map fault indication to the 3-CPU3 and post a trouble indicating the specific devices in fault.

The 3-SSDC1/3-SDDC1 also monitors the Signature Series devices for maintenance and trouble conditions. Each smoke detector contains intelligence to adjust with environmental changes. This expands the amount of time required between cleaning while maintaining a constant alarm threshold. As the detector begins to exhaust the environmental compensation, and reaches the 80% level, the 3-SSDC1/3-SDDC1 will indicate a maintenance alert or dirty condition to the 3-CPU and indicate the specific device requiring cleaning. If cleaning is not performed the detector will continue to operate until all of its environmental compensation is

Typical Wiring

Class 8 Configuration Shown (Typical)

W1nng Notes

1\ Maximum #12 AWG (1.5 mm'J wire; ill minimum #18 AWG (0.75 mm ).

2. All wiring supervised and power limited.

ffi ~!et:~ifeU:r:h%u:~:.e continuous and

ill Class A wiring.

.ffi Class B wiring.

ill !~~!fr:1 :~~: ~~:~~~u~!m the module.

utilized. At this point the 3-SSDC1/3-SDDC1 sends a dirty trouble indication to the 3-CPU and posts a trouble condition. If maintenance is still not performed the Signature detector will automatically remove itself from service once the programmed threshold window has been breached (preventing a false alarm).

When a detector includes carbon monoxide (CO) detection, the detector monitors its CO life remaining for the CO sensor element and provides this information automatically to the panel. For maintenance of the system the CO life remaining is also available by simply running a maintenance report at the panel or through the FireWorks graphical interface. A unique CO maintenance signal is automatically generated by the panel when there is 8% (several months) of CO element life remaining. Should the CO sensor element not be replaced after the maintenance signal is reported, an

Specifications (Signature Circuits)

"End of Life" trouble automatically posts on the panel when the CO sensor detection capability is exhausted.

Remote test capability permits devices to be put in alarm, prealarm, supervisory, monitor, or security alarm, or trouble from the panel menu or controls. This facilitates testing of smoke and heat detectors as well as monitor and security devices. Fast test is also provided for CO detectors allowing these devices to be tested quickly in the field.

The 3-SSDC1 and 3-SDDC1 local rail modules modules are fully backwards compatible with the 3-SSDC and 3-SDDC local rail modules. 3-SSDC1 and 3-SDDC1 modules provide additional onboard memory to facilitate future Synergy functions. To upgrade a 3-SSDC/3-SDDC to a 3-SSDC1/3-SDDC1 respectively, replace the 3-SSDC/3-SDDC Local Rail Module with a 3-SDDC1-MB Local Rail Module and reuse the 3-SDC Signature Device Cards and filters.

Charts assume wire and devices are evenly distributed over length of circuit

14,752 feet 9,275 feet 5,839 feet {4,497 meters) (2,827 meters) (1, 780 meters)

Detectors only 125 0

Modules only 0 125 12,599 feet (3,840 7,921 feet {2,414 4,986 feet

-----·-···----~---·-·--·-·--···-··--·-··--·------------···-----·- ····-····-··--···-----------------·--······-··--------------·~~~~l .. ___________________________ f2:1eter~L---------(~~~~~-f'!l~~€l~L _____ _ 5,738 feet 3,608 feet 2,271 feet

(1, 7 49 mete.~s) (1, 100 meters) {692 meters) Detectors and Modules 125 125

Detectors and Modules 63 55 + 9 SIGA-UM 7,623 feet 4, 793 feet 3,017 feet with 2-wire smokes (2,324 meters) (1 ,461 meters) (920 meters)

Modules 0 107 + 9 SIGA-UM 3, 798 feet 2,388 feet 1 ,503 feet

... :"'~~ 2-wir_e:~f2:1oke~------------- -------~-------------------··-----i!·.!?~':!l~~r.~L _______ (?3.S...'::lete~~~---------J±~_1?_'2:1_ete~~~---

Twisted pair non shielded wire

Detectors only 0 13,157 feet 9,933 feet 9,275 feet 6, 760 feet 5,839 feet (4,01 0 m) (3,028 m) (2,827 m) (2,061 m) (1, 780 m)

125

Modules Only 0 125

Detectors and 7,623 feet 5,133 feet 4,793 feet 3,494 feet 3,017 feet

modules with 63 55 + 9 SIGA-UM 2-wire smokes

(2,324 m) (1,565 m) (1 ,461 m) (1,065 m) (920m)

Modules with 0

107 + 9 SIGA- 3,798 feet 2,558 feet 2,388 feet 1,741 feet 1,503 feet 2-wire smokes UM (1,158 m) {780m) {728m) {531 m) (458m)

Twisted pair shielded wire

5, (1 ,814 meters) (1 ,859 meters) (1, 780 meters)

-------------------------------------------------s:g52 feet -------6.o98 feet-------4~986 Teeit·-~-Modules Only 0 125

J1 ,814 meters) (1 , 859 meters) (1 ,520 meters) 5, 738 feet 3,608 feet 2,271 feet

(1, 7 49 meters) (1, 100 metersJ (692 meters) Detectors & Modules 125 125

Detectors and modules 63 55 + 9 SIGA-UM 5,952 feet 4, 793 feet 3,017 feet with 2-wire smokes (1 ,814 meters) (1 ,461 meters) (920 meters)

·-ModUles with 2-wire ----------------------------------2,558 fee:t'·----------2--:-388 feet ________ -----:;-:503feet __ __ 0 107 + 9 SIGA-UM _ _?_f!]Okes ____________________________________ j780 me.ter1__ ______ j?28_ mete~------ (45~ meters) __ _

Page3 of4

WAR


u.s. T 888 378 2329 F 866 503 3996



India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 9239 1200 F +61 3 9239 1299

Europe T +32 2 725 11 20 F +32 2 721 86 13

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300



Page4of4

Engineering Specification The communication format between the control panel and analog devices shall be 1 00% digital.

Loop alarm recognition must be within 750 milliseconds of a device going into the alarm state, with system response time no greater than 3 seconds. All devices shall support remote testing.

Specifications (controllers)

It must be possible to wire the circuit as Class A or Class B with non-shielded, nontwisted wire. It must be possible to wire branches (T-taps) with Class B wiring.

The driver controller must be manufactured in accordance with ISO 9001 standards.

The system must have tolerance to multiple failures. There must be a standalone mode of operation that will ensure the system is aware of alarms even if the local rail or main CPU fails.

Installation 1 LRM Space 1 LRM Space

Module Configuration i 1 Addressable circuit (3:-soc1 --~2Addressable cfrcuitS·--~--J Card} expandable t~ 2 circuits. (3-SDC1 Cards)

Operating Current [Note 2] · i Standby 144 mA Alarm 204 mA tandby 264 mA Alarm 336 mA operating voitage------~--·--~------------~---24\tdc, NomTrlaf___ -------------

-Address Requirements Automatic ·-cie-t8ct0rs-suiJiJa'rt8d-------··· -------""-------125-per3=soc·1c-arc:r·-----·------------

Modules Supported 125 Module Addr.~~S._€ls P€l~s-sog~_2~q ___ _ per 3-SDC1 Card (not inclu~d in Operating Current above

Conventional detectors supported Signature Circuit Voltage Maximum Signature Circuif Resistance Maximum Signature Circuit Capacitance I

150 of 1 00 IJA type per circuit.

100 Ohms

0.331-JF cominllrlicati0ns-Fo"i-m8t_____ ·----------·-----------100%-oi9itar··-------------------circuit Wiring Styles Class A or Class B Termination Removable plug-in terminal strip(s) on module Permissable Wire Size 18 to 12 AWG (0.75 to 2.5 mm~

.AgencyUstings___ UL, ULC, CE (see Note 1), LPCB EN54 (see-NOteS}: _____ _

Operating Environment I 32 °F (0 °C} to 120 °F (49 oq 93% RH, non-condensing -,.:jote-1: Other EST3 components are modularly.listecrunderthetoilowingstandards~-------~-----------UL 864 categories: UOJZ, UOXX, UUKL and SVZV, UL 294 category N...VY, UL 609 category AOTX, UL 636 category ANEf, UL 1 076 category APOU, UL 365 category APAW, UL 161 0 category AMCX, UL 1635 category AMCX ULC-8527, ULC-8301, ULC-8302, ULC-8303, ULC-8306, ULC/ORD-C1076, ULC/ORD-C693 Please refer to EST3 Installation and Service Manual for complete system requirements.

Note 2: Current shown Includes full loop of devices.

Note 3: EN54-2: 1 997 +A 1: 2006 and EN54-4: 1997 +2002 +A2 : 2006 (verify device and loop controller compatibility)


ST™ Life Safety & Communications

Zoned Audio ~Amplifiers

3-ZA20A, 3-ZA20B, 3-ZA40A, 3-ZA40B, 3-ZA95

' Overview The EST3 audio amplifiers take full advantage of proven digital technology to deliver highly intelligible voice audio for evacua-tion and Mass Notification/Emergency Communication (MNEC) purposes. Digital messages generated by the Audio Source Unit (ASU) and live paging messages are multiplexed into eight separate channels transmitted over fiber optic cable or a single twisted pair of wires. Each zoned amplifier contains integrated demultiplexing circuitry that allows any one of the eight digital audio channels to place messages or signals on the amplifier's built-in speaker circuit.

Audio channel selection is network software controlled, and audio amplifiers mount in the same enclosures as other EST3 equipment. Power for the amplifiers comes from standard system power supplies through the local rail. Field wiring connects to removable terminal blocks on the amplifier module. Amplifiers support either 25 VRMs or 70 VRMs power limited speaker circuits. For visual signaling, each 20 or 40 watt amplifier comes standard with one 24 Vdc power limited Notification Appliance Circuit.

Page 1 of4

EST C;;-; ({!0£1 ~ EST3 Life Safety Platform

3-ZA95 shown

Standard Features • Three Sizes Available

-20 Watts -40Watts -95 Watts

• Simultaneous eight channel digital audio - Superior sound quality - Each amplifier does it's own decoding

• Speaker circuit built into amplifier - Selectable for 70 or 25 VRMS output

@ @ CE

- Class A (Style Z) or Class 8 (Style Y) output models available - Power limited

• 3.5 amp 24 Vdc notification appliance circuit on 20 and 40 watt amplifiers - Class A (Style Z) or Class 8 (Style Y) output models available - Power limited

• Network software control of channel selection

• integral backup tone generator - 1 KHz temporal (3-3-3) tone evac

DATA SHEET 85010-0057 Not to be used tor installation purposes. Issue 9

Application EST3 zoned amplifier configurations offer improved reliability and performance. Configuration provides improved survivability in the event of wiring faults that result in a loss of signaling. In the example shown in the diagram, a fault on the system using a central backed-up amplifier disables multiple signal/page circuits, and the standby amplifier is not able to bypass the fault. With EST3, the same fault removes the Audio Source Unit riser.

Central Zoned Amplifier 1--{ Amplifiers Short on Riser Short on Riser disables all disables signal circuits

1--{ source

Standby Amplifiers are local in nodes

1--{ Standby Evacuation Tone at each Amplifier

1 Because all EST3 zoned amplifiers have an integrated backup 1 000 Hz temporal tone generator, the locally-generated alarm tones notify occupants of a hazard - even with the primary riser out of commission. The backup tone also operates if the ASU or the audio distribution system fails. To further enhance system survivability, a single standby amplifier can backup any zoned amplifier in the same cabinet.

Zoned amplifiers can be housed in remote cabinets close to the speakers. This minimizes the voltage drop between the amplifier and the load, and permits the use of a smaller wire size than is possible with centrally-located amplification systems.

EST3 easily outperforms banked audio systems with its ability to simultaneously deliver up to eight different signals. When using centrally-banked amplifiers, paging and alert channels typically share a common amplifier. Consequently, when paging, the alert signal goes silent in all alerted areas when a Page is issued. At the end of the Page, the alert signal resumes in the alert area, which could cause confusion because occupants did not receive the page message and do not know why the Page stopped and restarted.

With EST3, simultaneous page, alert, and evacuation signal capability is engineered into the system. With eight channels to choose from, dedicated messages can be delivered to stairwells, elevator cabs, etc. while alert, evacuation, and page instructions are simultaneously being sent to the rest of the building. The eight audio channels allow messages to be automatically routed, and provide specific instructions based on the alarm's location.

Page2of4

Dual Bank Central

Page

Distributed Zoned Amplifiers

Alert -----1 Evacuation Auxiliary ---1 Stairwell Elevator Environmental Emergency

For example, with an alarm on Floor Eight, the following automatic message instructions could be given concurrently. Note: A Page could also be sent to any other location in the building - without interrupting any of the messages below.

FLOOR 9 HEARS: "A fire alarm has been reported on the floor below. Please evacuate using the stairwell."

FLOOR 8 HEARS: "A fire alarm has been reported on this floor. Please evacuate using the stairwell."

OTHER FLOORS HEAR: "An emergency has been reported on floor 8. Please remain in the building and await further instructions."

ELEVATOR: "A fire alarm has been reported in the building. The elevator is being returned to the ground floor for emergency use. Please evacuate the building."

STAIRWELLS: "Please remain calm and walk down the stairs to evacuate the building in a safe manner."

In addition to robust paging, EST3 provides UL-Iisted Mass Notification/Emergency Communication (MNEC), which overrides fire alarm functions. This capability allows emergency response commanders to advise building occupants of the safest action to take while an emergency is unfolding. Occupants can be instructed to leave, relocate, or seek immediate shelter, depending on the situation. This provides the flexibility for communications to mesh with the facility's risk analysis needs - without the risk of an unexpected fire alarm or general evacuation signal interfering with established emergency response protocols.

c

Engineering Specification The audio system shall provide eight simultaneous and distinct audio channels. These shall consist of a minimum of: Local Page, Emergency Communication, Multiple Evacuation, Alert, Auxiliary, and General Signaling. Channels shall support hierarchical operation and be controllable from system programming. The audio system also provides Elevator, Stairwell and Auxiliary signaling. Systems that cause signaling devices to go silent while performing any signaling functions will not be accepted.

The audio system zoned amplifiers must be able to operate 25 VRMs or 70 VRMs speakers. The amplifier output must be power limited, and wired in a <Class A (Style Z)> <Class B (Style Y)> configuration. The amplifiers shall provide an integral backup 1 000 KHz temporal tone generator which shall operate in the event signal primary audio signals are lost and the amplifier is instructed to broadcast alarm information. It shall be possible to backup multiple zoned amplifiers with a common backup amplifier.

Specifications

Agency Listing

Typical Wiring

COMMON ENCLOSURE

~---,_-;,,------.

~ 'R>Bl..,_ lior

UL,ULC,CE Environmental d ooc- 49°C (32°F- 120°F} 93% RH, Non-condensing

Fr 400Hz to 4KHz @ +1- 3dB Output Voltage 25 VRMS or 70 VRMS THO (distortion) <7% -Wire Size 18 to 12 AWG (1.0 to 2.5 mm2)

Internal Tone 1KHz Temporal (3-3-3) Tone (evacuation); 20 PPM (alert)

Generator SIGA-CC1/2 Support 1 0 Units, Maximum

Standby Current 62mA for 20 and 40 watt amps; 64mA for the 3-ZA95 watt amp

Alarm Current 1120mA 1120mA 2480mA 2480mA

Pwr. Ltd. Audio Output Class A orB Class B (Style Y)

Class A orB Class B (Style Y)

Wiring Configuration (Style Z or Y) 15K0hms

(Style Z or Y) 15KOhms

EOL Resistor 15K Ohms in Class B 15K Ohms in Class B

Pwr. Ltd. 24 Vdc NAG Class A orB Class B Class A orB Class B Wiring Configuration (Style Z or Y)

I (Style Y) (Style Z or Y) (Style Y)

Line Resistance, Max.* 50 Ohms, Max. 50 Ohms, Max. 50 Ohms, Max. 50 Ohms, Max. EOL Resistor Line N/A 15K0hms N/A 15KOhms Capacitance, Max 0.33!-IF I 0.331JF 0.33!-IF 0.331JF

Space Requirements 1 LRM Space

Maximum Speaker Circuit Distance at 0.5 dB loss*

#12AWG 4,536 ft (1 ,382 m) 2,268 ft (691 m)

(3.2 Ohrn/1 000 ft pai~ #14AWG 2, 792 ft (850 m) 1 ,396 ft (425 m) (5.2 Ohrn/1 000 ft pair)

#16AWG 1,815 ft (553 m) 907 ft (276 m) (8.0 Ohrn/1000 ft pair)

#18AWG 1,117 ft (340m) 558 ft (170 m)

(13 Ohrn/1 ooo ft pair) i

#12AWG 579 ft (176 m) 289ft (88 m)

(3.2 Ohrn/1 000 ft pair)

#14AWG 356 ft (1 08 m) 178ft (54 m)

(5.2 Ohm/1 000 ft pair)

#16AWG 231ft (70 m) 116ft (35m)

(8.0 Ohrn/1000 ft pair)

#18AWG

-·

I 5540mA Class A orB (Style Z or Y)

15K Ohms in Class B

N/A

2 LRMSpaces

955 ft (290 m)

588 ft (179 m)

I 382ft (116m)

235ft (71 m)

122ft (37m)

i 75ft (22m)

49ft (14m)

Not supported 142ft (43 m)

(13 Ohrn/1000 ft pair) C * Refer to product manual for w1re run calculations.

71 ft (21 m) by18AWG

Page3of4 D AT A S M E E T 8501 0-0057 Not to be \!sed for installation purposes. lssue9


u.s. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996



India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 9239 1200 F +61 3 9239 1299

Europe T+3227251120 F+322721 8613

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300



Page4of4


3-ZA40A 1.55 (0.7)

3-ZA408

~------: 1.55 (0.7)

3-FP order separately one required per amplifier when ________ n_o_LE_D_o_r L.ED/Switch module installed on operator layer.

0.1 (0.05)

DATA S H EE. T 8501 0-0057 Not to be used for installation purposes. Issue 9

Liquid Crystal ispl y Modul

3-LCD

~

OveNiew The Main Display interface is the primary user interface in the EST3 Life Safety System. The main display interface focuses on the emergency user by putting information important to the user up front. Hands free, the first highest priority event is shown. The display always gives the last highest priority event. Arriving at the panel and without opening the door the first and last alarm is given. Simple to understand lights and switches help the emergency user execute system commands with confidence.

A menu system supports maintenance functions such as disables or reports for use by staff or service personnel.

Page 1 of4

r::sT (.}~:d :?i<<J 0:- EST3 Ute Safety Platform

Standard Features • Uses simple lights and switches

• Displays information important to user

• Hands free first alarm display

• Last event of highest priority always displays

• Eight lines by 21 character graphic LCD display - 1 68 characters total

• Multlingual Supports English, French, Spanish, and Russian

• Uses queues to sort events A queue is a list of messages Alarm, Supervisory, Trouble and Monitor

• Slide in LED and switch labels Makes customization for regional language easy

<&> MEA

®@ CEA~ EN54-2:1997+A1

and EN54-4:1997+A1:2002+A2

pending

85010-0071 !ssue5.1

Application The 3-LCD module mounts to the local rail over the nodes Central Processing Unit Module (3-CPU). The 3-LCD module is optional in any network node.

Ensuring information clarity the 3-LCD uses a backlit high contrast supertwist graphical display. Eight lines of 21 characters provide the room needed to convey emergency information in a useful format.

The 3-LCD always displays the last highest priority event even when the user is viewing other message queues. Further message flexibility is provided with EST3's message routing ability. Messages from a node can display at every node on the network or messages can route to specific nodes only. Routing can be initiated at a specific time/shift change. There is no need to have messages display in areas that are not affected by an event.

The 3-LCD can display messages in English, Spanish, French, and Russian. The bilingual display lets the operator select between either of two languages. Consult your representative for available language combinations.

The EST3 system configures for Proprietary, Local or EN54 market operations. The mode of operation is selected through the System Definition Utility (SOU) which may adjust the following operations slightly to fit the system operation selected.

LEOs and Switches Further enhancing the 3-LCD user interface are easy to read and understand lights and switches. All functions are laid out in a logical order. At the top of the 3-LCD are five system status LEOs. Here determining the general condition of the system is easy.

ll\ll Power

ll\ll Test

ll\ll CPU Fail

ll\ll Gnd Fault

Power LED: Green, on when AC power is on.

ll\ll Disable

Test LED: Yellow, on when any portion of the system (Group) is under test.

CPU Fail LED: Yellow, on when CPU stops running.

Gnd Fault LED: Yellow, on when a ground exists on the system (group)

Disable LED: Yellow, on when any point or zone is disabled by a user.

Below the general status LEOs are located four, LED I Switch common controls. The versatility of EST3 allows system designers to define the features as affecting a domain (defined group of nodes) or as global (affects all nodes) across the network. This feature is very useful when configuring systems with multiple buildings on one network. As an example, operating the reset in one building may have adverse effect 'in other buildings. With EST3 having operational differences between buildings on the same network is not a problem.

Pressing Reset starts the system's reset operation. The yellow LED has three flash rates during reset. The LED flashes fast during the smoke power down phase of reset, flashes slow during the restart phase, and turns on steady for the restoral phase. The Reset LED turns off when the system is normal.

Pressing Alarm Silence turns off all Notification Appliance Circuits defined as audible. The yellow LED turns on when silence is active

Page2of4

via the Alarm Silence switch or via alarm silence software timers.

Pressing Panel Silence turns off the system's internal audible signal. The yellow LED turns on when panel silence is active. The EST3 panel buzzer has user programmable signal rates for alarm, supervisory, trouble and monitor conditions.

Pressing Drill turns on the drill LED and all signals sound evacuation. Drill does not activate city tie connections. Auxiliary relays will not activate unless programmed to do so with drill.

In the center of the 3-LCD is the Liquid Crystal Display. In the normal condition the date and time plus a definable system title display on the LCD. The last line of the display gives an alarm history. This total equals the number of

times the system has entered the alarm state from the normal state.

When active events are on display, the LCD formats into four logical windows.

S'::ISTEI'I STRTUS f.IINDOiJ

} CURREf'1T EVENT f.IINOOiJ

} LRST H'ENT f./INDOiJ

T'::IPE STRTUS iJINDOlJ

•'

In the system status window, the display shows the time and the status of active and disabled points.

The current event window, lines 2, 3, 4 automatically display the first active event of the highest priority if the user has not taken control of the system. Once the emergency user takes control, this window displays user message selections.

The second line of the display shows system event information. In the example above the display shows the chronological number of the event (0001 is the first alarm) followed by the event type (Alarm Active). EST3 supports over 45 event type messages from which system designers choose. The last two lines of the current event window are custom programmable location message lines with space for 42 characters.

The last event window shows the last highest priority event. This window is always displayed and updated automatically by the system. Here the emergency user can monitor the progress of a fire.

When EST3 is configured for a local mode /\V Previous system viewing the second alarm message is

Message easy, just press the NEXT key. The next message scrolls into the current event window.

Next '-.:=:::::.._..1 The last highest priority event always remains

on view. No matter what queue the user selects for viewing, the LCD always displays the most recent alarm. A new alarm event resounds the panel audible signal and appears immediately on display without overwriting information the user selected for view.

The final window of the LCD the type status window shows the total number of active events by queue type. A is alarm, S is supervisory, T is trouble, and M is monitor. The number following each letter is the number of active events existing in each queue.

EST3 breaks down event types into queues and automatically displays the first event of the highest priority type.

Priority order is alarm, supervisory, trouble, monitor. By using queues an emergency user does not waste time scrolling through a mixed event list looking for alarms or confusing an alarm message with other message types.

EST3 configures for Remote proprietary system operation where every event must be acknowledged by viewing them before the internal buzzer will silence. Or the EST3 will configure for Local operation. Here the internal buzzer silences by pressing panel silence. If any events exist in queues that have not been viewed the queue LED continues to flash informing the user of un-seen events.

When all events in a queue are acknowledged or 'seen', the LED associated with the queue turns on steady. If a new event is added to the queue, the EST3 internal buzzer resounds and the queue LED flashes.

EST3 allows device grouping into logical group zones. Here two or more alarm devices (such as detectors or pull stations) make up the zone. When a device in the zone activates, the LCD displays the zone description. Each zone only displays once, regardless of the number of devices active within the zone.

( Details J To display device information the user presses the Details key. The device with the lowest

address displays in the first window.

If multiple devices are active each is available for viewing by using the arrow associated with the Previous Message Next key and scrolling through the device list.

The common controls easily expand beyond the Main Display interface by adding a Control Display Module and assigning features to its switch controls.

For Maintenance users, the EST3 provides a smooth operating

menu system providing powerful tools for system management, reports, and trouble shooting.


Page 3 of4

mm mm mm mm mm mm

EN54 Compliance In 1998 the British-based Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB) certified EST3 control panels and power supplies as having surpassed the requirements of the pivotal EN54 standard, parts two and four. LPCB Certificate #257c for EST3 fire alarm control panels marked the first such certification since the stringent EN54-2 : 1997 and EN54-4 : 1997 were published by the European Committee for Standardization (CEN). In order to meet these standards, display and control functions have undergone slight modifications for the EN54 marketplace. These differences are highlighted below. All other control and annunciation features remain unchanged.

Note: EN54-2:1997+A1 and EN54-4:1997+A1:2002+A2 approval is pending.

System Status LEOs

mil Power

mil Test

mil CPU Fault

mil Sounder

Power LEO (Green): on when DC power is on.

mil Disable

Test LEO (Yellow): on when any portion of the system (Group) is under test.

CPU Fault LEO (Yellow): on when CPU stops running (processor failures must be manually reset).

Gnd Fault LEO: Not available.

Sounder LEO (Yellow): flashing indicates fault on sounder circuit. Steady indicates a disabled sounder circuit.

Disable LEO (Yellow): on when any point or zone is disabled by a user (disabled conditions have priority over fault conditions).

Switch Functions

8 rnrnrnrn

Pressing Sounder On/Off turns off all sounder circuits defined as audible. The yellow LED turns on when silence is activated via the Sounder On/Off or via the alarm silence software timers.

See Page 2 for descriptions of Reset, Panel Silence, and Drill functions.

Event Queues

For EN54 compliance, EST3 configures for remote proprietary system operation. This requires that every event must be acknowledged by viewing them before the internal buzzer will silence. The priority order is Fire, Fault, Disable, Monitor. EN54-2:1997+A1 and EN54-4: 1997 +A 1 :2002+A2 approval is pending.

(_

( ~


u.s. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996



India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 9239 1200 F +61 3 9239 1299

Europe T +32 2 72511 20 F+3227218613

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300



Page4of4

Engineering Specification The system shall provide a user interface that displays system events in a text format, and supports basic common control LEOs and switches. The Common Control Switches and LEOs provided as minimum will be; Reset switch and LED, Alarm Silence switch and LED, Panel Silence switch and LED, Drill switch and LED. It must be possible to add additional common controls as required through the use of modular display units. The user interface must provide an LCD that will allow custom event messages of up to 42 characters. The interface must provide a minimum of eight lines by 21 characters and provide the emergency user, hands free viewing of the first and last highest priority event. The last highest priority event must always display and update automatically. Events shall be automatically placed in easy to access queues. It shall be possible to view specific event types separately. Having to scroll through a mixed list of event types is not acceptable. The total number of active events by type must be displayed. Visual indication must be provided of any event type which has not been acknowledged or viewed. It must be possible to customize the designation of all user interface LEOs and Switches for local language requirements. It shall be possible to have a custom message for each device in addition to zone messages. Custom device messages must support a minimum of 42 characters each. Instructional text messages support a maximum of 1 ,000 characters each. The display shall be capable of displaying English, Spanish, French, or Russian messages.

Technical Specifications Catalog Number 3-LCD Agency Ustings UL, ULC, FM, CE, LPCB EN54* pending. LCD Display Eight lines by 21 characters backlit LCD Mounting Two local rail spaces on top of 3-CPU

--.........:"---------;::;R:-es-e7t-sw-i::-tc7h_a_,_n-;-;d LED ------

Common Control Switches and LEDs

Alarm Silence switch and LED Panel Silence switch and LED Drill Switch and LED

Alarm Current 42mA Standby Current 40mA • EN54-2:1997+A1 andEN54-4:1997+A1:2002+A2 pending

D AT A S H E ET 8501 0-0071 Not to be used lor Installation purposes. Issue 5.1

Control Display o ul s

::.::\T ' :n: ''""' *'· EST3 Life Safety Platform

3-LDSM, 3-24x series, 3-12xx series, A CE

3-6/3S1xxx series ~

Overview The EST3 Control Display modules provide the emergency user with the simplest of interfaces, lights and switch control. The Control Display modules install over local rail modules. The local rail modules supply the power and drivers via a ribbon cable connection to the control display modules. The displays mount over any local rail module maximizing the flexibility of design layout. When a display module is required where no local rail module exists, an LED Display Support Module 3-LDSM mounts to the local rail providing support for one Control Display Module.

Surface mount technology used to minimize space, also reduces the power requirements of display modules. Slide-in labels keep the control display modules flexible and allow labeling for local languages.

Module lamp test can be programmed to any spare control switch or a local node lamp test is initiated by simultaneously operating the Alarm Silence and Trouble Silence switches on the 3-CPU.

Page 1 of4

Standard Features • Programmable LED flash rates

• Membrane style tactile pushbuttons

® @

• Software supported for toggle, and latching interlock switch action

• Slide in labels

• Lamp test

Application Notes Control Display Modules come in a variety of types providing operational flexibility. There are five types of display modules available with EST3.

Typically alarm zone annunciation appears on any of the first four module types shown. The first module supports simple zone annunciation; the second, zone annunciation with zone disable; the third, alarm and trouble zone annunciation, the fourth alarm and trouble zone annunciation with zone disable. From a simple one LED annunciation point to higher functionality, EST3 fills the

requirements.

The fifth module is very adaptable to system requirements for audio or remote equipment control. Each module contains 18 LEOs and 18 switches. Each group of three switches has a latchinginterlock to support operations that must be kept separated. The interlock is under software control so only one switch is active at a given time. EST3 software makes meeting the wide variety of applications needed with today's codes and building system operations easy.

For fan control the emergency user assumes control of the remote device by selecting "On"


Page2of4

Label ..

Local Rail Module

or "Off." Programming of the switches to multiple relays keeps operational design choices open. The user returns the system control of the remote device to the Life Safety system by simply pressing Auto. The Auto LED programs to its related switch and gives positive feed back to the user by turning on yellow when the system has active control of remote devices.

Individual switch LEOs are also programmable. As an example the "Open" or "On" LED (green) could program to follow its related switch or, program to follow a remote monitor input and provide positive feedback of the remote devices control status. If budget restrictions prevent "sail type" positive feedback, EST's unique command processing satisfy requirements for positive feedback of HVAC control systems. Any switch command will send a signal to the 3-CPU for processing. While in this state the LED associated with the switch will flash. Once the command has been received by a remote Signature Series Module, the module (since it is intelligent with its own microprocessor) will issue a "Processed" command back to the 3-CPU which will latch the LED associated with the switch "ON" steady. This same process is used for all audio speaker selections ensuring the circuit is connected. A variety of switch and associated LED colors are available to meet the demands of the specifiers application.

Life Safety Systems are generally passive requiring only occasional operation. Yet, in an emergency the user must be able to identify system operation and status quickly and easily. LCD displays are excellent for identifying specific information, but even a large LCD can not display overall "system" status as effectively as LEOs and Switches. The EST3 Control Display modules are designed to provide simple identification and operation of system functions for the emergency user. They provide positive feedback of control activity with unrivaled selection of display configurations and mounting location options.

Engineering Specification The Life Safety system shall incorporate annunciation of Alarm, Supervisory, Trouble and Monitor operations. Annunciation must be through the use of LED display strips complete with a means to custom label each LED as to its function. Where applicable control of remote smoke control devices must be made available at the control center. Switches with LEOs must provide positive feed back to the operator of remote equipment status. Where voice audio is required a means of paging individual zones must be made. The status of each paging zone must be annunciated. It must be possible to selectively page into specific zones. It shall be possible to manipulate the evacuation of the building from the main control center. It must be possible for the emergency operator to put specific zones into evacuation manually.

Technical Specifications

3-6/3S1GYR

Notes: 1) All Control Display Modules are ULand ULC listed.

2) All Control Display Modules mount over one Local Rail Module. If no local rail module exists the 3-LDSM mounts to local rail and supports one control display module.

Page3of4 DATA SHEET 85010-0055 Not to be used tor installation purposes. Issue 6

A UTC Fire & Security Company


u.s. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996


Sou1heast Asia T : +65 6391 9300 F : +65 6391 9306

India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 9239 1200 F +61 3 9239 1299

Europe T+3227251120 F+3227218613

Latin America T 305 593 4301

(~ F 305 593 4300

u1cfireandsecurity.com

© 2010 UTC Fire & Security. All rights reserved.

Page4of4


3-24R 3-24Y 3-24G 3-12SR 3-12SY 3-12SG

~ 3-12RY

~ ' 3-12/S2Y

3-6/3S1G2Y

3-4/3SGYWR

3-6/3S1GYR

24 Yellow LED Display Module 24 Green LED Display Module 12 switches with 12 Red LED Display/Control Module 12 switches with 12 Yellow LED Display/Control Module 12 switches with 12 Green LED Display/Control Module

Module Six groups of three switches. Each switch with one LED. LEOs provided Green, Yellow, Yellow. 12 switches in four groups of three switches, switch one with a green LED, switch two with yellow and white LEOs and switch three with a red LED Six groups of three switches. Each switch with one LED. LEOs provided Green, Yellow, Red

DATA S H H T 8501 0-0055 Net to be uaed for instaHation purposes. Issue 6

r ( Life Safety & Communications

Audio and Telephone Masters 3-ASU series

' Overview The efficient EST3 audio system provides for intuitive local and remote audio control for Mass Notification/Emergency Communications (MNEC), Ute Safety and other approved uses. EST3 audio builds from standard modules that fit together easily. Audio components use standard EST3 cabinets and power supplies.

Taking full advantage of digital technology, up to eight channels of audio sources transmit over a single twisted pair of wires or fiber optic cables between nodes. Coupling the inherent reliability and performance of zoned amplifiers with EST3 simplified user interfaces makes audio system design and operation easy and dependable.

The 3-ASU is seamlessly integrated into an EST3 system to provide for a rugged and reliable communications package that can be configured for Mass Notification/Emergency Communication (MNEC), as well as fire alarm and other emergency functions. The 3-ASU audio source unit supports eight channels of clear digital audio that is easily distributed to panels containing 3-ZA rail amplifiers. The 3-ASU supports digital storage and playback of prerecorded messages as well as live paging. The optional 3-FTCU provides a unique, space-saving and easy-to-operate control point for dedicated emergency/firefighter two-way telephones.

Page 1 of4

EST Cai sioq ~ EST3 Life Safety Platform

Standard Features • Eight channels for audio source selection

® ~ CE

• Audio data to remote EST3 panels with amplifiers can be transmitted over twisted copper wires or fiber optic cables (see Data Sheet 85010-0131 for details on EST3 fiber optic communications)

• Listed for Mass Notification/Emergency Communications

• UL2572 as CCS or ACU or LOG.

• Auxiliary audio input interface for campus paging, telephone interface, etc.

• Single fiber optic filament or one twisted pair of wires between nodes

• VU display shows paging output level

• Ready-to-page LED

• Digital transmission of audio signals - greater noise immunity - high quality signal transmission

• On board storage of programmed messages and tones

• Optional LCD display of fire phone calls

• Optional earthquake hardening: OSHPD seismic pre-approval for component Importance Factor 1 .5

D AT A S h E E:T 8501 0-0063 Not to biJ used lor insta!iation pur;;osiJs. Issue 11

Application EST3 audio is accomplished by selecting modular components for installation in standard fire alarm cabinet assemblies. At the main control panel location mounting audio control equipment provides an emergency user interface for "Paging" and optionally a "Firefighters Master Telephone". Zoned amplifiers mount in the main control panel and/or in remote nodes. By mounting amplifiers in remote nodes, wire runs and space requirements are reduced at the main control panel.

The heart of the EST3 audio package is the Audio Source Unit (ASU). The Audio Source unit converts analog signals to digital signals. On board audio memory stores signal tones and/or alarmalert verbal messages.

These digitally-stored messages can be recorded onsite using standard PC audio components or downloaded from a library of pre-recorded messages and tones. Messages can be in any language or combination of languages. The ASU comes standard with two minutes of memory for tone and message storage. Available message memory expands easily to 1 00 minutes with the optional 3-ASUMX/1 00 memory expansion card.

Audio Source units support connection of a local microphone, remote microphone, telephone voice line , and Mass Notification/ Emergency Communication (MNEC) audio feed. With eight audio channels to choose from combinations of paging, alert, evacuation signaling and automatic messages are available for simultaneous delivery to different parts of a building or to different buildings.

There are two main audio user interface modules: the paging microphone, and the firefighter's telephone, which supports threestate and four-state firefighter telephones. Available individually or in a set, EST3 audio modules open system design possibilities.

When the Life Safety system requires paging only the 3-ASU or 3-ASU/4 Audio Source Units provides a Master Paging microphone with common controls. Switch labeling makes the operation intuitive. Six LEOs and five switches cover paging operations. Three of the five paging switches, All Call, Page to Evacuation, and Page to Alert, cover most paging operations. A VU display shows the user the output level of the page in process. The 3-ASU series mount in one chassis space of a EST3 Lobby enclosure. In addition to the paging microphone the 3-ASU/4 has mounting space for up to four local rail modules, including 20, 40, and 95 watt zone amplifiers and up to four Control Display modules allowing layout flexibility. The 3-ASU provides the same functionality as the 3-ASU/4 but is supplied with an inner door filler plate and no local rail module spaces.

Page2of4

Paging Microphone

Ready-to-Page LED turns on after the pre-announce tone has finished indicating the system is ready to page.

All Call selects all amplifiers for page delivery.

Page to EVAC selects all amplifiers currently delivering evacuation signaling for page delivery.

Page to ALERT selects all amplifiers currently delivering alert signaling for page delivery.

All Call Minus selects all amplifiers not programmed for alarm signaling for page delivery (typically stairwells).

Page by Phone selects the telephone voice line as the paging source.

Operating the Microphone Talk Key stops alarm signaling to selected zones and starts pre-announce tone delivery.

When the pre-announce tone finishes, the Ready to Page LED turns on.

When system design calls for paging with Firefighters telephone the 3-ASU/FT provides all the paging features of the 3-ASU series with the added benefit of a master handset assembly. The 3-ASU/ FT brings to the emergency user easy to understand switches and text messages displaying on a backlit 8 x 20 character LCD display.

Firefighters telephone

CONNECT switch selects phone circuits shown in the Calls Pending Window.

REVIEW PENDING stops automatic display of pending calls and allows the operator to step through each message at his own pace.

ACK (acknowledge) silences the telephone systems audible signal. The signal resounds for any new call.

DISCONNECT disconnects the highlighted call in the calls connected list.

REVIEW CONNECTED scrolls a reverse highlight through the calls connected list.

The Firefighters telephone LCD is very similar to the 3-LCD. When there is no active telephone calls the LCD shows a title screen. Active calls display a text message referenc-ing the remote

w;..:.~..:::.:.:._ ____ __. phone location.

~1-c~R~L~L lfi5 ·P~E~N~o ,, N'G~~- When a remote handset is lifted the o c R L L 5 co n n E c r E 0 LCD display updates to show the calls

~-------~ D CRLL5 PENDING

l CAlLS CONNECTED

1 CRLLS PENDING I

1 CALLS CONNECTED

pending and the call-in signal sounds to alert the user of a pending call.

The user answers the call by press-ing the Connect switch. The location message moves from the pending line to the connected line. The call in signal silences. The user simply uses the master telephone to talk with the connected telephone.

If another call comes in the location message appears in the calls pending line and audible signal resounds. The user can silence the signal by answer-

ing the call or by pressing the ACK (acknowledge) switch.

Up to five remote telephone handset assemblies connect to the system simultaneously without any degradation of audio quality.

85010-0063


3-ASU/4 has Chassis, Audio Source Unit, Paging Common Control and rail space for four Local Rail Modules. Mounts in lobby enclosure.

3-ASU/FT has Chassis Assembly /w Audio Source Unit, Paging Common Control and Fire Phone Controls

Engineering Specification The audio system shall provide eight simultaneous and distinct audio channels. These shall consist of a minimum of: Local Page, Emergency Communication, Multiple Evacuation, Alert, Auxiliary, and General Signaling. Channels shall support hierarchical operation and be controllable from system programming. The audio system also provides Elevator, Stairwell and Auxiliary signaling. Systems that cause signaling devices to go silent while performing any signaling functions will not be accepted.

The system must provide operation to 25Vrms or 70. ?Vrms speakers. The system must provide as a minimum the following paging common controls and indicators: Ready to page LED, VU display of paging output level, single switch function for paging to all - Alert zones, Evacuation zones, and areas not programmed for signaling. The system must provide high quality analog to digital conversion of paging sources. Digital transmission of paging must be provided between system nodes. The analog sources must be sampled and converted to digital with a sampling rate no less than 9600 samples per second. It must be possible to transmit signal sources (Alert, Alarm, Page, etc.) together over a single pair of wires between nodes.

Page 3 of4

Typical Wiring

To next Ranel 3-CPU Module

Mass Notification

To CPU Module TB2 -Audio A IN

,...---- ::::::~] 3~~:~~:: ,...--- (Shielded)

To MN-FVPN or AUX Input (1 \/) for Remote Paging from UL listed compatible Fire or MNEC system.

ASU TB1

System amplifiers must be distributed zoned type. Centrally banked systems are not acceptable. The circuit must carry a minimum rating of 3.5 Amps for operating 24 Vdc signals.

The system shall provide fully integrated fire fighters' telephone system that shall provide 2-way communication between the fire alarm control panel and any fire fighters' telephone station. <<The Audio Source Unit and Firefighters Telephone shall be installed so that a seismic component Importance Factor of 1.5 is achieved.>> The system shall include an alphanumeric user display and controls. When a telephone is activated, a call-in buzzer shall sound, and the location of the phone shall be shown on the alphanumeric display. The display shall be capable of bilingual operation, displaying English, Dutch, Finnish, French, German, Italian, Portuguese or Spanish messages.

The incoming call shall be selected by activating a single button. All subsequent telephone call locations shall be displayed in full text. The system shall display all incoming calls, all connected phone(s) on the alphanumeric display. The system shall be configured so that page messages may be issued from any firefighter's telephone connected to the system, as directed by the emergency operator.

r

(

------------------


u.s. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996



India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 9239 1200 F +61 3 92391299

Europe T+3227251120 F +32 2 721 8613

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300



Page4of4

Specifications

Wire Size

Current Rating

Audio Inputs

Active Telephones

Wire size

Une Resistance EOL Resistance I

Network Data Riser - One pair twisted 18-12AWG (1.0mma.2.5mm")

Network Audio Riser - One pair twisted 18-12AWG (1.0mma.2.5mm")

80 mA in Alarm and Supervisory

Local Microphone (isolated and supervised); Remote Microphone

(isolated and supervised); One MNEC audio input.

(1.0-2.5mm")(3-ASU/FT only)

Network Audio Riser-18-12AWG (1.0-2.5mm")(3-ASU/FT only)

Telephone Riser- One pair twisted shielded 18 -14AWG

supervised); Remote microphone (isolated and supervised); Firefighters' telephone (isolated and supervised;

One MNEC audio Two minutes standard to 1 00 minutes

with optional 3-ASUMX/1 00. Max. message length 40 seconds.

N/A

255 N/A

N/A Five Maximum

vN/A One pair twisted shielded 18 -14 AWG

(1.0mm2 to1.5mm")

N/A 50 0hm N/A 15K0hm


3-ASUMX/1 00

3-FTEQ RFK1 3-LKE 3-LKF

Firefighters Telephone Control Unit inner door filler plate.

Audio Source Unit Memory Expansion. Provides 1 00 minutes of message time. Seismic hardening kit for 3-ASU/FT or 3-FTCU telephone handset 2

Ferrite Clamp Kit required for EN-54 compliance

UK English Label Kit French Label Kit

3-LKR Russian Label Kit 3-LKS Spanish Label Kit 1. Add • -CC" for City of Chicago

0.5 (.23)

.25 (.11)

.25 (.11)

.25 (.11)

.25 (.11)

.25 (.11)

2. For earthquake anchorage, including detailed mounting weights and center of gravity detail, please refer to Seismic Application Guide 3101676. Approval of panel anchorage to site structure may require local AHJ, structural, or cMI engineer review.

DATA S H [£ T 8501 0-0063 Not lo be used for instaHation purposes, Issue 11

E T ower Supplies 3-PPS/M series,~-BPS/M series, 3-BBC/M series~

Overview EST3 Power supplies consist of two assemblies, a high efficiency switch mode power supply card and a power supply monitor module. The monitor module mounts to the local rail and distributes the power from its supply to the local rail. The local rail distributes power from all power supplies to other local rail modules and user interface cards resulting in "Shared Power" throughout the system. By paralleling the power supplies on a rail maximum utilization of available power is possible, resulting in fewer power supplies. Up to four power supplies combine in a single enclosure providing up to 28 amps of available power. Battery backup is provided using from one to four sets of batteries, depending on standby power requirements.

Power supplies mount to the back of the chassis units or wallboxes. The associated power supply monitor module mounts on the local rail providing system power distribution and mounting space for any control display module. Access to auxiliary power is via easily accessible terminal blocks located on the power supply monitor module. Each power supply produces 7 Amps of filtered and regulated power. With four power supplies located in an enclosure (one primary and three_booster power supplies) 28 amps of current is available for local rail modules, control display modules and the eight auxiliary 3.5 amp power outputs (two per supply).

Page i of4

E~3-T (/)L3l·:>F ~ EST3 Lite Safety Platform

Standard Features • High efficiency switch mode

• Increased power distribution efficiency - power supplies parallel allowing up to 28 amps in a single node

• 120 or 230 Vac operation

• 7 AMP filtered and regulated

• Two 3.5 AMP outputs

• Temperature compensated, dual rated battery charger

• Electronic power limiting

• Automatic load testing of batteries

Application The primary power supply provides the system with battery charging and voltage regulation. Software configures the charger to either 1 0-24 AH batteries or 30-65 AH batteries and controls the high/low charge rates. Batteries mounted in the same enclosure as the power supply, have their charge rate monitored and adjusted based on the local enclosure temperature, keeping charging rates within battery specification. For remote batteries a temperature probe is monitored in the remote battery cabinet and charge rates are adjusted automatically. Battery damage is unlikely to occur when environmental short term conditions are outside of normal operating ranges.

The EST3 power supplies automatically load test batteries by shutting down the battery charger and placing a load across the battery. If the battery voltage is outside the specification range the power supply reports a trouble. The trouble clears if the battery is able to recover and pass future load tests.

Battery leads are electronically short circuit protected. If a short occurs in the battery leads the charger automatically disables itself and causes a trouble. The system will constantly look to see if the short has cleared. If the short clears the system automatically restores.

During operation on standby batteries, battery voltage is constantly monitored. A trouble is reported if the battery voltage falls below a specified value.

EST3 power supplies provide specific information back to the 3-CPU(1) designed to help speed trouble shooting of system functions. Should a power supply detect a fault, specific diagnostic codes are available to speed trouble shooting. The 3-LCD will display the power supplies address, a specific trouble code, and a text message describing the specific trouble. Text messages are easy to understand and include items like: Battery Trouble, Aux Power Overload Circuit 1, Aux Power Overload Circuit 2.

Power Supply Rules

Engineering Specification The fire alarm power supplies must be capable of being paralleled and to load share. Multiple power supplies must be capable of being backed up with a single 24 volt battery set. Each power supply shall be capable of charging up to 65 AH batteries. The power supply must be able to perform an automatic load test of batteries and return a trouble if the batteries fall outside a predetermined range. Power supplies must incorporate the ability to adjust the charge rate of batteries based on ambient temperatures. It shall be possible to adjust for ambient temperature changes in local cabinets as well as remote cabinets.


1 . Each battery set needs one charger, either a 3-PPS/M or a 3-BBC/M.

2. Each power supply must be connected to a battery set using an identical length and gauge of wire to keep voltage drops identical.

3. Distribute power supplies and loads evenly across rails.

4. All battery sets for a panel must be the same capacity (AH), same manufacturer, and same manufacturing date code.

The Table below illustrates the combinations of power supplies and batteries that meet all the power supply rules.

24 VDC Power Supply Output Current

1 3-PPS/M

Page2of4

One Set, 65AH max

1 3-PPS/M 1 3-BPS/M

max 13-PPS/M

1 3-BBC/M

One Set, 65AH max

l Three Identical Sets, 65 AH

max 13-F'F'S7t~;r2- ----13-PPs;r;x-

3-BPS/M 2 3-BBC/M

bs

c

Typical Wiring

Utility Power

Primary Power Supply --+ Monitor Module

Primary Power Supply

[1]

Booster Power Supply

[2]

[1] From battery temperature probe terminals.


[2]


[2] From battery and from temperature probe terminals if 3-BTSEN-E used.

• Nominal Voltage

Specifications

Current Requirements

Mounting Requirements

3-PPS/M included with 3-CPU3 current

3-BBC/M Alarm: 70mA

Standby: 70 rnA

65AH Sealed Lead-Acid

3-PPS/M-230 included with

Alarm 50rnA 3-CPU3 current

Alarm: 50 rnA Standby 50mA

3-BBC/M-230 Standby: 50 rnA

Alarm: 70 rnA Standby: 70 rnA

None

19.5 Vdc

1 LRM space, 1 chassis footprint

[2]

Booster Power Supply Monitor Module

3-PPS/M-230-E included with

3-CPU3 current

3-BBC/M-230-E Alarm: 70 rnA

Standby: 70 rnA

Alarm: 50mA Standby: 50 mA

None

20.0Vdc

1 LRM space, 1 chassis footprint

Two sources of 3.5 Amps each taken from total output current

18 AWG to 12 AWG (1 mm2 to 2.5 mm2)

< 10KOhms

*EN54-2:1997 +A 1 and EN54-4:1997 +A 1 :2002+A2 pending

Page3of4 DATA SHEET 85010-0059 Not to be used lor installation purposes. Issue 10.1

(_


u.s. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996



India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 92391200 F +61 3 9239 1299

Europe T +32 2 72511 20 F+322721 8613

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300



Page4of4


3-PPS/ M-230-E

3-BPS/ M-230-E

3-BBC/ M-230-E

3-BBCMON(-E)

3-BTSEN

3-BTSEN-E

3-FP

Booster/Charger Supply wllocal rail module, 230V 50/60Hz, EN54* Certified, CE Booster/Charger Monitor Module with charger capability (upgrade 3-BPS/M(-230){-E) to 3-BBC/M-(230){-E))

Distribution Module required when battery installed in remote cabinet

Distribution and Temperature Sensor Module. Required in EN54* Markets when battery installed in a remote cabinet. Filler Plate, order separately when no LED or LED/Switch module installed.

5 (2.3)

5(2.3)

.5 (.22)

.5 {.22)

0.1 (0.05)

*EN54-2:1997+A1 and EN54-4:1997+A1:2002+A2 pending

DATA SHEET 85010-0059 Not to be used for instll!lation purposes. Issue 10.1

ST3 Cabinets and Chassis 3-CAB series,"'-3-RCC series, "'-. 3-CHAS? series, BC-1

~ ~ Overview EST3 has a wide selection of cabinet arrangements allowing the greatest use of EST3's flexible modular design. Lobby enclosure wallboxes are manufactured from #14 AWG cold rolled steel with a gray baked enamel finish. Lobby enclosure doors are manufactured from #14 AWG cold rolled steel and have a modern contoured door design with integral viewing window. The exception is the small lobby enclosure 3-CAB5. The 3-CAB5 wallbox and non-contoured door are #16 AWG cold rolled steel. Lobby enclosure doors come with gray baked enamel or optional red baked enamel finishes. The EST3 lobby enclosures back boxes, doors and chassis units are ordered and shipped separately. The 3-CAB5 lobby enclosure comes complete with door and back box providing space to mount five local rail modules.

The EST3 remote closet cabinet design allows the installation of control panel electronics in electrical closets. The remote closet cabinets have left hand hinged doors and are available with red finish only. Optional display modules used for system diagnostics display, mount behind the closet cabinet door and are not visible with the door closed.

Page 1 of4

EST , ,? eh· q W EST3 Ute Safety Platform

3-CAB Series

Standard Features • Right or left hand hinging of doors

EN54-2:1997+A1 and EN54-4: 1997 +A 1 :2002 +A2 pending

• Lag and Keyway holes for quick mounting

• Attack rated door for security applications

• Knockouts for 3/4 inch conduit

• Attractive contour door design on lobby enclosures

• Combination flush or surface mounting lobby enclosure design

• Remote closet cabinets for electrical closet mounting support up to 65 AMP hour batteries


T 8501 0-0067 Not to be

Application Lobby Enclosures EST3 lobby enclosures provide space for control, monitoring and display modules where they remain visible even with the door closed and secure. Ideal for mounting in lobby's where appearance is important, maximum mounting flexibility is provided with doors that will mount for right or left hand opening. Lobby enclosures come in several sizes to match individual project requirements.

The 3-CAB5 series semi-flush or surface mounts. A built in rail assembly provides space for up to five local rail modules, no chassis assembly needed. Back space for 1-1/2 footprints gives room for a power supply and a 1/2 footprint module and 10 AH batteries. The local rail module spaces provide room for amplifiers, common control and annunciation modules.

The 3-CAB7 semi-flush or surface mounts and has a contoured front door with viewing window. Space is provided for two 17 AH batteries and one chassis assembly providing seven local rail module spaces.

The 3-CAB14 semi-flush or surface mounting and has a contoured front door with viewing window. Space is provided for two 17 AH batteries and two chassis assemblies each providing seven local rail module spaces.

The 3-CAB21 semi-flush or surface mounts and has a contoured front door with viewing window. Space is provided for two 17 AH batteries and three chassis assemblies each providing seven local rail module spaces.

Remote Closet Cabinets Remote closet cabinets provide an economical way of installing equipment in locations where esthetics are not paramount, like

. electrical closets. You can have optional display modules used for system diagnostics display mounted behind the front door. These display modules will not be visible with the door closed. Remote closet cabinets are surface mounting and come in sizes providing space for one to three chassis with room for standby batteries. A UL Listed attack rated door having a 2-minute rating is available for the 3-RCC7R cabinet. This door is required for security applications.

Installation and Mounting Lobby Enclosure 3-cab5B 3.1 in

Page 2of4

(7.67cm)

1.3 in :--'1-15::....1--''--'=..:.=+-+-h.-. (3.30 em) 3.66 in

T '[ "' "' ~ .£ [;; gj

(9.60 em)

rr'----:,..:='::==:=---'-n 1.65 in (4.19cm)

0 0

BACKBOX

a: 0 0 0 a: w 1-:;;;)

0

I ~0 NOT INSTALL CONDUI 1 BATTERY AREA

'[ 0 ~

!e. .5

"' "' .,f

"'

i .E

~ ~ !

!i -, ~

~

J

_J L .625in ·1 ~~ (1.6cm)

,-'----------~ 1.65in

!;::=:::::::==:;27'7.2.34'4jjn~(6i9.<9.4<-;;=;;f) ===~ (4.19 em)

BATIEAY AREA DO NOT INSTALL CONDUIT

3.86 in 9.80 em)

1.25in (3.16cm)

_l. ~==========~ ~~--

BATTERY AREA 00 NOT INSTALL CONDUIT

Surface Mounted Remote Closet Cabinets

3-RCC?R 3-RCC14R 3-RCC21R

*The lower mounting space can be used for an MN-BRKT1 bracket, which holds MNEC interface equipment including an MNNETSW1 Ethernet network switch, an MN-ABPM Audio bridge, an MN-FVPN VoiP module, and an MN-COM1 S Communications module.

Net io

BC-1 Dimensions

I 00

° Topview ~ ji5in(18.42cm)

0 l Note: Knockouts support

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 0.75 in (1.91 em) conduit 18.25 in (46.34 em)

!- {J 16.00 in (40.65 em) '0

Fuse-+~~ ~~+~0~nal l 0

Front view

r------------~

' ' ' ' ' ' : 24 or40Ah :

0 J Battery [

~------ ---- ___ ,


3-RCC?R Red wallbox and door

24or40Ah Battery

3-.:Rcc'"'"7""R,_-=E-+-=-R-ed-:--w-a""llb:-o-x-a-nd door, E:""N"""5-4-:-* -ce-rt""'ifi:::-re-d~C=E--4

ATCK Attack rated door for 3-RCC?R 3-3-RCC14R-E

Notes:

2. Remote closet cabinets will support 65 AH batteries with the use of the 3-BATS Battery Shelf, which reduces the enclosure's chassis capacity by one chassis.

3. The EST3 is modularly listed under the following standards: UL 864 categories: UOJZ, UOXX, UUKL and SY?V, UL 2572, UL 294 category ALW, UL 609 category AOTX, UL 636 category ANET, UL i 076 category APOU,

Page 3 of4

14.00 in Side view (35.56 em)

0 j 0

One Chassis

Two Chassis

Two- 12V10A

Four- 6V8A Two- 12V10A 1i 12V17A

N/A

N/A

Four- 6V8A, Two - 12V1 OA Two - 12V17 A, Two - 12V50A

Four- 6V8A

Three Chassis Two -12V10A, Two -12V17A Two - 12V50A, Two - 12V652

more ...

UL 365 category APAW, UL i 61 0 category AMCX, UL i 635 category AMCX ULC-S527, ULC-S301, ULC-S302, ULC-S303, ULC-8306, ULC/ORD-Ci076; ULC/ORD-C693 Please refer to EST3 Installation and Service Manual for complete system requirements.

• EN54-2:1997+A1 and EN54-4:1997+A1:2002+A2 pending

**Add "-CC" for City of Chicago.


u.s. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996



India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 BO 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 9239 1200 F +61 3 9239 1299

Europe T +32 2 72511 20 F+3227218613

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300



Page4of4

Battery sensor/distribution module BC-1 - Seismic Battery hold down for BC-1. Ahr batteries. Order BC-1 Separately.

(1.36)

i 0.5(:2)" Supports up to two~~~~-

3-CAB - Seismic Battery hold-down for 3-CAB 7, 14 or 21 . Supports two 1 2V batteries from 1 0 Ah up to 18 Ah. Comes with EST3 Chassis hardening hardware and instructions. Order 3-CAB7, 3-CAB14 or 3-CAB21 separately. See note 1. 3-RCC series - Seismic Battery hoid-down. Supports oneserof two-SO Ah·---

3-RCCE050 batteries. Comes with EST3 Chassis hardening hardware and instructions. Order 3-RCCxxR separately. See note 1. 3-RCC serles-cabinet-:-Seismic-:B:-a-:-tt:--e-ry'""h:--old-down. Supportsone-set oftwo-~--

3-RCCEQ65 Ah batteries (one battery in bottom of cabinet, one battery mounted on 3-BATS).

3-TAMP

Order 3-RCCxxR cabinet and 3-BATS separately. See note 1. Tamper swit-ch-for 3-CAB7, 3-CAB14 and 3-CAB21 ca:fifnets. M to side of cabinet.

3-TAMP5 mperswrtchfor 3-CAB5. Mountstoside.ofcatiinet:·-------

3-TAMPRCC 3-TArv:PRCC Tamper Switch for RCC series cabinets. Mounts to si --------------·--L?f_~abl0~ ..... _.____________________________________________ ·-···--

1. For earthquake anchorage, including detailed mounting weights and center of gravity detail, please refer to Seismic Application Guide 3101676. Approval of panel anchorage to site structure may require local AHJ,

""-- structural, or civil engineer review.

~!See Note 1 on prior page for BC-1R. I

Net io be


EST3 Remote Annunciators

FST C<r!Biof.l II> EST3 Life Safety Platform

3-ANNCPU3, 3-LCDANN, 3-6ANN, 3-1 OANN, 3-EVxxx, 3-4ANN'

OveNiew EST3 supports a full range of annunciator options for Mass Notification/Emergency Communication (MNEC), Ute Safety and other purposes. Annunciator cabinets are constructed from 16 gauge cold rolled steel. The gray textured enamel finish of the annunciators complements any decor. Both surface and semiflush mounting cabinet configurations maximize mounting flexibility and esthetic appeal. Cabinet arrangements allow both LED and LCD annunciation to easily combine in a single enclosure. Slide in labeling for LEOs and switches provides designation flexibility for labeling in local languages. For graphic annunciation EST3 offers LED driver boards perfectly suited to operate in most graphic annunciators.

EST3 annunciators are perfect for MNEC applications. They can be used in Central Control Stations (CCS), Autonomous Control Units (ACU), Local Operating Console (LOC) and combination units. In these applications, annunciators are configured to operate as Local Operation Consoles, or even Central Command Stations, from which MNEC is initiated and controlled.

Standard Features • Standard 3-LCD (168 characters) and large-format 3-LCDXL 1

(960 character) display options

• LCD uses queues to sort events

• Variety of wallbox configurations

• Programmable LED flash rates

• Slide-in labels Makes customization for regional language easy

• Full line of driver boards for graphic annunciators

Page 1 of4

Application Use EST3 remote annunciators when a compact system status display is needed. Annunciator configurations include: LCD only display, LED only displays or combination LED and LCD display in a single enclosure.

The LCD display uses either the 3-LCD or 3-LCDXL 1 Liquid crystal display module. The 3-LCD has a 128 x 64 graphical display typically used to display eight lines of 21 characters on its LCD display

EN54-2: 1997 +A 1 and EN54-4: 1997 +A 1 :2002+A2

pending

~--H:·-'J

Yl -

1----1

I Annunciator Support Module

while the 3-LCDXL 1 has a larger 240 x 320 pixel backlit display that supports 24 lines of 40 characters. Both LDC displays provide the room needed to convey emergency information in a useful format.

The 3-LCD always displays the last highest priority event even when the user is viewing other message queues. To give the greatest message flexibility EST3 event messages can route to specific annunciators. Routing can be initiated at a specific time/ shift change. Messages need only display in areas having to respond to an event.

For LED display, the full line of EST3 ControVDisplay Modules support event display. Control/Display modules install over any annunciator support module maximizing annunciator design flexibility. A Lamptest feature can program to any spare control switch. If an LCD display is installed in the annunciator, simply operate the Alarm Silence and Trouble Silence switches simultaneously to lamptest all LEOs.

DATA S H EE T 8501 0-0069 Not to be used lor insta!iation purposes, Issue 10

Typical Wiring Graphic Annunciator Field Wiring

Rear view 3-ANNCPU3 Field Wiring 3-6ANN Shown

RS-485 NETWORK DATA FROM PREVIOUS PANEL

- RS-485 NETWORK DATA TO NEXT PANEL

24VDC FROM 3-PPS/M OR 3-BPS/M POWER RISER

& 24VDC TO NEXT POWER MODULE

Power Riser

NOTES: 1. All wiring except earth ground supervised and power limited. 2. 24 VDC available from Primary or Booster Power supply. 3. Uses RS-485 Network communication format 4. Network wiring Twisted Pair

Calculate wire size for a maximum 3.4 Vdc total line loss from the 24 Vdc nominal voltage.

Specifications

&Powerli circuit

mited Graphic Annunciator

'- ~ Wire Specifications Network Data Communications - RS485 Format

Minimum Twisted Pair 18 AWG (0. 75 mm2).

Maximum Circuit Resistance 90 Ohms Maximum Circuit Capacitance 0.3 IJF

Maximum Distance between any 3 panels 5,000 ft. (1 ,524 m).

Capacitance, entire network Maximum Accumulative Capacitance

Distance limits are determined using the maximum allowable circuit resistance and capacitance, and manufacturer's cable specifications.

Agency Listing,_s'----+------~ -~----'U:.;L~,~U:::L:::C.:...c, FM, CE, LPCB EN54* pending. ' 1 1 Mounts over 3-ANNCPU

Mounting Space Two Spaces I One Space 1 Mounts over 3-ANNCPU plus two spaces. --·~u~~-·--~·~·,--·- ~-~ ~----·-------~--•1_¥~~-----•·v~~---~---~-~--~----~-~-~---~---·-- ---·-~-~·~------"'-~~--~--"---Communication Forma ~ RS-485 · N/A i N/A N/A Current@ 24 VdS'c-t:.;a:.;nd;;;,_,+~---~ 10mA ~-~--40: ~8mA~~~---

Aiar 1 OmA i 42mA 50mA

~0~~-§~~t== Wiring Size

N/A

Max. Wire Dist,.nr"'

Relative Humidity 93% non condensing at 90° F (32° C) · Te·m-perature-·Ratin9______ ----~------------------------------""'-49-o_c_(32-=12ci~-------------------·----·----

wirini§Yies "-------·--·- ----------------------··--~-- Class A or Clas~_B ______ , _______ , __________________ ~--· Note: For a complete list of EST3 annunciator display and control modules please refer to Edwards literature sheet part number 85010-0055. • EN54-2:1997+A1 and EN54-4:1997+A1:2002+A2 pending

Engineering Specification The Life Safety system shall incorporate annunciation of Alarm, Supervisory, Trouble and Monitor operations. Annunciation must be through the use of both LED display strips complete with a means to custom label each LED as to its function. Where applicable control switches must be provided. Switches with LEOs must provide positive feed back to the operator of remote equipment status. An LCD display with basic common control LEOs and switches shall be provided. The Common Control Switches and LEOs provided as minimum will be: Reset switch and LED, Alarm Silence switch and LED, Panel Silence switch and LED, Drill switch and LED. It must be possible to add additional common controls as required though the use of modular display I control

Page2of4

units. The LCD interface must provide the ability to display custom event messages of a minimum of 40 characters. The LCD must provide the emergency user, hands free viewing of the first and last highest priority event. The last highest priority event must always display and update automatically. System events must automatically be placed in queues. It shall be possible to view specific event types separately. Having to scroll through a mixed list of events types is not acceptable. The total number of active events by type must be displayed. It must be possible to customize the designations of all user interface LEOs and switches for local language requirements. It must be possible to route system event messages to specific annunciator locations.

Not bo

r

Dimensions

RCLM/8(-S)

Semiflush Mount

0 0

j+--10.1 in.l25.7 eml --+j

100 0 L 2}5 in. (7.0 em) .. j+- 11.6 in.(29.4 em) --+I

1..!. 11 T [) [) 0 4ANN/8(-S)

0

13.19 in. 12.1in. (33.5 em) (30.7 em)

E JJ 1 Semiflush

!.-- 14.5 in.l36.8 em)

'" j+- 16.1 in.(40.9 cml

1..!.

[) [)

6ANN/8(-S)

13.19 in. (33.5 em)

II 1 Semiflush

23.86 in.(60.60 em)

I 00 00

.. L 25.47 in.(64.7 cml I

[) [)

10ANN/B(-S)

. . 1pin .• . . . . . (30.7eml

. . . .

Surface Mount

,u?~J 00 0.46in (1.17 cm)~4-------l

0 0

--· ·--- ···--··~

j+- 11.6 in. 129.4 eml --+I [00 0 1±·(7.0cm)

~ 1.!.. T [) -: [) [

0

0

13.19 in. (33.5 em)

1-

j r.

Surface mount

!.-- 16.1 in.(40.9 em) ---+! ( o o o o lrn.(7.oeml

1.!.. ll [) 0

0

1-[)

12.1in. 13.19 in. l30.7cml (33.5 em)

l F-

Surface mount

~----- 25.47in.l64.7eml-----+l

L 00

.l I

-1.!.. 1..!.

0 [) [)

0

13.19 in . . . . 1ipin .• . . . (33.5 em) . (30.7cml

. . . .

0 0

F- 1-II 1--- "

Page3of4 DATA S H EE T 8501 0-0069 Not to bE: used for installation purposes. Issue 10

~ f \


u.s. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996



India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 9239 1200 F +61 3 92391299

Europe T+3227251120 F +32 2 721 8613

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300



Page4of4


separately.)

3-LCDANN Remote LCD Command Module Annunciator. 3.8 (1. 7) 3-LCDANN-E Remote LCD Command Module Annunciator. For EN54* market only, CE. 3.8 (1. 7) Base Annunciators (Come with two 3-ANNSM annunciator support modules, a CPU, and doors. Order Display/Control modules, additional support modules & wallbox separately.)

3-4ANN Four Position Base Annunciator.

~ =E Four Position Base Annunciator. For EN54* market

3-6ANN-E Six Position Base Annunciator. For EN54* market only, CE.

3-10ANN 1 0 Position Base Annunciator. 3-10ANN-E 10 Position Base Annunciator. For EN54* market only, CE. •EN54-2:1997+A1 and EN54-4:1997+A1:2002+A2 pending

CPU, Support Module, & LCD Displays 3-ANNCPU3 Annunciator CPU

6.28 (2.85) 10.5 (4.8) 10.5 (4.8)

1 (.45)

3-CPUDR CPU doors with filler plates. Order separately, one required per CPU where no LCD display is installed. 0.25 (.11)

3-ANNSM Annunciator Support Module .45 (.2) 3-LCD Uquid Crystal Display Module, eight lines. .8 (.36)

3-LCDXL1 Uquid Crystal Display Module, 40 lines mounts in 3-4ANN, 3-6ANN or 3-1 OANN anunciators. Note one 3-LCDXL 1 KBL, (ordered separately) is required for each 3-LCDXL 1 mounting into 3-6ANN or 3-1 OANN annunicator boxes.

3-LCDXL 1 KBL Cable for 3-LCDXL 1 (Use to connect from 3-ANNCPU3 to the first annuciator support model. Not required with 3-4ANN and 3-LCDXL 1 applications.)

Control/Display Modules 3-CPUDR Two blank filler plates suitable for any annunciator blank space. 3-24R 24 Red LED Display Module 3-24Y 24 Yellow LED Display Module 3-24G 24 Green LED Display Module 3-12SR 12 switches with 12 Red LED Display/Control Module 3-12SY 12 switches with 12 Yellow LED Display/Control Module 3-12SG 12 switches with 12 Green LED Display/Control Module 3-12RY 12 Red LED and 12 Yellow LED Display Module 3-12/S1 GY 12 switches with one Green and one Yellow LED per switch 3-12/S1 RY 12 switches with one Red and one Yellow LED per switch 3-12/S2Y 12 switches with two Yellow LEOs per switch

3_613s1 G2Y Six groups of three switches. Each switch with one LED: Green, Yellow, Yellow.

3-6/3S1GYR

3-FP

Six groups of three switches. Each switch with one LED: Green, Yellow, Red.

Filler Plate, order separately one required per 3-ANNSM when no LED or LED/Switch module installed on operator layer.

Driver Modules, Power Supplies 3-EVDVR LED/SWITCH Driver Module, For Edwards Graphics 3-EVDVRA LED/SWITCH Driver Module Assembly for Third-party Graphics 3-EVPWR Power Supply for Edwards Graphics

3-EVPWRA

3-EVDVRX

Enclosures RLCM/B RLCM/B-S

Power Supply Assembly c/w 19 inch rail mounting chassis assembly space for one 3-ANNCPU3 for Third-party Graphics Plastic mounting extrusion 19 inch mounting - Space for up to three 3-EVDVRA modules.

Remote Command module flush mount LCD wallbox

.5(.22)

.35 (.12)

.35 (.12)

.35 (.12)

.35 (.12)

.35 (.12)

.35 (.12)

.35 (.12)

.35 (.12)

.35 (.12)

.35 (.12)

.35 (.12)

.35 (.12)

0.1 (0.05)

.35 (.12)

.35(.12)

.5(.22)

2.5 (1.2)

.35 (.12)

D AT A S d EE. T 8501 0-0069 Not 1o be used for installation purposes. Issue 10

c


Remote Booster Power Supplies BPS6A,BPS10A

' Overview The Booster Power Supply (BPS) is a UL 864, 9th Edition listed power supply. It is a 24 Vdc filtered-regulated, and supeNised unit that can easily be configured to provide additional notification appliance circuits (NAGs) or auxiliary power for Mass Notification/ Emergency Communication (MNEC), as well as life safety, security, and access control applications.

The BPS contains the circuitry to monitor and charge internal or external batteries. Its steel enclosure has room for up to two 1 0 ampere-hour batteries. For access control-only applications, the BPS can support batteries totaling up to 65 ampere-hours in an external enclosure. The BPS has four Class 8 (convertible to two Class A) NAGs. These can be activated in one or two groups from the BPS's unique dual input circuits.

The BPS is available in 6.5 or 1 0 ampere models. Each output circuit has a capacity of three amperes; total current draw cannot exceed the unit's rating.

The BPS meets current UL requirements and is listed under the following standards: Standard (CCNJ Description UL864 9th ed.ition (UOXX)Fire Alarm Systems UL636 (ANET, UEHX7) Holdup Alarm Units and Systems UL609 (A01X, A01X7) Local Burglar Alarm Units and Systems Ul294 (ALW, UEHX7) Access Control Systems UL365 (APAW, APAW7) Police Station Connected Burglar Alarm Units and Systems UL 1076 (APOU, APOU7) Proprietary Burglar Alarm System Units UL 161 0 (AMCX) Central Station Alarm Unit ULC-8527 (UOXXC) Control Units, Rre Alarm (Canada) ULC-S303 (A01X7) Local Burglar Alarm Units and Systems (Canada) C22.2 No. 205 Signaling Equipment (Canada)

Page 1 of4

EST Catalog ~ Power Supplies and Accessories

Standard Features • Allows for reliable filtered and regulated power to be installed

where needed

• Cost effective system expansion

• Provides for Genesis and Enhanced Integrity notification ap-pliance synchronization

• Supports coded output operation

• Self-restoring overcurrent protection

• Multiple signal rates

• Can be cascaded or controlled independently

• Easy field configuration

• On-board diagnostic LEDs identify wiring or internal faults

• Standard Edwards keyed lockable steel cabinet with remov-able door

• 11 0 and 230 Vac models available

• Accommodates 18 to 12 AWG wire sizes

• Optional tamper switch

• Dual battery charging rates


D AT A S H EE T 85005-0125 Not to be used for installation purposes. Issue 4

Application The BPS provides additional power and circuits for notification appliances and other 24 Vdc loads. It is listed for indoor dry locations and can easily be installed where needed.

Fault conditions are indicated on the on-board diagnostic LEOs, opening the BPS input sense circuit and the trouble relay (if programmed). While this provides indication to the host system, the BPS can still be activated upon command. A separate AC Fail contact is available on the BPS circuit board, which can be programmed for trouble or AC Fail. There are seven on-board diagnostic LEOs: one for each NAC fault, one for battery fault, one for ground fault, and one for AC power.

The unique dual-input activation circuits of the BPS can be activated by any voltage from 6 to 45 VOC (filtered-regulated) or 11 to 33 Vdc (full-wave rectified, unfiltered). The first input circuit can be configured to activate 1 -4 of the four possible outputs. The second input circuit can be configured to control circuits 3 and 4. When outputs are configured for auxiliary operation, these circuits can be configured to stay on or automatically deactivate 30 seconds after AC power is lost. This feature makes these circuits ideal for door holder applications. The BPS also has a separate 200 mA 24 Vdc output that can be used to power internal activation modules.

BPS NAGs can be configured for a 3-3-3 temporal or continuous output. California temporal rate outputs are also available on certain models. This makes the BPS ideal for applications requiring signaling rates that are not available from the main system.

In addition to the internally generated signal rates, the BPS can also be configured to follow the coded signal rate of the main system NAGs. This allows for the seamless expansion of existing NAGs.

The BPS enclosure has mounting brackets for up to three Signature modules to the right of the circuit board.

Engineering Specification Supply, where needed, Edwards BPS Series Booster Power Supplies (BPS) that are interconnected to and supervised by the main system. The BPS shall function as a stand-alone auxiliary power supply with its own fully-supervised battery compliment. The BPS battery compliment shall be sized to match the requirements of the main system. The BPS shall be capable of supervising and charging batteries having the capacity of 24 ampere-hours for Mass Notification/Emergency Communication (MNEC), life safety and security applications, and the capacity of 65 ampere-hours for access control applications.

<<The BPS shall be capable of installation for a seismic component Importance Factor of 1.5.>> The BPS shall provide a minimum of four independent, fully supervised Class B circuits that can be field configurable for notification appliance circuits or auxiliary 24 Vdc power circuits. BPS NAGs shall be convertible to a minimum of two Class A NAGs. Each BPS output circuit shall be rated at 3 amperes at 24 Vdc. Each output circuit shall be provided with automatically restoring overcurrent protection. The BPS shall be operable from the main system NAC and/or Edwards Signature Series control modules. BPS NAGs shall be configurable for continuous, 3-3-3 temporal or optionally, California rate. Fault conditions on the BPS shall not impede operation of main system NAC. The BPS shall be provided with ground fault detection circuitry and a separate AC fail relay.

Page2of4

Dimensions

is I 0 0 0 Top View

~02~ 03 ·I o.-- 04 ----.o

0 • o-- r

:;: Front View 0 Q) •

5 Q) -o U5 0 01 06 0 • en

All knockouts 0: CD

for 3/4 in conduit $; (1.9 em) ~

0 o-- '-

17.0 in (43.2 em)

3.5 in (8.9em)

13.0 in (33.0 em)

6.5 in (16.5 em)

3.375 in (8.6em)

12.0 in (30.4 em)

Wire routing

Route AC supply through these

Power-limited wiring area

knockouts only 1'-:o;~~~~-ob--.J!!~~ (Nonpower-limited

and supervised)

Battery Battery

Notes 1. Maintain 114-inch (6 mm) spacing between power-limited and nonpower-limited

wiring or use type FPL, FPLR, or FPLP cable per NEC. [2] Power-limited and supervised when not configured as auxiliary power. Non

supervised when configured as auxiliary power. [3] Source must be power-limited. Source determines supervision. 4. When using larger batteries, make sure to position the battery terminals towards

the door.

Tt\ S E L T 85005-0125 Not to bo lssue4

c

Typical Wiring

Single or cascaded booster anywhere on a notification appliance circuit

Existing NAG end-of-line resistors are not required to be installed at the booster's terminals. This allows multiple

boosters to be driven from a single NAG circuit without the need for special configurations.

NAG Circuit NAC Circuit

Fire Alarm Control Panel

\ I v \l en en tl> tl> ::> " $ $ ~ 1\)

:;- :;-"C "C 6. 6.


-.,. -"7

, ---,

---, __.

To next signaling device, booster, or EOL resistor

NAC output #1 NAC output #2 NAC output #3 NAC output#4

Configuring the Booster for AC Power Fail delay operation*

Multiple CC1 (S) modules using the BPS's sense inputs

Notification appliance circuit (NAC) Notification appliance circuit (NAG)

UL listed EOL 15 k0

UL listed EOL 15 'tWJ

NAC2/ + AUX2-NAC3/ +

Notification appliance circuit (NAC) NAC2/ + AUX2 -NAC3/ +

Notification appliance circuit (NAG)

UL listed EOL 15 k0

UL listed EOL 15 'tWJ AUX3 -~J-+----,

NAC4/ + AUX4-

J\... _ ___J AUX3 -~J-j---, ~~- IJrNI NAC4/ + AUX4 -

200 mAAUX 10 ~Jf-'+:.....j--------. Continuous ~~'1-"'+-------,

IN + Sense 1 COM

OUT IN

Sense 2 COM OUT

NO Trouble COM

NC

Security and access

BPS

24 v 12 v

24DC12

200mAAUX 10 Continuous~

IN Sense 1 COM

OUT IN

EOL47K

Sense 2 COM ~~-+t-f-=:::-:-""":':"-:-:--t+--------h OUT

NO Trouble COM

NC

Data out to next device

*The Booster supports AC Power fail delay of three hours via its trouble contact when dip sw~ch SW2-6 is on. All other troubles are reported to supervising module or panel ~hout delay via Sense inputs.

TB2 0

r-------, EOL monitoring

device

CC1 (S) module CC1(S) module

Control panel BPS [1] Card reader

controller + - + -

I I 1\ 1\ I \

[1] Disable the BPS's ground fault jumper (JP3)

Page3of4

Card reader controller + -1/\ I

+ -17\ I

Card reader controller + -

/\}\__ To next device or end

DATA SHEET 85005-0125 Not to be used for installation purposes. Issue 4

L


u.s. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996

Canada Chubb-Edwards T 519 376 2430 F 519 376 7258


India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 92391200 F +61 3 9239 1299

Europe 1+3227251120 F +32 2 721 86 13

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300



Page 4 of4

1. Requires installation of separate battery cabinet.

2. BPS supports batteries greater than 24 Amp hours for access control applications only.

3. For earthquake anchorage, including detailed mounting weights and center of gravity detail, refer to Seismic Application Guide 3101676. Approval of panel anchorage to site structure may require local AHJ, structural or civil engineer review.

Specifications

AC Line Voltage 120VAC or 220-240VAC 50/60H 120VAC or 220-240VAC 50/60Hz 390 watts 580 watts

Notification Appliance Circuit Ratings

3.0A max. per circuit @ 24Vdc 3.0A max. per circuit @ 24Vdc nominal 6.5A max total all NAGs I nominal 1 OA max total all NAGs

Trouble Relay 2 Amps @ 30Vdc

Auxiliary Outputs Four configurable outputs replace NAGs 1, 2, 3 or 4. as auxiliary outputs and 200 mA dedicated auxiliary. (See note 2.)

Input Current (from an existing NAG)

Booster Internal Supervisory Current

Signature Mounting Space

3mA@ 12Vdc, 6mA@ 24Vdc

70mA

Accomodates three two-gang modules.

Maximum Battery Size 10 Amp Hours (2 of 12V1 OA) in cabinet up to 24 Amp hours with external battery cabinet for fire and security applications; up to 65 Amp

hours for access control applications in external battery box.

Terminal Wire Gauge

Relative Humidity

Temperature Rating

NAG Wiring Styles

Output Signal Rates

18-12 AWG

0 to 93% non condensing @ 32°C

Class A or Class B

Continuous, California rate, 3-3-3 temporal, or follow installed panel's NAG. (See note 1.)

Ground Fault Detection Enable or Disable via jumper

Agency Listings UL, ULC, CSFM 1. Model BPS*CAA provides selection for California rate, in place of temporal. 2. Maximum of 8 Amps can be used for auxiliary output.


BPS10A/230 10 Amp Booster Power Supply (220V) BPS1 OCAA 10 Amp Booster Power Supply with California rate

'f""'!WIIMQ I IP !:'· '"" . '· , •.. ! ..

12V6A5 7.2 Amp Hour Battery, two required 12V1 OA 1 0 Amp Hour Battery, two required 3-TAMP Tamper switch BC-1 EQ Seismic Kit for BC-1. Order BC-1 separately. See note 3. BPSEQ Seismic kit for BPS6A or BPS1 0 Booster Power Supplies. See

noteS BC-1 Battery Cabinet (up to 2 - 40 Amp Hour Batteries) BC-2 Battery Cabinet (up to 2 - 17 Amp Hour Batteries) 12V17A 18 Amp Hour Battery, two required (see note 1) 12V24A 24 Amp Hour Battery, two required (see note 1) 12V40A 40 Amp Hour Battery, two required (see notes 1 , 2) 12V50A 50 Amp Hour Battery, two required (see notes 1 , 2)

12V65A 65 Amp Hour Battery, two required (see notes 1 , 2)

3.4 (1.6) 9.5 (4.3)

58 (26.4) 19 (8.6) 13 {5.9) 20 (9.07) 32 (14.5)

40 (18.14) 49 (22.2)

DATA SHEET 85005-0125 Not to be used for installation purposes. Issue 4

DTilSeries Alarm Transceiver

SigCom's DTX Series is a family of extremely versatile and cost effective Alarm Reporting/Command & Control Transceivers. The DTX may be configured to operate as a one-way radio transmitter, a two-way radio transceiver or a combination ofboth radio configurations and fiber-optic communications. The two-way configuration allows the system to be used for command/control functions that are well suited for industrial, institutional and military applications including Mass Notification Systems. Each means of communications is independent of the other, providing maximum reliability.

When combined with SigCom's Vision 21 System Processor, all of the DTX configurations are Factory Mutual (FM) Approved as both Public and Proprietary Alarm Reporting Systems (NFPA 72).

The DTX is available with 4 or 16 supervised, dry contact inputs that can be used for zone alann reporting and or other status reporting functions as needed per application requirements. There is also an additional input used for external, user operated alarm activation. The DTX can also interface with a serial port (RS-232 or RS-485) connection from a control panel. Zone input circuits and external switch contacts can be assigned with up to 32 different event types.

The relay option provides 4 relays with Form C contacts that can be progrannned to operate by that DTX, by remote control from the Vision 21 System Processor (in a two-way system) or combinations oflocal and remote control. These relays can be programmed to operate upon receipt of a specific zone alarm and /or trouble event.

When used with our optional Mass Notification (Incident Reporting & Notification) software, the output relays can be used to activate live or pre-recorded voice communication to outdoor areas, specific buildings, groups of buildings or throughout an entire military complex, campus or industrial/institutional facility. Serial interfaces are also available for enhanced functionality in

·<:fP-APPROVEIJ

• One or Two-Way Radio

• Four or Sixteen Supervised Initiation Circuits

• Prioritized Alarm & Trouble Messages

• Transmits 32 Different Event Types

Optional:

• Multi-Mode Fiber· Optic Transceiver

• Serial Port for Data Communications with Intelligent Panels and Devices

• 4 Command !Control Relays (Form C)

• Mass Notification

• Weatherproof Enclosure (NEMA 3R)

Signal Communications

Listings: Zone Inputs: Zone Display: Serial Input:

Enclosure, Indoor:

Enclosure Outdoor:

Temperature Range:

Radio Transmitter Output Power:

Fiber-Optic Interface Fiber: Light Sources: Connectors:

Power Supply Primary Power: DC Power: Battery: BackUp:

~DTX-

Frequency Range

L 1 = 72 - 76 MHz

H1 = 132- 151 MHz ..__ H2 = 151 - 162 MHz

H3 = 162-174 MHz

Communications

R1 = Radio One-Way

R2 = Radio Two-Way

F1 = Fiber plus Radio One-Way 1-

F2 = Fiber plus Radio Two-Way

FMApproved 4 or 16 Alarm & Trouble per Zone RS-232 or RS-485 96 Zones, 32 Functions, 999 Devices per Zone Sheet Metal NEMA 1 (14''h X 12"w X 6"d) Cast Metal NEMA 3R (21"h x16"w x 9 7/16"d) -40Df to 150°F (-40°C to 65°C)

Narrowband FM Transmission 1 Watt (72- 76 MHz) (138- 170 MHz) 4 Watts (138 - 170 MHz)

62.5/125 Micron, Multi-Mode 850nmLED STType

120VAC 12VDC 12 V, 7AH Minimum 72 hours with fully configured system Up to 144 hours depending on configuration

Zones

0= None '-- 4 =4Zones

16= 16 Zones

Relays

..._ 0 =No Relays

R = 4 Relays- contact rating: 2A at 30VDC, 0.4A at 125 VAC

Enclosure

N1 = NEMA1 L-

51 = Cast NEMA3R, Surface w/Push Button

•• Other options available (consult factory)

Signal Communications

P.O. Box 2588 Woburn, MA 01888 Tel.: 781 933 0998 Fax.:781 933 5019

www.sigcom.com

L

L

Life Safety & Communications

Intelligent Smok Detector with Optional CO Sensor SIGA2-PS, SIGA2-PCOS

' Overview Signature Series SIGA2-P(CO)S photoelectric detectors bring advanced sensing technology to a practical design that increases efficiency, saves installation time, cuts costs, and extends life safety and property protection capabilities. Continuous self-diagnostics ensure reliability over the long-haul, while innovative field-replacable smoke chambers make detector maintenance literally a snap. With its modular CO sensor, this detector pulls double-duty -continually monitoring the environment for signs of smoke, as well as its invisible yet deadly companion, carbon monoxide.

Uke all Signature Series detectors, the SIGA2-P(CO)S is an intelligent device that gathers analog information from its smoke and CO sensor Qf present), converting this data into digital signals. To make an alarm decision, the detector's on-board microprocessor measures and analyzes sensor readings and compares this information to historical data. Digital filters remove signal patterns that are not typical of fires, thus virtually eliminating unwanted alarms.

The SIGA2-PCOS includes an advanced carbon monoxide sensor and daughterboard. When the electrochemical cell reaches its end of life after approximately six years, the detector signals a trouble condition to the control panel. The sensor/daughterboard module is field-replaceable.

Page 1 of4

EST Gatalor,; l!lr Intelligent Initiating Devices

Standard Features • Optical smoke sensing technology with optional carbon mon

oxide sensor

• Field-replacable smoke chamber

• Reld-replacable carbon monoxide sensor/daughterboard module

• Uses existing wiring

• Automatic device mapping

• Ground fault detection by module

• Up to 250 devices per loop

• Two levels of environmental compensation

• Two levels of dirty detector warning

• Twenty pre-alarm settings

• Five sensitivity settings

• Non-volatile memory

• Electronic addressing

• Environmental compensation

• Identification of dirty or defective detectors

• Automatic day/night sensitivity adjustment

• Bicolor (green/red) status LED

• Standard, relay, fault isolator, and audible mounting bases

DATA SHEET 85001-0619 Not to be used tor installation purposes. Issue 1

Application Smoke detection

. . The SIGA2-PS detects extremely small particles of combustion / ) and triggers an alarm at the first sign of smoke. Thanks to its high-'-..__/ performance forward scattering reflective response technology,

the photoelectric smoke sensor responds quickly and reliably to a wide range of fire types, especially slow burning fires fuelled by combustibles typically found in modern multi-use buildings.

Carbon monoxide detection CO detection has rapidly become a standard part of life safety strategies everywhere. Monitored CO detection is becoming mandated with increasing frequency in all types of commercial applications, but particularly in occupancies such as hotels, rooming houses, dormitories, day care facilities, schools, hospitals, assisted living facilities, and nursing homes. In fact, more than half of the U.S. population already lives in states requiring the installation of CO detectors in some commercial occupancies. This is because carbon monoxide is the leading cause of accidental poisoning deaths in America. Known as the "Silent Killer," CO is odorless, tasteless, and colorless. It claims nearly 500 lives, and results in more than 15,000 hospital visits annually.

Installation Signature Series detectors mount to North American 1-gang boxes, 3-1/2 inch or 4 inch octagon boxes, and to 4 inch square electrical boxes 1-1 /2 inches (38 mm) deep. They mount to European BESA and 1-gang boxes with 60.3 mm fixing centers. See mounting base installation and wiring for more information.

L Testing & Maintenance Each detector automatically identifies when it is dirty or defective and causes a "dirty detector'' message. The detector's sensitivity measurement can also be transmitted to the loop controller. A sensitivity report can be printed to satisfy NFPA sensitivity measurements which must be conducted at the end of the first year and every two years thereafter.

The user-friendly maintenance program shows the current state of each detector and other pertinent messages. Single detectors may be turned off temporarily from the control panel. Availability of maintenance features is dependent on the fire alarm system used. When the CO sensor's electrochemical cell reaches its end of life, the detector signals a trouble condition to the control panel. The sensor/daughterboard module is field-replaceable. Scheduled maintenance (Regular or Selected) for proper detector operation should be planned to meet the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Refer to current NFPA 72, NFPA 720, and ULC CANIULC 536 standards.

This detector will NOT sense fires that start in areas where smoke cannot reach the detector. Smoke from fires in walls, roofs, or on the opposite side of closed doors may not reach the detector to alarm it.

Page2of4

Sensing and reporting technology The microprocessor in each detector provides four additional benefits - Self-diagnostics and History Log, Automatic Device Mapping, Stand-alone Operation and Fast, Stable Communication.

Self-diagnostics and History Log - Each Signature Series detector constantly runs self-checks to provide important maintenance information. The results of the self-check are automatically updated and permanently stored in the detector's non-volatile memory

Automatic Device Mapping - The loop controller learns where each device's serial number address is installed relative to other devices on the circuit. The mapping feature provides supervision of each device's installed location to prevent a detector from being reinstalled (after cleaning etc.) in a different location from where it was originally.

Stand-alone Operation - A decentralized alarm decision by the detector is guaranteed. On-board intelligence permits the detector to operate in stand-alone mode. If loop controller CPU communications fail for more than four seconds, all devices on that circuit go into stand-alone mode. The circuit acts like a conventional alarm receiving circuit.

Fast Stable Communication - On-board intelligence means less information needs to be sent between the detector and the loop controller. Other than regular supervisory polling response, the detector only needs to communicate with the loop controller when it has something new to report.

Accessories Detector mounting bases have wiring terminals that are accessible from the "room-side" after mounting the base to the electrical box. The bases mount to North American 1-gang boxes and to 31h inch or 4 inch octagon boxes, 11h inches (38 mm) deep. They also mount to European BESA and 1-gang boxes with 60.3 mm fixing centers. The SIGA-SB4, SIGA-RB4, and SIGA-184 mount to North American 4 inch sq. electrical boxes in addition to the above boxes. They include the SIGA-TS4 Trim Skirt which is used to cover the "mounting ears" on the base. The SIGA-AB4G mounts to a 4" square box only.

Audible Base Standard Base Isolator Base Relay Base

Remote LED SIGA-LED - The remote LED connects to the SIGA-SB or SIGA-SB4 Standard Base only. It features a North American size 1-gang plastic faceplate with a white finish and red alarm LED.

SIGA-TS4 Trim Skirt - Supplied with 4 inch bases, it can also be ordered separately to use with the other bases to help hide surface imperfections not covered by the smaller bases.

SIGA-AB4G and SIGA-AB4GT - These sounder bases are designed for use where localized or group alarm signaling is required. The SIGA-AB4G is compatible with Signature Series smoke and heat detectors. The SIGA-AB4GT sounder base, when used with the SIGA-TCDR Temporal Pattern Generator module, adds an audible output function to any Signature Series detector, including fire and CO detectors.

DATA S H E ET 85001-0619 Not to be used tor installation purposas. Issue 1

{ .

~/

Typical Wiring The detector mounting bases accept #18 AWG (0.75mm2), #16 (1.0mm2), #14 AWG (1.5mm2), and #12 AWG (2.5mm2) wire sizes.

Note: Sizes #16 AWG (1.0mm2) and #18 AWG (0. 75mm2) are preferred for ease of inst8llation. See Signature Loop Controller catalog sheet for detailed wiring requirement specifications.

This is the basic mounting base for Edwards Signature Series detectors. The SIGA-LED Remote LED is supported by the Standard Base.

Term Description 1 Not Used 2 DATA IN/OUT(+) 3 Not Used 4 DATAIN(-) 5 Remote LED (-) 6 Remote LED (+) 7 Not Used 8 DATA OUT(-) DATA IN 1+1

From Signature Controller or Previous Device

Isolator Detector Base, SIGA-IB, SIGA-IB4

This base includes a built-in line fault isolator for use on Class A circuits. A detector must be installed for it to operate. The isolator base does not support the SIGA-LED Remote LED.

The isolator operates as follows: - a short on the line causes all iso

lators to open within 23 msec - at 1 0 msec intervals,

beginning on one side of the Class A circuit nearest the loop controller, the isolators close to provide the next isolator down the line with power

OUT(+) To Next Device

- when the isolator next to the short closes, reopens within 1 0 msec.

The process repeats beginning on the other side of the loop controller.

Relay Detector Base, SIGA-RB, SIGA-RB4

This base includes a relay. Normally open or closed operation is selected during installation. The dry contact is rated for 1 amp (pilot duty) @ 30 Vdc. The relay's position is supervised to avoid accidentally jarring it out of position. The SIGA-RB can be operated as DATA IN

a control relay if programmed to do so at the control panel (EST3 oATAINC+J

Term Description 1 Not Used 2 DATA IN/OUT(+) 3 DATA IN(-) 4 Not Used 5 Not Used 6 DATA OUT(-) 7 Not Used

Normally- Normally-

(-)

From Signature Controler V.2 only). The relay base does not or Previous Device ...---------,

support the SIGA-LED Remote...--------, Tr N~=:~;.n LED. CONTACT RATING 2 DATA IN/OUT(+)

1.0 Amp @ 30 \/DC 3 Common (PHot Duty) 4 DATA IN (-)

5 No!Used 6 Normally-Closed 7 DATA OUT(-)

Page3of4

Audible Detector Base for CO and Fire Detectors, SIGA-AB4GT

The Signature Series AB4GT sounder base, when used with the SIGA-TCDR Temporal Pattern Generator, adds an audible output function to any Signature Series detector. For more information on this device, refer to Data Sheet 85001-0623 -- Sounder Base for CO and Rre Detectors.

TCDA Riser+ -++--++' '-H--f+----4+-- TCDR Riser+ TCDR Riser- TCDR Riser-

SLC+ SLC+

SLC- -1-+-----1-'

1. Volume setting. Default is high volume. For low volume, cut trace per item 4.

2. Reserved for future use. Do not cut.

3. Reserved for future use. Do not cut.

4. To configure output volume, cut trace as shown.

5. To next SIGA-AB4GT sounder base or EOL relay.

6. SLC_OUT to next intelligent addressable device.

7. SLC_IN from intelligent addressable controller or previous device.

8. From SIGA-TCDR Temporal Pattern Generator or previous SIGA-A84GT sounder base.

Audible Detector Base, SIGA-AB4G

This base is designed for use where localized or group alarm signaling is required. When the detector senses an alarm condition, the audible base emits a local alarm signal. The optional SIGA-CRR Polarity Reversal Relay can be used for sounding to other audible bases on the same 24 Vdc circuit.

Volume setting

Default= High volume Cut for low volume

24VdclnFrom power supply or +

previous base

Data in

([D

From Signature controller or - ,_ ____ __. previous device +

Relay and Audible Bases operate as follows:

Tone setting

Default= Temporal pattern Cut for steady tone

-----u-To configure output volume or tone, cut the circuit board

asohown.

Data out + To next Signature device

- at system power-up or reset, the relay is de-energized - when a detector is installed in the base with the power

on, the relay energizes for four seconds, then de-energizes -when a detector is removed from a base with the power on,

the relay is de-energized -when the detector enters the alarm state, the relay is energized.

DATA S H E ET 85001-0619 Not to be used tor insta!!ation puq::>ose!>- Issue 1

L


u.s. T 888 378 2329 F 866 503 3996



India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 9239 1200 F +61 3 92391299

Europe . T+3227251120 F+3227218613

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300



Page4of4

Compatibility SIGA2-P(CO)S detectors are compatible only with the Signature Loop Controller.

Warnings & Cautions This detector will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your fire protection specialist.

This detector will NOT sense fires that start in areas where smoke cannot reach the detector. Smoke from fires in walls, roofs, or on the opposite side of closed doors may not reach the detector to alarm it.

Specifications , ••• li]

Normal operating current 70 J.lA Alarm current 18mA 18mA Standalone alarm current Operating voltage 15.20 to 19.95 VDC Air velocity 0 to 4,000 ft./min (0 to 20 m/s). Construction High impact engineering polymer Wall mounting Maximum 12 in (305 mm) from ceiling Mounting Plug-in Shipping weight 0.44 lb. (164 g) Compatible bases See Ordering Information Operating environment 32 to 120•F (0 to 49•q, 0 to 93% RH, noncondensing Storage temperature Environmental compensation Automatic


Si8A;:Ri34---:i~ctlii5Ertect0riMiAtornuJr=nrtitinncgJBBaruse~wwiRRBlel:a;ayV., cc:A/w:v'Tliffirimii"ESikklrlirt:---- 0.2 (.09)

Detector Mounting Base w/Fault Isolator 4-inch Detector Mounting Base w/ Fault Isolator, c/w Trim Skirt Remote Alarm LED (not for EN54 applications) Audible (Sounder) Base for Fire Detectors 0.3 (0.15)

SIGA-AB4GT Audible (Sounder) Base for CO and Rre Detectors 0.3 (0.15) SIGA-TCDR Temporal Pattern Generator 0.3 (0.15) SIGA-TS4 Trim Skirt (supplied with 4-inch bases) 0.1 (.04) 2-SPRC1* Replacement Smoke Chamber (for SIGA2-PS detectors) 0.1 (.04) 2-SPRC2* Replacement Smoke Chamber (for SIGA2-PCOS detectors) 0.1 (.04) 2-CORPL* Replacement CO Sensor 0.1 (.04)

*Release pending.

DATA S H E E T 85001-0619 Not to be used fer insta!!aticn purposes. Issue 1

l

"_.,..--ST™ Life Safety & Communications

Intelligent Duct Smoke Detector SIGA-SD

' Overview The Edwards SuperDuct Signature Series smoke detector is the most advanced and most reliable device in its class. Designed for easy installation and superb reliability, SuperDuct represents the perfect balance of practical design and advanced technology.

SuperDuct detectors feature a unique design that speeds installation and simplifies maintenance. Removable dust filters, conformally coated circuit boards, and optional water-resistant gaskets keep contaminants away from components, ensuring years of trouble-free service. When cleaning is required, the assemblies come apart easily and snap back together in seconds.

A Signature Series photoelectric sensor is incorporated into the design of each SIGA-SD duct smoke detector. This sensor inherits the power and benefits of this exceptional line of intelligent devices.

Signature Series sensors gather analog information from their smoke sensing elements and convert it into digital signals. The sensor measures and analyses these signals and compares the information to historical readings and time patterns to make an alarm decision. Digital filters remove signal patterns that are not typical of fires, which virtually eliminates unwanted alarms.

EST" C;;taiclg ~ Intelligent Initiating

Standard Features • Less than 2" deep for easy installation and applications where

space is tight

• -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C} operating range with 100ft/min. to 4,000 ft/min air velocity rating assures reliability under harsh environmental conditions

• Status LEOs remain visible through clear assembly cover

• Cover monitor switch for added security

• Standard sampling tube spacing for easy drop-in migration from other detectors

• Sampling tube can be installed with or without the cover in place and can be rotated in 45-degree increments to ensure proper alignment with duct airflow

• 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc operation

• Magnet-activated test switch

• One Form C auxiliary alarm relay for controlling ancillary equip-ment (e.g., HVAC controls)

• No special tools required for easy access to field connections

• Signature Series intelligence

• Environmental compensation with differential sensing for reliable, stable, and drift-free sensitivity

• Wide 0.79% to 2.46% obscuration/ft. smoke sensitivity

• Identification of dirty or defective detectors

-Pa_g_e-io-f-4----------------------------------------------------~D~A~T~A~S~H~E~ET 85001-0584 Not to be used for instaHation purposes. Issue 6

Application SuperDuct detectors are ideally suited to duct smoke detection applications where early indication of combustion is required within

("-. the confined space of ventilation ductwork. Its primary purpose 1 is to provide earty warning of an impending fire and to prevent

smoke from circulating throughout the building. It is typically used to detect smoke in the supply side of the HVAC system but can provide supervision of the return side as well.

(_

SuperDuct detectors continually sample air flow in the HVAC duct and initiate an alarm condition whenever smoke is detected. An alarm is activated when the quantity (percent obscuration) of combustion products in that air sample exceeds the detector's sensitivity setting.

Signature Series Intelligence Like all Signature detectors, the SIGA-SD features electronic addressing and issues a dirty sensor warning when it reaches its preset limit. The dirty sensor warning indicates the sensor is operating within its specified limits but is in need of servicing. When the detector's ability to compensate for environmental changes has reached its limit, the duct smoke detector signals a trouble condition.

The SIGA-SD also uses differential sensing to prevent gradual environmental changes from triggering unwanted alarms. A rapid change in environmental conditions, such as smoke from a fire, causes the detector to signal an alarm state, but dust and debris accumulated over time does not change alarm sensitivity.

Each Signature Series SuperDuct detector contains a microprocessor that performs comprehensive self-diagnostics and stores the results in nonvolatile memory. Stored results include details such as hours of operation, last maintenance date, and number of alarms and troubles. This information can be retrieved and reviewed when desired.

Detector Configuration The detector assembly cover provides easy access to the smoke sensor, its wiring connections, sample and exhaust tubes, and the smoke chamber itself.

Air enters the detector's sensing chamber through a sampling tube (ordered separately) that extends into the duct and is directed back into the ventilation system through an exhaust tube Oneluded). The difference in air pressure between the two tubes pulls the sampled air through the sensing chamber. When a sufficient

( amount of smoke is detected in the sensing chamber, the detector ~/ .initiates an alarm.

Page2of4

The sampling tube may be installed from either the duct side of the assembly or from inside the sensor compartment, as preferred by the installer. (The exhaust tube must be installed from the duct side.) Sampling tubes may be rotated in 45-degree increments so that air-holes can be aligned to allow the unit to be mounted at virtually any angle relative to the air flow.

In installations where the duct smoke detector's controls and indicators are hidden from view, a remote test station or an LED indicator can be connected to the detector to provide these functions.

Remote Test Stations Labor-saving Remote Test/Reset stations provide alarm testing from the convenience of a remote location. Tests can be performed quickly and safely - without having to climb to the roof. Magneticallyoperated and key-operated one-gang models are available. Signature SuperDuct detectors are also compatible with SIGA-LED remote alarm LED.

Air velocity in the duct as low as 1 00 ft/min. maintains adequate air flow into the sensor smoke chamber through air holes in the air sampling tube and discharges through the exhaust tube. SuperDuct air sampling tubes must be installed with the inlet holes facing the airstream. Sampling tubes may be rotated in 45-degree increments so that air-holes can be aligned to allow the unit to be mounted in virtually any angle relative to the airflow.

SuperDuct sensors are engineered to operate optimally under the harsh environmental conditions frequently found in HVAC ductwork. Nonetheless, before installing the detector, test the duct air velocity, temperature, and humidity to verify that it is within the operating range of the SuperDuct detector. Consult the SuperDuct installation sheet for details.

Dimensions

D AT A S H E E T 85001-0584 Not to bo used for installation purposes. Issue 6

Assembly Sampling tube---~

High-humidity environments Use the SO-PH Protective Housing when installing SuperOuct detectors in high-humidity environments. The SO-PH is a weatherized housing that prevents condensation on the device by insulating the detectors and providing circulated air from the monitored HVAC duct. The SO-PH also adds a layer of protection against physical damage to the unit.

socket

Exhaust tube socket

Mounting

Wiring Auxiliary

equipment

~·~ 17 16 15

UJ

Page3of4

#1 0 sheet metal screw (2X)

Hinged Cover

Housing air tube

Detector conduit holes

The SO-PH is easy to install and service. The hinged and transparent cover provides ready access to the detector, while keeping its status indicators visible at all times.

Note: The SO-PH Protective Housing is weatherized against outdoor air, but it is not intended for direct outdoor exposure.

[1] No more than one remote test station or LED indicator can be connected to the detector at the same time. Wiring is unsupervised. Maximum wire resistance is 10 ohms per wire.

I J........______..! II "T"' !

SD-TRK or

SD-TRM[1]

..-il------- Data Out(-)

..------ Data Out(+) Data In (+) -+-+-+-+-+-+----. Data In(-) -+-+-+-+-+--!--,

$ '-------+!!+-! __ _..,@@@

'i~~= ll1:i4:t1:i3 i1:Z:2 i1:Z:11:t10ri9ri8ri7%1

D AT A S H EE T 85001-0584 Not to be used lor installation purposes. Issue 6


u.s. T 888 378 2329 F 866 503 3996



India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 9239 1200 F +61 3 9239 1299

Europe T +32 2 725 11 20 F +32 2 721 8613

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300



Page4 of4

Specifications, detector Dimensions

8. 70 x 5.45 x 1.90 inches (221 x 138 x 48 mm)

Wire size--~14Tcl22 AWG-~~----~---

-Detection ---Photoeiect~----method (light scattering principle) _

Air velocity rating

100 to 4,000 ftlmin and meets the required minimum

-~~ressur~-~fferenti.a.!_ __ Air pressure 0.005 to 1.00 inches of differential water

0.79 to 2.46 %/ft Sensitivity obscuration

-------Alarm test

5 seconds response time

·-cEo indicators Ai'arin(red["PO~en)·----·

Common alarm relay

Unsupervised and power~ limited Quantity: 1 Type: Form C Ratings: 2.0 A at 30 Vdc

---·--------(':_~~tive) ___________ _

Operating 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc __ '!!}lta_R~~-----------~---------------· Operating current

Standby: 45 ~A Alarm: 45 ~A Inrush: 1 mA Standalone alarm: 18 mA

------·------remperatlii:e(uL.j::4 to '158-

Operating environment

Agency

0F (-29 to 70 oq. Temperature (ULC): -4 to 120 °F (-29 to 49 oq Relative humidity: 1 0 to 93%, noncondensing

UL,ULC,CSFM,FM,MEA


Specifications, test stations. Remote TesVReset Stations provide alarm test, trouble indication, and reset capability from a remote loca-tion. They include a one-gang plate, momentary SPST switch, red alarm LED, and terminal block. Magneticallyoperated models (TRM) or key-operated models (TRK) are available:-- . -Com atible North Amencan 1-gang box

1 t 1 Standard 4-ln square box, eec nca 1-1/2 inches deep, with boxes

1-gang cover L'"'E::cD~in_'""~--:-ic-at'""o-rs-""A-;"'-Iarmk_~) __________ ,_

LED type Clear lens Wire size 14 to 22 AWG

ReSistance per ---~-·:.:..:..-=----wire

1 0 Ohms, max.

See controller specifications requirements LED circuit Voltage: 3 Vdc, max.

_r:~!!::~-~----Current: 30 m~,_max:_ __ _ Switch ratings Voltage: 125 Vdc, max.

j§_[)_:l~~L_.~_s;urr:::~!;_~_::'• max_:.__ ____ ~--Switch ratings Voltage: 200 Vdc, max.

J?D-TRM) ___ Current: 0.5 A, max.

Compatible detectors


SuperDuct conventional two-wire and Signature duct smoke detectors -4 °Fto 158°F (-2ooc to 70°C) Humidity: 93% RH, non condensing

SO-TS 8-inch sampling tube 0.5 (0.2) SD-T18 18-inch sampling tube 1.5 (0.7) SD-T24 24-inch samplingtUb·e--------....... ______ 2.7(1:2) __ _

__§Q::@~ ______ 36-inch sa~eling tube·------~------~11.:~----= SO-T 42 42-inch sampling tube 3.5 (1.6) --- ...... -· SD-T78 78-inch sampling tube 7.5 (3.4)

-SD-T12o-· 12o-::;;;c;;sampling tube-----------·------------11:5(5-:-2-l ----

so-PH Protective housing for high humidity environments 5.5 (2.5)

~~-=--=~iiiiil-;;-~==~-=--=-~ SD-VrK Air velocity test kit (stoppers only, etc) 1.0 (0.5) so::G8K_______ cciV8f9a8k8tkit--·------------~-------~---o:5(62) ___ _ SO-MAG Test magnet kit 0.5 (0.2) SIGA-SDPCB Replacement PCB/Signature sensorkft 1.0 (0.5)

T 85001-0584


~

EST c;,·,t::Jioc; II> Strobes, Horns, Bells, Chimes

® @ MEA

Field Configurable I CE fC Horns and

Strobes Genesis Series

Overview The Genesis line of fire alarm and mass notification/emergency communications (ECS/MNS) signals are among the smallest, most compact audible-visible life safety signaling devices in the world. About the size of a deck of playing cards, these devices are designed to blend with any decor.

Thanks to patented breakthrough technology, Edwards Gen-esis strobes do not require bulky specular reflectors and lenses. Instead, an exclusive cavity design conditions light to produce a highly controlled distribution pattern. Significant development efforts employing this new technology have given rise to a new benchmark in strobe performance - FuiiUght technology.

FuiiUght strobe technology produces a smooth light distribution pattern without the spikes and voids characteristic of specular reflectors. This ensures the entire coverage area receives consistent illumination from the strobe flash. As a result, Genesis strobes with Fulllight technology go well beyond the UL-1971 and ULC-S526 light distribution requirements.

Genesis strobes and horn-strobes offer selectable candela output by means of a conveniently-located switch on the side of the device. Models are also available that offer fixed 15/75 cd output. The candela output setting remains clearly visible even after final installation, yet it stays locked in place to prevent unauthorized tampering.

Genesis ECS/MNS appliances offer emergency signaling with clear or amber lenses and with optional ALERT housing labels. They are ideal for applications that require differentiation between fire alarm and mass notification alerts.

Page 1 of6

Standard Features • Unique low-profile design

- The most compact UL-1971/ULC-S5261isted strobe available - Ultra-slim - protrudes less than one inch - Attractive appearance - No visible mounting screws

• Four field-configurable options in one device - Select 15, 30, 75, or 110 cd strobe output - Select high (default) or low dB horn output - Select temporal (default) or steady horn output - Select public mode flash rate (default) or private mode

temporal flash

• Fixed 15fl5 cd model available

• ECS/MNS models available

• Easy to install - Fits standard 1-gang electrical boxes - no trim plate needed - Optional trim plate accommodates oversized openings - Pre-assembled with captive hardware - #12 AWG terminals - ideal for long runs or existing wiring

• Unparalleled performance - Industry's most even light distribution - Meets tough synchronizing standards for strobes - Single microprocessor controls both horn and strobe - Independent horn control over a single pair of wires - Highly regulated in-rush current - Multiple frequency tone improves sound penetration - Field-programmable temporal strobe output option

DATA S H EE T 85001-0573 Not to bG used for installation purposes. Issue 11

Application Genesis strobes are UL 1971-listed for use indoors as wall-mounted public-mode notification appliances for the hearing impaired. Prevailing codes require strobes to be used where ambient noise conditions exceed 105 dBA (87dBA in Canada), where occupants use hearing protection, and in areas of public accommodation as defined in the Americans with Disabilities Act (see application notes- USA).

Combination horn-strobe signals must be installed in accordance with guidelines established for strobe devices. Consult with your Authority Having Jurisdiction for details.

All Genesis strobes exceed UL synchronization requirements (within 1 0 milliseconds over a two-hour period) when used with a synchronization source. Synchronization is important in order to avoid epileptic sensitivity.

Horns

Genesis horn output reaches as high as 99 dB and features a unique multiple frequency tone that results in excellent sound penetration and an unmistakable warning of danger. Horns may be configured for either coded or non-coded signal circuits. They can also be set for low dB output with a jumper cut that reduces horn output by about 5 dB. Horn-only models may be ceiling-mounted or wall-mounted.

The suggested sound pressure level for each signaling zone used with alarm signals is at least 15 dB above the average ambient sound level, or 5 dB above the maximum sound level having a duration of at least 60 seconds, whichever is greater, measured 5 feet (1 .5 m) above the floor. The average ambient sound level is, A-weighted sound pressure measured over a 24-hour period.

Doubling the distance from the signal to the ear will theoretically result in a 6 dB reduction of the received sound pressure level. The actual effect depends on the acoustic properties of materials in the space. A 3 dBA difference represents a barely noticeable change in volume.

ECS/MNS Applications Genesis ECS/MNS strobe appliances bring the same highperformance fire alarm features and unobtrusive design to mass notification applications. Available with amber lenses and optional ALERT housing labels, they are ideal for applications that require differentiation between fire alarm and mass notification alerts.

Page 2 of6

Installation Genesis horns and strobes mount to any standard one-gang surface or flush electrical box. Matching optional trim plates are used to cover oversized openings and can accommodate one-gang, two-gang, four-inch square, or octagonal boxes, and European 1 00 mm square.

All Genesis signals come pre-assembled with captive mounting screws for easy installation. Two tabs at the top of the signal unlock the cover to reveal the mounting hardware. The shallow depth of Genesis devices leaves ample room behind the signal for extra wiring. Once installed with the cover in place, no mounting screws are visible.

Field Configuration Genesis Horn/Strobe

with optional trim plate Temporal horn and horn-strobe models are factory set to sound in a three-pulse temporal pattern. Units may be con

figured for use with coded systems by cutting a jumper on the circuit board. This results in a steady output that can be turned on and off (coded) as the system applies and removes power to the signal circuit. A Genesis Signal Master is required when hornstrobe models are configured for coded systems. Non-temporal, horn-only models sound a steady tone.

Genesis clear strobes and horn-strobes are shipped from the factory ready for use as UL 1971 compliant signals for public mode operation. These signals may be configured for temporal flash by cutting a jumper on the circuit board. This battery-saving feature is intended for private mode signaling only.

Genesis clear strobes and horn-strobes may be set for 15, 30, 75, or 11 0 candela output. The output setting is changed by simply opening the device and sliding the switch to the desired setting. The device does not have to be removed to change the output setting. The setting remains visible through a small window on the side of the device after the cover is closed.

Horns and horn-strobes are factory set for high dB output. Low dB output may be selected by cutting a jumper on the circuit board. This reduces the output by about 5 dB.

Wiring Field wiring terminals accommodate #18 to #12 AWG (0. 75 mm2

to 2.5 mm2) wiring. Horns, strobes, and combination horn-strobes are interconnected with a single pair of wires as shown below.

Polarity shown in alann condition

To next appliance, end-of-line or return to

control equipment

G._ __ ___, ....__ ____ ____. ....__ _ __. Note: Strobes must have continuous voltage.

0AfA SH ST 85001-0573 Not to used tor insLdh:d:ion Issue 11

Current Draw Strobes, Horn-Strobes

Multi-cd Wall Strobes

Page3 of6

Horns

*G1-HDVM multi-cd **G1 F-HDV1575 fixed 15/75 cd

Current values are shown in mA.

*G1-HDVM multi-cd **G1 F-HDV1575 fixed 15/75 cd

dBA output Average Sound Output (dBA) (High dB setting, anechoic, 24V, measured at 1Oft)

Light output- (effective cd) Percent of UL rating versus angle

Notes

1. All values shown are dBA measured at 1 0 feet (3.01 m).

2. UL464 values measured in reverberant room.

3. Average and Peak values are measured in anechoic chamber.

Specifications L Housing

Lens

Mounting Ondoor only)

Wire connections Operating environment

Agency listings/approvals

Dimensions (HxWxD)

Operating vottage

Strobe output rating

Strobe flash rate

Synchronization Sources

Horn pulse rate

Temporal audible pattern

Page4of6

Red or white textured UV stabilized, color impregnated engineered plastic. Exceeds 94V-O UL flammability rating. Optical grade polycarbonate (clea~ Strobes and horn-strobes are for wall-mount installation only. Horn-only models may be ceiling- or wall-mounted. Rush mount: 2JI2 inch (64 mm) deep one-gang box Surface mount: Model 27193 surface mount box, wiremold box, or equivalent surface-mount box With optional trim plate: One-gang, two-gang, four-inch square, octagonal, or European single-gang box Screw terminals: single input for both horn and strobe. #18 to #12 AWG (0. 75 mm2 to 2.5 mm2) wire size

Indoor only: 32-120°F (0-49°C) ambient temperature. 93% relative humidity UL 1971, UL 1638, UL 464, ULC S525, ULC S526, CSFM, CE, FCC, MEA. (All models comply with ADA Code of Federal Regulation Chapter 28 Part 36 Rnal Rule.) Signal: 4-1 /2" x 2-3/ 4" x 13/16" (113 mm x 68 mm x 21 mm) Trim plate: 5" (127 mm); Height-5-7 /8" (149 mm); Depth- W' (13 mm) G1-HD series temporal-tone horns: non-coded, tittered 16-33 Vdc or unfiltered 16-33 Vdc FWR (or coded when hom set to steady tone) G1-HDVM series temporal-tone horn-strobes: non-coded, filtered 16-33 Vdc or unfiltered 16-33 Vdc FWR (or coded (audible NAG only) when used with optional G1 M Genesis Signal Master) G1-VM series strobes: non-coded, tittered 16 - 33 Vdc or unfittered 16-33 Vdc FWR G1-P series steady-tone horns: coded or non-coded, filtered 20-31 Vdc or unfiltered 20-27 Vfwr UL 1971, UL 1638, ULC S526: selectable 15 cd, 30 cd, 75 cd, or 110 cd output UL 1971: 15 cd (fiXed 15/75 cd models) UL 1638, ULCS526: 75 cd (fixed 15/75 cd models) G1-VM strobes and G1-HDVM series temporal-tone horn-strobes: one flash per second synchronized with optional G1 M Genesis Signal Master indefinitely within 10 milliseconds. Temporal setting (private mode only): synchronized to temporal output of horns on same circuit SIGA-CC1 S, SIGA-MCC1 S, SIGA-CC2A, SIGA-MCC2A, G1 M-RM BPS6A, BPS1 OA, APS6A, APS1 OA, i064, i0500, Rreshield Plus 3, 5 and 10 zone. Add G1 M for G1-CVM &G1-HDVM devices only. G1-HD temporal-tone horns and G1-HDVM series temporal-tone horn-strobes: temporal rate synchronized with optional G1 M Genesis Signal Master indefinitely within 10 milliseconds. G1-P steady-tone horns: continuous, steady tone only

Jl2 sec ON, Jl2 sec OFF. Jl2 sec ON, Jl2 sec OFF, Jl2 sec ON, 1 Jl2 sec OFF, then repeat cycle

D AT A S H EE. T 85001-0573 Not 1c bG used lor installation purposes. Issue 11

\J

L

Candela Output

Amber UL 1638 110 cd 75cd 30 cd 15 cd

Amber UL 1971* 88cd 60cd 24cd 12 cd

Clear UL 1971 110cd 75 cd 30cd 15 cd ECS/MNS appliances available with clear or amber lenses.

* Equivalent Rating


Fire Alann Appliances (c/w running man icon screen printed on housing) G1-VM White None Clear Selectable 15, 30, 75, or 110 cd Strobe only R25 (0.11) G1F-HD White FIRE Clear Hom only Selectable higMow dB .25 (0.11)

G1 F-HDV1575 White FIRE Clear 15/75 cd' Temporal hillo dB-24V 0.25 (0.11)

G1F-HDVM White FIRE Clear Selectable 15, 30, 75, or 11 0 cd Selectable higMow dB 0.25 (0.11)

G1F-P I White FIRE Clear Steady Hom (not compatible with Genesis Signal Master) 0.25 (0.11)

G1F-V1575 White FIRE Clear 15/75 cd' Strobe only 0.25 (0.11)

G1F-VM I White FIRE Clear Selectable 15, 30, 75, or 11 0 cd Strobe only 0.25 (0.11)

G1-HD None Clear Horn only Selectable high/low dB 0.25 (0.11)

G1-HDVM White None Clear Selectable 15, 30, 75, or 110 cd Selectable higMow dB 0.25 (0.11)

G1-P White None Clear Steady Horn (not compatible with Genesis Signal Master) 0.25 (0.11)

G1RF-HD Red FIRE Clear Horn only Selectable high/low dB 0.25 (0.11)

G1 RF-HDV1.575 Red FIRE Clear 15/75 cd' Temporal hi/lo dB-24V 0.25 (0.11)

G1RF-HDVM Red FIRE Clear Selectable 15, 30, 75, or 110 cd Selectable high/low dB 0.25 (0.11)

G1RF-P Red FIRE Clear Steady Horn (not compatible with Genesis Signal Master) 0.25 (0.11)

G1RF-V1575 Red FIRE Clear 15/75 cd' Strobe only 0.25 (0.11)

G1RF-VM Red RRE Clear Selectable 15, 30, 75, or 11 0 cd Strobe only 0.25 (0.11)

G1R-HD Red None Clear Horn only Selectable higMow dB 0.25 (0.11)

G1R-HDVM Red None Clear Selectable 15, 30, 75, or 110 cd Selectable higMow dB 0.25 (0.11)

G1R-P Red None Clear Steady Horn (not compatible with Genesis Signal Master) 0.25 (0.11)

G1R-VM Red None Clear Selectable i 5, 30, 75, or 11 0 cd Strobe only I 0.25 (0.1ij

Trim Plates G1T hite None Genesis Trim Plate (for two-gang or 4" square boxes) 0.15 (0.7)

G1RT Red None Genesis Trim Plate (for two-gang or 4 • square boxes) 0.15 (0.7)

G1T-FIRE White FIRE Genesis Trim Plate (for two-gang or 4 • square boxes) 0.15 (0.7)

G1RT-FIRE Red FIRE Genesis Trim Plate (for two-gang or 4 • square boxes) ! 0.15 (0.7)

G1WT-ALERT White ALERT Genesis Trim Plate (for two-gang or 4" square boxes) 0.15(0.7)

Surface Boxes 27193-16

27193-11

1 These 15/75 cd models provide fixed output and are not multi-candela devices. The 15 cd output component complies with UL 1971, while the 75 cd output component complies with UL 1638.

Page5of6 DATA SHEET 85001-0573 Not to be used tor installation purposes. Issue 11


u.s. T 888 378 2329 F 866 503 3996



India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 9239 1200 F +61 3 9239 1299

Europe T +32 2 725 11 20 F +32 2 721 8613

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300



PageS of6 Not. to

!>· Strobes, Horns, Bells, Chimes

~ Field Configurable Ceiling Strob s Genesis Series

Overview Genesis life safety and mass notification/emergency communications (ECS/MNS) ceiling strobes are small, compact, and attractive visible emergency signaling devices. Protruding no more than 1.6" (41 mm) from the ceiling, Genesis strobes blend with any decor.

Thanks to patented breakthrough technology, Edwards Gen-esis strobes do not require bulky specular reflectors and lenses. Instead, an exclusive cavity design conditions light to produce a highly controlled distribution pattern. Significant development efforts employing this new technology have given rise to a new benchmark in strobe performance - Fulllight technology.

Fulllight strobe technology produces a smooth light distribution pattern without the spikes and voids characteristic of specular reflectors. This ensures the entire coverage area receives consistent illumination from the strobe flash. As a result, Genesis strobes with Fulllight technology go well beyond the minimum UL-required "cross" pattern, significantly exceeding UL-1971 and ULC-S526 light distribution requirements.

Depending on the model, clear lens Genesis ceiling strobes feature 15 to 95, or 95 to 177 candela output (see ordering information), which is selectable with a conveniently-located switch. The candela output setting remains clearly visible even after final installation, yet it is locked in place to prevent unauthorized movement after installation.

Genesis ECS/MNS appliances offer emergency signaling with clear or amber lenses and with optional ALERT housing labels. They are ideal for applications that require differentiation between life safety and mass notification alerts.

Page 1 of4

One or more patents pending.

Standard Features • Field configurable - no need to remove the device!

- 15/30/75/95 cd and 95/115/150/177 cd clear strobe lens models available

- Switch settings remain visible even after the unit is installed

• ECS/MNS models available - 13/26/65/82 and 82/1 00/130/155 (1971 equivalent) amber

lens models available

• Unique low-profile design - 30 per cent slimmer profile than comparable signals - Attractive appearance - No visible mounting screws - Available with white or red housings

• Easy to install - Fits all standard 4" square electrical boxes with plenty of

room behind the signal for extra wire - no extension ring or trim plate needed

- #18 to #12 AWG terminals - ideal for long runs or existing wiring

• Unparalleled performance - Exclusive Full light strobe technology produces the industry's

most even light distribution - Precision timing electronics meet tough synchronizing

standards for strobes - Low current draw minimizes system overhead

• Approved for public and private mode applications - UL 1971-listed as signaling devices for the hearing impaired - UL 1638-listed as protective visual signaling appliances - UUULC listed for ceiling or wall use

Application Genesis strobes are UL 1971 or 1638 listed for indoor use. Prevailing codes require strobes to be used where ambient noise conditions r='·. exceed specified levels, where occupants use hearing protection, and in areas of public accommodation. Consult with your Authority Having Jurisdiction for details.

All Genesis strobes exceed UL synchronization requirements (within 1 0 milliseconds over a two-hour period) when used with a synchronization source. Synchronization for multiple strobe lights in a single field of view is required.

Dimensions

ECS/MNS Applications Genesis ECS/MNS appliances bring the same high-performance life Light OUtput (effective Cd) safety features and unobtrusive design to mass notification applica- Percent of UL rating versus angle tions. Available as standard units with clear or amber lenses with

(

optional ALERT markings, thy are ideal for applications that require - Percentageotratedoutput -

differentiation between life safety and ECS/MNS signals. Units are also available (special order) with red, blue or green lenses.

Installation All models are intended for indoor applications only. Strobes mount to any flush North-American 4" square electrical box, 21/ 8"

(54 mm) deep.

Genesis ceiling strobes simply unlatch and twist to open. This gains access to mounting screws and the selectable candela switch. The shallow depth of Genesis devices leaves ample room behind the signal for extra wiring. Once installed with the cover in place, no mounting screws are visible.

Wiring Field wiring terminals accommodate #18 to #12 AWG (0.75 mm2

to 2.5 mm2) wiring. Strobes are interconnected with a single pair of wires as shown below.

+ listed To

fire c pa

alarm ontrol

nel

I ~ IG

en cp +

'--'---

~

IIZi rn cp +

'--'::::-

~

Tone +

xt applia end-of-

nee, line

mto ol

or retu contr

equip ment

o· -Angle-

Horizontal and vertical outputs reflect the same pattern.

Field Configuration Depending on the model, Genesis ceiling speaker-strobes have multi-candela output (see ordering information). The output setting is changed by simply opening the device and sliding the switch to the desired setting. The strobe does not have to be removed to change the output setting. The setting remains visible through a small window on the front of the device after the cover is closed.

Candela switch

90'

Page2of4 DATA S H E E.T 85001-0557 Not to be used for installation purposes. Issue 7

I~ I

c

Current Draw Ught output switch settings for UL 1971 listed models are selectable by numeric candela value. ECS/MNS appliances are selectable by A, B, C, or 0 designations.

20Vdc 74 24Vdc 63 33Vdc 48 16Vfwr 126 20Vfwr 108 24 Vfwr 97 33 Vfwr 89

Current values are shown in mA.

Specifications Housing

Lens

Mounting

Wire Connections Operating Voltage Operating environment

Agency listings/approvals


Strobe operating voltage

108 205 244 259 303 378 429 90 168 194 212 245 306 342 70 124 139 155 180 211 236

187 368 403 484 570 673 724 156 281 333 380 438 537 604 139 240 270 318 361 434 484 119 197 214 245 269 308 338

Textured UV stabilized, color impregnated engineered plastic. Exceeds 94V-O UL flammability rating. Red and white models available. Optical grade polycarbonate (clear). Flush mount to North American 4-inch square electrical box, 2-1/8 (54 mm) inches deep. No extension ring required. Suitable for indoor wall or ceiling applications. Screw terminals: #18 to #12 AWG (0. 75 mm2 to 2.5 mm2) wire size. Regulated 16 to 33 Vdc, 16 to 33 Vfwr. Indoor: 32-120° F (0-49° C) ambient temperature; 0-93% relative humidity. Meets or exceeds year 2004 UL requirements for standards UL 1638 and UL 1971 and Canadian requirements for standards CAN/ULC S526-02 and CAN/ULC S524-01. All models comply with ADA Code of Federal Regulation Chapter 28 Part 36 Final Rule. CSFM, MEA FM pending. UL 1971, UL 1638, ULC S526: selectable 15/30/75/95 cd (GC-VM) and 95/115/150/177 cd (GC-VMH) GC-VM series strobes: non-coded, filtered 16-33 Vdc or unfiltered 16-33 Vdc FWR. GC-VM series strobes: one flash per second synchronized with optional G1 M Genesis Signal Master indefinitely within 10

Strobe flash rate milliseconds. Temporal setting (private mode only): synchronized to temporal output of Genesis audible signals on same circuit. Meets or exceeds UL 1 971 requirements. Maximum allowed resistance between any two devices is 20 Ohms. Refer

Synchronization to specifications for the synchronization control module, this strobe, and the control panel to determine allowed wire resistance. SIGA-CC1S, SIGA-MCC1S, SIGA-CC2A, SIGA-MCC2A, G1M-RM

Synchronization Sources BPS6A, BPS10A, APS6A, APS10A, i064, i0500, Fireshield Plus 3, 5 and 10 zone. Add G1 M for G1-CVM &G1-HDVM devices

Page3of4 DATA SHEET 85001-0557 Not to bG used for insta!!aiion purposes. Issue 7

(_

L


u.s. T 888 378 2329 F 866 503 3996



India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 9239 1200 F +61 3 9239 1299

Europe T +32 2 72511 20 F +32 2 721 8613

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300



Page4of4

Ordering Information Light output switch settings for UL 1971 listed models are selectable by numeric candela value. ECS/MNS appliances are selectable by A, B, C, or D designations.

-Iii 'I ·-!!!' .'fll I '11181 ! ,,_ 'IM Life safety Appliances (c/w running man icon screen printed on housing) GC-VM White None

GCF-VM White "FIRE"

GCFR-VM Red "FIRE" -GC-VMH White

GCF-VMH White

None

"FIRE"

None

"Alert"

None

Selectable high output 95,115,150, or177cd

Selectable high output A, B, Cor 0

Units with red, blue or green lenses are available as a special order. Contact customer service for details.

D AT A S H EE T 85001-0557 Not to be used tor in<>ta!lation purposGs. Issue 7

c


Re-entrant Speaker and Speaker -Strobe 757 Series

' Overview EST's Integrity Series life safety and mass notification/emergency communications (ECS/MNS) re-entrant speakers and speakerstrobes are high quality appl[ances for emergency voice communications, as well as alert and alarm tone signals.

Integrity's rugged plastic housing is made from durable and fire retardant, high impact plastic with a slightly textured surface. Housings are rated for outdoor use and are available in red or white. Integrity's ingenious mounting plate firmly holds the device in place with a single screw. This ensures quick and attractive installation. A separate trim plate is not required. Speaker terminals accept up to #12 AWG (2.5mm2) wire for polarized connections. Strobe connections are made to color-coded wire leads.

Integrity ECS/MNS appliances offer emergency signaling with amber lenses. They are ideal for applications that require differentiation between life safety and mass notification alerts.

Ufe safety strobes are shipped with standard wall mount style FIRE lens markings. Where ceiling orientation, other languages, or different lens markings are required, Edwards offers optional LKW and LKC series Lens Marking Kits. These optional lens markings simply snap on to the strobe. Consult Edwards for availability of special lens markings.

Integrity strobes are designed for 16 to 33 Vdc operation and must be connected to signal circuits that output a constant (not pulsed) voltage. A diode is used to allow full signal circuit supervision.

Page 1 of6

EST Gata!cq jll> Speakers, Telephones

Standard Features • UL 1971-listed synchronizing strobe

MEA

CE @ ~ <B>

Patented

Integrity strobes synchronize to the latest UL 1 971 requirements when used with a synchronization source.

• Genesis-compatible All Genesis and Integrity strobes on the same circuit meet UL 1 971 synchronization requirements when used with an external control module.


• Listed for public and private mode applications UL 1 971-listed as signaling devices for the hearing impaired and UL 1638-listed as protective visual signaling appliances.

• 98 dBA Output High efficency driver produces a loud 98 dBA at 15 watts.

• Multiple Output Taps, 25 or 70 Volt Models Easy to select for 2, 4, 8, and 15 watt operation. Integrity speakers are supplied with a DC Blocking Capacitor for audio circuit supervision.

• Outdoor rated Durable red or white Noryl front plate is ideal for outdoor, industrial or harsh environments. ,

• Field changeable field markings Lens language or standard "FIRE" marking is easily changed with optional LKW (wall orientation) and LKC (ceiling orientation) lens kits.

DATA S H EE T 85001-0317 Not to be used for installation purposes. Issue 8

Application

Speakers All Integrity speakers include a DC blocking capacitor to allow electrical supervision of the audio distribution circuit. Models for 25 VRMs and 70 VRMs circuits are available. Wattage taps from 2 W to i 5 W provide on-site flexibility.

The suggested sound pressure level for each signal-ing zone used with alert or alarm signals is a minimum of 15 dB above the average ambient sound level or 5 dB above the maximum sound level having a duration of at least 60 seconds, whichever is greater. This is measured 5 feet (1.5 m) above the floor.

Doubling the distance from the signal to the ear will theoretically cause a 6dB reduction in the received sound pressure level. The actual ef

Re-entrant Speaker-Strobe

Typical Sound Output Distribution dBA measured in anechoic cham

ber

fect depends on the acoustic properties of materials in the space. Doubling the power output of a device (e.g.: a speaker from 1W to 2W) will increase the sound pressure level by 3dBA.

Typical Wiring

Strobes Edwards clear strobes are UL 197i -listed for use indoors as wall- or ceiling- mounted public-mode notification appliances for the hearing impaired. Prevailing codes require strobes to be used where ambient noise conditions exceed specified levels, where occupants use hearing protection, and in areas of public accommodation. Consult with your Authority Having Jurisdiction for details.

As part of the Enhanced Integrity line of products, 757 Series strobes exceed UL synchronization requirements (withini 0 milli-seconds over a two-hour period) when used with a synchronization source. Synchronization is important in order to avoid epileptic sensitivity.

Integrity strobes are fully compatible with Edwards Genesis signals.

ECS/MNS Applications Integrity ECS/MNS appliances are available with amber lenses. They are ideal for applications that require differentiation between life safety and mass notification alerts.

The strobe must be connected to signal circuits which output a constant (not pulsed) 24 Vdc voltage. Depending on the model, the speaker must be connected to either 25 or 70 V audio circuits.

To Listed Fire Alarm Control Panel (supervised signal circuit 16-33 V de)

Common

To Listed Fire Alarm Control Panel (supeNised amplifier signal cJrcuft - 25.2 or 70.7V RMS)

Common

II~ +~----------~ ~--------------------~ ~----------~

Page 2of6

End of line resistor, or return to control equipment.

Not tc

Light Distribution Patterns UL 1971 WALL MOUNTED STROBE LIGHT OUTPUT

Operating Current (RMS)

Vdc: Volts direct current, regulated and filtered Vfwr: Volts full wave rectified

Page3of6

Notes 1. Current values are shown in mA.

2. Fuses, circuit breakers and other overcurrent protection devices are typically rated for current in RMS values. Most of these devices operate based upon the heating affect of the current flowing through the device. The RMS current determines the heating affect and therefore, the trip and hold threshold for those devices.

Sound level output notes • All values shown are dBA measured at 10 feet (3.01 m). • UL 1480 values measured in reverberation room. • Average values are measured in anechoic chamber.

D AT A S H EE T 85001-0317 Not to be used for Installation purposes. Issue 8

Installation and Mounting All models fit to flush mounted Edwards box, Catalog Number 960A-4SF. Optional flush trims are not required. For surface mount, use EST's custom indoor and outdoor surface boxes painted in color-matched red or white epoxy. Edwards recommends that these Life safety and ECS/MNS speaker/strobes always be installed in accordance with the latest recognized edition of national and local codes.

Page4of6

757 Series Signal

5 ~ ..... (140mml

#8 x 7 /16" Ill mml Slotted/Robertson Drive Screw (Supplied)

/ ..... /

/ ..... _....;"".y?

#8-32 Screw (by others)

' '

Surface Box

Optional Bi-directional Frame

Flush Mount Box Satin-coat Steel 4 3/8" (111 mml square Cat. No. 960A-4SF

Combination 1/2" & 3/4" Conduit Knockout

5 5/8" (143 mml

rr.. rml Optional Weather-proof Box / .....

..... , ..... ......-

0 AT A h E T 85001 -031 7 IssueS

L

Specifications

UL 1638 75 cd 30 cd 110 cd (note 2) UL 1971 Rating (note 2) 15 cd wall, 15 cd ceiling 30 cd wall, 15 cd ceiling 11 0 cd wall, 60 cd ceiling

lnpuVOperating Volts Speaker: 25 VRMS (suffiX "-RS25" or 70 VRMS (suffiX "-RS70") - see ordering table Strobe: 16-33 Vdc ' r.nntino OUS ,

Speaker Taps/Output (note 1) Measured at 1 0' (3.05 m): 15W = 98 dBA, 8W = 95 dBA, 4W;;; 93 dBA, 2W = 90 dBA Speaker Driver Sealed construction, compression driver, 8 ohm voice coil

Strobe Rash Rate Synchronized at one flash per second. External control module necessary to meet UL 1971 synchronization requirements of 1 0 milliseconds over a two-hour period

Synchronization Sources SIGA-CC1S, SIGA-MCC1S, SIGA-CC2A, SIGA-MCC2A, G1M-RM

BPS6A, BPS1 OA, APS6A, APS1 OA, i064, i0500, Fireshield Plus 3, 5 and 10 zone. Flash Tube Enclosure ClearLEXAN

Lens Markings Supplied with LKW-1 "RRE" red letters, vertical both sides (Wall Mount) - see LKW and LKC series for ceiling style and optional markings

INDOOR Operating Environment -31 to 150° F (-35 to 66° C) ambient temperature. 85% relative humidity @ 30° C. 95% relative humidity@ 60° C; -35-150° F (-31-66° C) ambient temperature

OUTDOOR Operating Environment (757-7A: rated at 17.7 cd@ -35° C per UU@ -40° C per ULC) (must use weatherproof box) (757-8A: rated at 70.7 cd@ -35° C per UU@ -40° C per ULC)

(757 -3A: rated at 9.0 cd @ -35° C per UU@ -40° C per ULC)

Wire Connections Speaker: Terminals for up to #12 AWG (2.5mm2)

Strobe: 6" (150 mm) color-coded polarized wire leads Housing (note 3) Textured, color impregnated engineered plastics - exceeds 94V-O UL flammability rating

Mounting - INDOOR Flush: 960A-4SF Rush Box

Surface: 757A-SB Backbox Bi-directional (note 3)' 757A-BDF Mounting Frame (note 3) Mounting - OUTDOOR Surface only: 757A-WB Weatherproof Box (note 3)

Agency Listings UL 1971, UL 1638, UL 1480, ULC S526, ULC S541, MEA, CSFM, FM, CE (All models comply with ADA Code of Federal Regulation Chapter 28 Pt. 36 Final Rule)

Note 1: Measured in reverberant room using 4D0-4000Hz band linited pink noise per UL 1480. Subtract 3dBA for models with strobes. Note 2: Strobe candela ratings apply to clear strobes. Amber strobes candela rating is available on the installation sheet. Note 3: RED housing is standard, add Suffix ''W" for WHITE

-

Page5of6 D AT A S H E E T 85001-0317 Not to be used for installation purposes. Issue 8

("-/ -------- Ordering Information


u.s. T 888 378 2329 F 866 503 3996



India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 9239 1200 F +61 3 9239 1299

Europe T+3227251120 F+322721 8613

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300



Page6of6

25 Volt Re-Entrant Speakers 757-1A-R25 Speaker, Red

· 757-1 A-R25W Speaker, White

25 Volt Re-Entrant Speakers/Strobes 757-7 A-RS25 Speaker-strobe, 15f75cd, Red 757-7A-RS25W Speaker-Strobe, 15/75cd, White 757 -3A-RS25 Speaker-Strobe, 3Qcd, Red 757 -3A-RS25W Speaker-Strobe, 3Qcd, White 757 -8A-RS25 Speaker-Strobe, 110cd, Red 757 -8A-RS25W Speaker-Strobe, 11 Qed, White

70 Volt Re-Entrant Speakers/Strobes ~ 757-7A-RS7Q Speaker-Strobe, 15/75cd, Red

757 -3A-RS7Q 757-3A-RS7QW 757 -8A-RS7Q 757-8A-RS7QW

Speaker-Strobe, 3Qcd, Red Speaker-Strobe, 37Qc::-d-:.'.,..W-::h,..cit.;.;;e ___________ _ Speaker-Strobe, 11 Qed, Red Speaker-Strobe, 110cd, White

ECS/MNS Re-Entrant Speakers/Strobes 757-7 A-RS7QWA Speaker-strobe, 7Q V, 12175 cd strobe, white housing, amber lens.

757_7A-RS25wA Speaker-Strobe, 25 V, 12175 cd strobe, white housing, amber lens.

757-8A-RS7QWA Speaker-Strobe, 7Q V, 88 cd strobe, white housing, amber lens. 757 -8A-RS25WA Speaker-Strobe, 25 V, 88 cd strobe, white housing, amber lens.

Mounting Accessories 96QA-4SF Rush Box, Indoor 757A-SB Surface Box, Red, Indoor

2.5 (1.2)

2.5 (1.2)

iml I

2.5 (1.2)

757 A-SBW Surface Box, White, Indoor I II na ~ '7~5~7-A.-W .... BI(==:JW~~e·ffilhler·p~ro~o·f~B~o~x,IR.ed ... 1s1u1rfalcle~~==================~---------

757 A-BDF Bi-directional Mounting Frame, Red 757 A-BDFW Bi-directional Mounting Frame, White

Lens Marking Kits* LKW-1 "FIRE", Wall Orientation (supplied) LKW-2 "FEU", Wall Orientation LKW-3 "FIRE/FEU", Wall Orientation LKW-4 "SMOKE", Wall Orientation LKW-5 "HALON", Wall Orientation LKW-6 "C02", Wall Orientation LKW-7 "EMERGENCY", Wall Orientation LKW-8 "ALARM", Wall Orientation

LKC-1)

4 (1.8)

D AT A S H EE T 85001-0317 Not to be used for installation purposes. Issue 8


~ Genesis Speake and Strobes Genesis G4 Series

Overview The Genesis line of life safety and mass notification/emergency communications (ECS/MNS) signals are the smallest, most compact audible-visible emergency signaling devices in the world. Protruding no more than one inch from the wall, Genesis speakers and speaker-strobes blend with any decor.

Ufe safety appliances feature textured housings in architecturally neutral white or traditional life safety red.

ECS/MNS appliances offer emergency signaling with clear or amber lenses, white housings, and optional ALERT housing labels. They are ideal for applications that require differentiation between life safety and mass notification signals.

Thanks to patented breakthrough technology, Genesis strobes do not require bulky specular reflectors. Instead, an exclusive design channels and conditions light to produce a highly controllable distribution pattern.

Speaker-strobes feature selectable candela output with a conveniently-located switch on the bottom of the device. The candela setting remains clearly visible even after final installation.

All Genesis speakers include a DC blocking capacitor to allow electrical supervision of the audio distribution circuit. The speaker with its sealed back construction provides extra durability and improved audibility.

Page 1 of4

EST c;at<:tloo jlto> Speakers, Telephones

1\/EA

CE

<S> PENDING

Patents pending


- The most compact UUULC listed speaker-strobe available - Ultra-slim, protrudes a mere one inch from the wall - Attractive appearance, no visible mounting screws

• Field configurable - no need to remove the device! - :4, Y2, 1, or 2 watt operation and selectable candela

output with convenient switches that remain visible even after the unit is installed


• Unparalleled performance - loud 90 dBA output ensures clear, crisp audio - Exclusive Fulllight strobe technology produces the

industry's most even light distribution - Precision timing electronics meet tough new synchronizing

standards for strobes when used with compatibile modules - Optional field-configurable temporal strobe output - 25 Vrms and 70 Vrms models available, all supplied with a

DC blocking capacitor for audio circuit supervision



- #18 - #12 AWG terminals- ideal for long runs or using existing wiring

DATA S H EE T 85001-0549 Not to be used for instal:ation pur;n;se:~o. Issue 10

Speaker Application The suggested sound pressure level for each signaling zone used with alert or alarm signals is a minimum of 15 dB above the average ambient sound level or 5 dB above the maximum sound level having a duration of at least 60 seconds, whichever is greater. This is measured 5 feet (1 .5 m) above the floor.

Doubling the distance from the signal to the ear will theoretically cause a 6dB reduction in the received sound pressure level. The actual effect depends on the acoustic properties of materials in the space. Doubling the power output of a device (e.g.: a speaker from 1 W to 2W) will increase the sound pressure level by 3dBA.

Typical Sound Output Distribution dBA

Measured in anechoic chamber

Genesis Series Cone Speaker/strobe


o·

All models are intended for indoor wall mounted applications only. Speakers and speaker-strobes are flush mounted to a NorthAmerican 4" square electrical box, 21fa" (54 mm) deep or a European 100 mm square box. Signals may be surface mounted to a Genesis surface-mount box (see ordering information for details).

Two tabs at the top of the signal unlock the cover to facilitate mounting. The shallow depth of Genesis devices leaves room behind the signal for extra wiring. Once installed with the cover in place, no mounting screws are visible.

Edwards recommends that these speaker-strobes always be installed in accordance with the latest recognized edition of national and local codes. Refer to installation sheet for mounting height information.

Page2of4

Strobe Application Genesis clear-lensed strobes are UL 1971-listed for use indoors as wall-mounted public-mode notification appliances for the hearing impaired. Prevailing codes require strobes to be used where ambient noise conditions exceed specified levels, where occupants use hearing protection, and in areas of public accommodation. UL 1 638-listed colored-lensed strobe Ughts are available for ECS/ MNS applications. Consult with your Authority Having Jurisdiction for details.

All Genesis strobes meet UL synchronization requirements (within 1 0 milliseconds over a two-hour period) when used with a synchronization source. Synchronization is important in order to avoid epileptic sensitivity.

Field Configuration Genesis speakers may be set for 14, "!12, 1, or 2 watt operation. The wattage setting is visible through a small window on the bottom of the device and is changed by simply sliding the switch until the desired setting appears in the window. The speaker does not have to be removed to change the wattage.

Genesis speaker-strobes feature selectable candela output. The output setting is visible through a small window on the bottom of the device and is changed by simply sliding the switch until the desired setting appears in the window. The speaker-strobe does not have to be removed to change the output.

Use the Candela Switch and the wattage switch to set desired operation.

I/ I

Bottom View

Candela switch /

Wattage switch

To change strobe to temporal {private mode) cutJP1

Genesis speaker-strobes may also be configured for temporal flash. This battery-saving feature is intended for private mode signaling only. To set the device for temporal flash, snip the circuit board as shown in the Jumper Locations diagram above.

ECS/MNS Applications Genesis ECS/MNS appliances bring the same high-performance life

· safety features and unobtrusive design to mass notification applications. Standard models are available with clear or amber lenses and optional ALERT housing labels, they are ideal for applications that require differentiation between life safety and mass notification alerts. Appliances with red, green or blue lenses are available. Contact Edwards Customer Service for details.

Not i:o

Light output Per cent of UL rating versus angle

M- 8 ·%Of Candela H Spec.

-% Of Cand•l• v sp-.

... 75 ..

Amber UL 1638 110cd 75 cd 30cd 15 cd

Amber UL 1971* 88cd 60cd 24cd 12 cd

Clear UL 1971 110 cd 75 cd 30cd 15 cd

* Equivalent Rating

Wiring Field wiring is connected to Genesis signals with terminals that accommodate #18 to #12 AWG (0. 75 mm2 to 2.5 mm2) wiring .

Speake....,..ly Wlrilng

Minium UL required candela light output To listed fire alarm control panel -

{supetvlsed amplifier signal circuit -25.2or70.7Vrms) + +

shown in Polarity alarm condtuon @@@ @

(/) 0 '.(' C(l -o

" " [!]<1

Speaka....strobe Wiring

To listed fire alarm control panel -(supervised amplifier signal circuit

-25.2or70.7Vrrns) + To listed fire alann control panel -

(supervised signal circuit -20o:24 Vdc) +

Polarity alarm

· shown In condition

II (/) 01~1~

(/) -o

" "

(/)

To next applia nee, end-of..Jin 0 orretum to

mont control equip

~! @ + C(l

[!]<1

II liZ\

01~ (/)

+

+ To nextappl" oance, . end-of-lin

orretum to ment control equip

Ught output switch settings for UL 1971 listed models are selectable by numeric candela value. ECS/MNS appliances are selectable by A, 8, C, or D designations.

-o ~

+ '

~

-o + '

" " ~ (_ Specifications

Housing Dimensions Mounting (indoor wall mount only)

Wire Connections


Agency Ustings

Input/Operating Volts Speaker Taps/Output*

Speaker Cone

Clear Strobe Output Rating

Amber Strobe Output Rating Strobe Operating Voltage

Strobe Rash Rate

Strobe Flash Synchronization


Red or white textured UV stabilized, color impregnated engineered plastic. Height: 6.5" (165 mm). Width: 5" (127 mm). Depth to wall: 1" (25 mm). Rush: North-American 4" square box, 2 1/8" (54 mm) deep. Surface: model G4B (white) or G4RB (red) surface mount box. Screw terminals: separate polarized inputs for speaker and strobe, #18 to #12 AWG (0. 75 mrn2 to 2.5 mm2) wire size 32-120° F (0-49° C) ambient temperature; 0-93% relative humidity. UL 1971 , UL 1638, UL 1480, ULC S526, ULC S541 , CSFM, MEA (FM pending) (All models comply with ADA Code of Federal Regulation Chapter 28 Part 36 Final Rule.)

25 VRMS or 70 VRMS. See ordering information.

2 W = 89 dBA; 1 W = 86 dBA; Y2 W = 83 dBA; '!4 W = 80 dBA Speaker frequency response: 250 to 5,000 Hz. Optimized for voice intelligibility. 4-inch (1 02mm) mylar cone, sealed back construction.

UL 1971, ULC S526: selectable 15 cd, 30 cd, 75 cd, or 110 cd output UL 1971: 15 cd (fixed 15/75 cd models) UL 1638, ULCS526: 75 cd (fixed 15/75 cd models)

UL 1638: 13 (D), 26 (C), 65 (B), 95 (A) 16- 33 Vdc Regulated, 16-33 V Full wave rectified (UL Voltage Designations "Regulated 24" and "24 fwr") One flash per second. All strobes: one flash per second (fps) within 200 milliseconds over 30 minutes on common circuit. All strobes: Synchronization source required to comply with UL 1971 synchronization standard. Temporal setting (private mode only): synchronized to temporal output on the same circuit. SIGA-CC1 S, SIGA-MCC1 S, SIGA-CC2A, SIGA-MCC2A, G1 M-RM BPS6A, BPS1 OA, APS6A, APS1 OA, i064, i0500, Fireshield Plus 3, 5 and 10 zone.

Strobe Lens Material Polycarbonate • Measured in reverberant room using 400-4,000 Hz band limited pink noise per UL 1480.

Page3of4 DATA SHEET 85001-0549 Not to be used for installation purposes. Issue 10

(

Detection & alann since 1872

u.s. T 888 378 2329 F 866 503 3996



India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 9239 1200 F +61 3 9239 1299

Europe T+3227251120 F+3227218613

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300



Page4of4

Ordering Information Ught output switch settings for UL 1971 listed models are selectable by numeric candela value. ECS/MNS appliances are selectable by A, 8, C, or D designations. All speaker-strobes include field-selectable '!4, ~. 1, or 2 watt taps

Will liiii811MWQMH+ liM'" Life safety Appliances (c/w running man icon screen printed on housing) G4-S2 None

G4R-S2 G4F-S2

G4F-S7 G4RF-S7

G4-S7VM G4R-S7VM G4F-S7VM G4RF-S7VM

G4F-S7V1575 G4RF-S7V1575

Accessories

G1M-RM SJGA-CC1S

SIGA-MCC1S

G48 G4R8

Selectable 15, 30, 75, or

110 cd

Selectable 15,30, 75,or

110 cd

15/75 cd'

Selectable A, 8, CorD

Speaker only

Speaker only

Synchronization Output Module (1-gang) Intelligent Synchronization Output Module (2-gang) Synchronization Output Module (Plug-in UIO)

Surface mount box, white Surface mount box, red

25Volt

70Volt

25Volt

1.51bs. (0.68 kg)

0.2 (0.1) 0.5 (0.23)

0.18 (0.08)

0.7 (0.32) 0.7 (0.32)

D AT A S H E £T 85001-0549 Not tc be used for insta!!ation purpcsos, Issue 10

utdoor Rated Spe kers and Strobes Genesis WG4 Series

Overview Genesis WG4 Series speakers and speaker-strobe appliances are among the most versatile emergency appliances of their kind. Rated for indoor or outdoor use, they are suitable for a wide range of wet and harsh environments with a listed operating temperature range of as low as -31 oF to as high as 151 oF (-35°C to 66°C).

Field-configurable light and sound output settings add to their onsite flexibility, while optional FIRE or ALERT markings and colored lenses make them ideal for either emergency communications/ mass notification (ECS/MNS) or fire alarm applications.

These appliances are suitable for indoor and outdoor applications, and are ideal for challenging conditions such as parking garages and process areas. They are listed for mounting on the ceiling or the wall, and thanks to an ingenious full backplane sealing gasket, can be installed to recessed (in-the-pour/block) electrical boxes. WG4 signals also mount to suitable surface boxes seNed by raceways. Optional color-matched trim skirts provide a clean, finished appearance. All appliance wiring is accomplished room-side for easy installation.

WG4 Series appliances feature highly intelligible and efficient mylar-cone loudspeakers. These are dual-voltage (25.2V or 70. 7\1), and have field-selectable output taps ranging from 80.8 dBA to 90.0 dBA. The multi-candela strobes are available with clear or amber lenses and in two output categories - standard and high-output. They are precision-timed to meet UL 1971 synchronization standards, and field-configurable for one of four candela intensities. Wattage and candela settings are viewable even after installation through an innovative sealed viewport display.

Page 1 of4

Gnt:.,~c>g >- Speakers, Telephones

Standard Features • Outdoor and indoor rated

• Low-profile design

• Wall or ceiling mount

• Room-side wiring accepts 18 to 12 AWG (0. 75 to 2.5 mm2)

• Wide operating temperature range

• Field-selectable speaker wattage, voltage, and strobe candela settings

• Field-configurable temporal strobe output option

• Clear and amber lenses available

• Fully-compatible with Genesis synchronization protocols

• Standard and high-output strobe intensities

• Speaker only and Speaker/Strobe appliance options

Application Speaker Application The suggested sound pressure level for each signaling zone used with alert or alarm signals is a minimum of 15 dB above the average ambient sound level or 5 dB above the maximum sound level having a duration of at least Typical Sound Output 60 seconds, whichever is Distribution dBA greater. This is measured 5 Measured in anechoic chamber

feet (1 .5 m) above the floor.

Doubling the distance from the signal to the ear will theoretically cause a 6dB reduction in the received sound pressure level. The actual effect depends on the acoustic properties of materials in the space. Doubling the power output of a device (e.g.: a speaker from 1 W to 2W) will increase the sound pressure level by 3dBA.

Strobe Application

Genesis Series Cone Speaker/strobe

Genesis clear-lensed strobes are UL 1971-listed tor use indoors

o·

as wall- or ceiling-mounted public-mode notification appliances tor the hearing impaired, and UL 1638-listed for outdoor applications. Prevailing codes require strobes to be used where ambient noise conditions exceed specified levels, where occupants use hearing protection, and in areas of public accommodation. UL 1638-listed colored lens strobe lights are available for ECS/MNS and outdoor applications.

Visible appliance synchronization is required to avoid causing issues with people who have Photosensitive Epilepsy (PSE). Notification appliance synchronization is also generally required when more than one strobe appliance are in the same field of view from any one location. All Genesis strobes meet UL synchronization requirements (within 1 0 milliseconds over a two-hour period) when used with a synchronization source.

ECS/MNS Application

Page2of4

Genesis ECS/MNS appliances bring the high-performance life safety features

unobtrusive design to mass notification aplpUcatlc)ns Standard models are available

clear or amber lenses and optional housing labels, they are ideal tor

applications that require differentiation between life safety and mass notification alerts. Appliances with red, green or blue lenses are also available. Contact Edwards Customer Service for details.

Installation and Mounting WG4 signals are rated for outdoor use and are suitable for indoor or outdoor applications on walls or ceilings. For surface-mounting in

Ne~ "1-vs, outdoor or wet applica-0~0~e'l'l5 tions, appliances must be

mounted to an Edwards 449 electrical box. In dry conditions, they are compatible with standard 4-inch by 1 1/2-inch deep electrical boxes. When using the optional

WG4WTS or WG4RTS trim skirt, a 449 or 2-1/8" deep box must be used.

The Genesis WG4 Speaker-Strobe may be wall- or ceiling-mounted, and may be placed in one of four positions: strobe above, strobe below, and strobe to either side. The shallow depth of Genesis devices leaves room behind the appliance tor extra wiring.

Field Configuration Genesis WG4 speakers may be set to 70- or 25-Volt operation, and for 14, 1/2, 1, or 2 watt operation. The wattage setting (represented by the letters Z,Y, X, and T) is changed by removing the cover and simply sliding the S1 switch until the desired setting appears. The setting remains visible through a small window on the front of the device after the cover is installed. The voltage setting (70V or 25V) is toggled at S3. This setting is not visible after the cover is replaced.

Genesis WG4 speaker-strobes also feature selectable candela output. The actual light output tor a given selection depends on the color of the strobe lens and whether it is a high output model or a standard output model. Refer to the specification tables for corresponding settings. The candela setting (represented by the letters D, C, B, and A) is changed by removing the cover and simply sliding the S2 switch until the desired setting appears. The setting remains visible through a small window on the front of the device after the cover is installed.

S1: wattage

S2: Candela

Genesis speaker-strobes may also be configured for temporal flash. This power-saving feature is intended for private mode signaling only. To set the device for temporal flash, snip the jumper atJP1.

t E T 85001-0626 Not tc Issue 1

Specifications Light output -Operating voltage

Speaker 25 VRMS or 70 VRMS, switch selectable Default 70 VRMS

--:::------:---:---S~tr~o~b_e--::2:-:4· VDC, 24 VFWR nominal Supervisory voltage 30 V max.

Speaker respons~e---4c50t04~ooo Hz ----· __ _ Wire size 12 to 18 AWG (0.75 to 2.50 mm2) --------·-··-~--~--SIGA-CC1 S, SIGA-MCC1 S, SIGA-CC2.A;·---Compatible strobe SIGA-MCC2A, G1 M-RM, BPS6A, BPS1 OA, synchronization APS6A, APS1 OA, 3X-SFS1, i064, i0500, sources

Compatible electrical boxes

Operating environment Temperature

Relative humidity

Fireshield Plus 5 and 1 0 zone.

Wet: Model 449 0NG4 trim skirt recommended) Dry: 4" square by 1-1/2" deep box when used without a trim skirt. When trim skirt is used, box must be 4" square by 2-1/8" deep. Wet --'-------

-31 to 151 OF (-35 to 66 oq 0 to 95% noncondensing

Sound level output (dBA)

dBA =Decibels, A-weighted. UL 1480: Sound level output at 10ft. (3.05 m) measured in a reverberant room using 400 to 4,000 Hz band-limited pink noise.

Wiring Field wiring is connected to Genesis signals with terminals that ac-commodate #18 to #12 AWG (0. 75 mm2 to 2.5 mm2) wiring.

Speaker-onfy Wiriing

To listed fire alarm control panel -(supervised amplifier signal circuit

-25.2 or 70.7V rms) +

shown in Polarity alarm condition @)@)@

(/) , ;><

"

Speaker-strobe Wiring

To listed fire alarm control panel -{supervised amplifier signal circuit

-25.2 or 70.7V rms) + To listed fire alarm control panel -

(supervised signal circuit - 20-24 Vdc) +

(") (/) +

~

I

@) 'f'

ity shown in Polar alarm condition ~ 01~ (/)

, + ' ;><

" ~

Page 3 of4

+ To next applia noe,

end-of-line orretum to

meot control equip

~~~r~ @ , + 'f' ;><

" ~

+

II To next applia end-of-lin

+ nee,

orretumt

if(")'~(/) , + '

control equip ment

;><

" ~

80

, ............ ; ''""'''''''''''' .. ... , .... , ... , .... + .. •--+ +~·- ..... ,,,, ..

UL off-axis candela requirements as a percent of the UL rated output

Lens Standard Color Amber* Output 62 59 25 13

Models VDC 319 167 144 106 (-SVMx) Current

FWR 386 347 178 120

Lens Clear 161 147 123 102 High Color 130 125 101 84 Output Models VDC 495 494 390 324 (-SVMHx) Current

646 607 487 412

Lens Standard Color Output Amber*, 25 24 10 5

Models VDC 319 167 144 106 (-SVMx) Current

FWR 386 347 178 120

Lens Clear 65 60 50 41 High Color Amber* 52 51 41 34 Output ... _____ . __ ,_, _____ _______ , ___ , ________ , __ Models VDC 495 494 390 324 (-SVMHx) Current

FWR 646 607 487 412

• UL 1971 Equivalent candela value


u.s. T 888 378 2329 F 866 503 3996



India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 9239 1200 F +61 3 9239 1299

Europe T +32 2 725 11 20 F+3227218613

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300



Page4of4


All speakers include field-selectable "!4, 1-2, 1, or 2 watt taps and selectable 25V or 75V operation.

Life safety Appliances -----·------- ·--.--------.-------,--·--·-~------·--·---

WG4RF-SVMC Red

WG4WF-SVMC

WG4RN-SVMC

WG4WN-SVMC

WG4RF-SVMHC

WG4WF-SVMHC

WG4RN-SVMHC

WG4RF-S

WG4WF-S

WG4RN-S -------·---~-·-·---·

WG4WN-S White

ECS/MNS Appliances

~ WG4WN-SVMA None

Clear

Amber

Selectable standard output 15/29/70/87 cd

Selectable high output

102/123/147/161 cd

Speaker Only

Selectable standard output 13/25/59/62 cd

• See light output tables for more specific strobe values.

Accessories

tc

1.51bs. (0.68 kg)

c

{ ~--/

t:~:r Gata!oo Ill> Speakers, Telephones

T™ Safety It Communications

~ ~NEA

Field Configurable pending

Ceiling Speaker Genesis Series

Overview Genesis life safety and mass notification/emergency communications (MNEC) ceiling speakers are small, compact, and attractive audible emergency signaling devices. Protruding no more than one inch from the ceiling, Genesis speakers blend with any decor.

Genesis notification appliances feature textured housings in architecturally neutral white or eye-catching fire alarm red.

Genesis MNEC appliances offer emergency signaling with white housings and optional ALERT housing labels. They are ideal for applications that require differentiation between life safety and mass notification alerts.

Genesis ceiling speakers feature 14 W to 2 W operation, which is selectable with a conveniently-located switch. The wattage tap setting remains clearly visible even after final installation, yet it is locked in place to prevent movement after installation.

All Genesis ceiling speakers include a DC blocking capacitor to allow electrical supervision of the audio distribution circuit. Models for 25 VRMS and 70 VRMS audio circuits are available. The speaker with its sealed back construction is extra durable, is impervious to moisture and provides improved audibility.

Page 1 of4


- Attractive appearance - No visible mounting screws - Available with white or red housings

One or more patents pending.

• Field configurable - no need to remove the device! - Select 14, %, 1, or 2 watt operation - Switch setting remains visible even after the unit is installed

• Unparalleled performance - Loud 90 dBA output ensures clear, crisp audio - 25 Vrms and 70 Vrms models available, all supplied with a DC

blocking capacitor for audio circuit supervision



- #18 - #12 AWG terminals- ideal for long runs, existing wiring

• Approved for public and private mode applications - UL 1480-listed as life safety speaker - UUULC listed for ceiling or wall use

• MNEC models available

DATA S H E. ET 85001-0558 Not to he used tor instaHation purposes. Issue 5

Application Standards generally require that notification systems produce signals a minimum of 15 dBA above the ambient sound pressure level, or 5 dBA above the maximum sound pressure level having a duration of 60 seconds, whichever is greater. This is measured 5 feet (1.5 m) above the floor.

Doubling the distance from the signal to the ear will theoretically cause a 6 dB reduction in the received sound pressure level. The actual effect depends on the acoustic properties of materials in the space. Doubling the power output of a device (e.g.: a speaker from 1 W to 2 W) will increase the sound pressure level by 3 dBA. A 3 dBA difference represents a barely noticeable change in volume.

MNEC Applications Genesis MNEC appliances bring the same high-performance life safety features and unobtrusive design to mass notification applications. Available with optional ALERT housing labels, they are ideal for applications that require differentiation between life safety and mass notification alerts.

Application Notes - Canada (Based in part on 1995 Canada National Building Code)

The signal sound pressure level shall not exceed 11 0 dBA in any normally occupied area. The sound pressure level from an audible signal in a floor area used for occupancies other than residential occupancies shall not be less than 1 0 dBA above ambient levels, and never less than 65 dBA. In sleeping rooms the sound pressure level from an audible signal shall not be less than 75 dBA when any intervening doors between the device and the sleeping room are closed.

Typical Sound Output (dBA) Feet From Speaker

Measured at 2 watts setting in anechoic chamber

Dimensions

Page2of4

Installation and Mounting All models are intended for indoor ceiling or wall applications only. Speakers are flush mounted to a North-American 4" square electrical box, 21fa" (54 mm) deep or a European 1 00 mm square box.

Genesis ceiling speakers simply unlatch and twist to open. This gains access to mounting screws. The shallow depth of Genesis devices leaves ample room behind the signal for extra wiring. Once installed with the cover in place, no mounting screws are visible.

Edwards recommends that these speakers always be installed in accordance with the latest recognized edition of national and local codes.

Field Configuration Genesis ceiling speakers may be set for%, 1/2, 1, or 2 watt operation. Wattage may be changed by simply opening the device and sliding the switch to the desired setting. The speaker does not have to be removed to change the output setting. The setting remains visible through a small window on the front of the device after the cover is closed.

w.ttage _ ... f:J, '"'"""'' Wiring Field wiring terminals accommodate #18 to #12 AWG (0.75 mm2 to 2.5 mm2) wiring.

Input voltage matching the voltage rating of £the speaker (25 or 70 Vrms)

+ To fire

;:( ~

listed alarm

ontrol c p anel en~~

-o ;>;

~:::---o-@]<1

Not tG

(/) #: -o ;>;

~~ @]<1

Tone +

xt applian ce,

ine n to ol ent

end-of-1 or retur

contr equipm

Sound Level Output

Specifications

*Sound level output notes:

dBA = Decibels, A-weighted

UL 1480: Sound level output at 10 ft (3.05 m) measured in a reverberant room using 400 to 4,000 Hz band limited pink noise.

ULC-S541 : Meets or exceeds 85 dBA in an anechoic chamber at 10 ft (3.05 m).

Directional characteristics: Within 6 dB of on-axis sound level when measured 90° off-axis (horizontal).

Housing Textured UV stabilized, color impregnated engineered plastic. Exceeds 94V-O UL flammability rating. Red and white models available.

Ordering Information All speakers include field-selectable %, Y2, 1, or 2 watt taps

Life safety Appliances (c/w running man icon screen printed on housing)

GC-S2

25 Volt

70 Volt

Page3of4

1.621b. (0.73 kg.)

White Field Configurable Ceiling Speakers may be ordered with or without optional FIRE marking. Red speakers come with FIRE marking. MNEC speakers are available with white housing and optional ALERT marking.

L


u.s. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996



India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +6l 3 9239 1200 F +61 3 9239 1299

Europe T+32272511 20 F +32 2 721 8613

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300



Page4of4 D AT A S H E E T 85001-0558 Not to be used for installation purposes. Issue 5

EST \~\ltd<) it' Speakers, Telephones

~ Fiel Configurable Ceiling peaker -strob s Genesis Series

Overview Genesis life safety and mass notification/emergency communications (ECS/MNS) ceiling speaker-strobes are small, compact, and attractive audible-visible emergency signaling devices. Protruding no more than 1.6" (41 mm) from the ceiling, Genesis speakerstrobes blend with any decor.

Life safety appliances feature textured housings in architecturally neutral white or eye-catching life safety red.

Genesis ECS/MNS appliances offer emergency signaling with clear or amber lenses, white housings, and optional ALERT housing labels. They are ideal for applications that require differentiation between life safety and mass notification alerts.

Thanks to patented breakthrough technology, Edwards Genesis strobes do not require bulky specular reflectors and lenses. Instead, an exclusive cavity design conditions light to produce a highly controlled distribution pattern. Fulllight strobe technology produces a smooth light distribution pattern without the spikes and voids characteristic of specular reflectors. This ensures the entire coverage area receives consistent illumination from the strobe flash.

Depending on the model, Genesis clear-lens speaker-strobes feature 15 to 95, or 95 to 177 candela output (see ordering information), which is selectable with a conveniently-located switch. The candela output setting remains clearly visible even after final installation, yet it is locked in place to prevent unauthorized movement after installation.

Page 1 of4

@@<E@ ~ !'v9(1;·

'·~- ... -

Standard Features • Field configurable - no need to remove the device!

- Select 14, Yz, 1, or 2 watt operation - 15/30/75/95 cd and 95/115/150/177 cd clear strobe lens

models available - Switch settings remain visible even after the unit is installed

• ECS/MNS models available - 13/26/65/82 and 82/100/130/155 (1971 equivalent) amber

lens models available

• Unique low-profile design - 30 per cent slimmer profile than comparable signals - Available with white or red housings

• Unparalleled performance - loud 90 dBA output ensures clear, crisp audio - Precision timing electronics meet tough synchronizing

standards for strobes when used with compatible modules - 25 V RMs and 70 V RMs models available, all supplied with a DC

blocking capacitor for audio circuit supervision


room for extra wire -no extension ring or trim plate needed - #18 - #12 AWG terminals- ideal for long runs, existing wiring

• Approved for public and private mode applications - UL 1971-listed as signaling devices for the hearing impaired - UL 1638-listed as protective visual signaling appliances - UL 1480-listed as life safety speaker - UUULC listed for ceiling or wall use

DA E T 85001-0556 used

Strobe Application Genesis strobes are UL 1971 or 1638 listed for indoor use. Prevailing codes require strobes to be used where ambient noise conditions exceed specified levels, where occupants use hearing protection, and in areas of public accommodation. Consult with your Authority Having Jurisdiction for details.

All Genesis strobes exceed UL synchronization requirements (within 1 0 milliseconds over a twci-hour period) when used with a synchronization source. Synchronization for multiple strobe lights in a single field of view is required.

Speaker Application The suggested sound pressure level for each signaling zone used with alert or alarm signals is a minimum of 15 dB above the average ambient sound level or 5 dB above the maximum sound level having a duration of at least 60 seconds, whichever is greater. This is measured 5 feet (1.5 m) above the floor.

Doubling the distance from the signal to the ear will theoretically cause a 6 dB reduction in the received sound pressure level. The actual effect depends on the acoustic properties of materials in the space. Doubling the power output of a device (e.g.: a speaker from 1 W to 2 W) will increase the sound pressure level by 3 dBA. A 3 dBA difference represents a barely noticeable change in volume.

Combination audible/visual signals must be installed in accordance with guidelines established for strobes.

ECS/MNS Applications Genesis ECS/MNS appliances bring the same high-performance life safety features and unobtrusive design to mass notification applications. Available as standard units with clear or amber lenses with optional ALERT markings, thy are ideal for applications that require differentiation between life safety and ECS/MNS signals. Units are also available (special order) with red, blue or green lenses.

Dimensions

Sound Level Output

I i\ UL Rated* Typical UL Rated* Typical

%W 80dBA 80.7 dBA 80dBA 81.1 dBA

'hW 84dBA 83.7 dBA 84dBA 83.5dBA

1W 87dBA 87.1 dBA 87dBA 87.2 dBA

2W 90dBA 90.1 dBA 91 dBA 90.2dBA

*Sound level output notes: dBA = Decibels, A-weighted. UL 1480: Sound level output at 10ft (3.05 m) measured in a reverberant room using 400 to 4,000 Hz band limited pink noise. ULC-8541: Meets or exceeds 85 dBA in an anechoic chamber at

C .. 10ft (3.05 m). Directional characteristics: Within 6 dB of on-axis sound level when ~ measured go• off-axis (horizontal).

Page2of4

Wiring Field wiring terminals accommodate #18 to #12 AWG (0. 75 mm2 to 2.5 mm2) wiring.

Input voltage matching the voltage rating of £the speaker (25 or 70 Vrms)

+ X ~

+

1re ol

To listed fi alarm contr

panel en (') cp Cf en 'U 'U

" " ;u ;u

~

o en en • +

~

+

r---+ +

Tone xt appliance, f-line en d-o

or ret urn to contro I equipment

'-- Input voltage matchmg the voltage rating of the strobe

Installation and Mounting All models are intended for indoor ceiling or wall applications only. Speaker-strobes are mounted to a flush North-American 4" square electrical box, 21fs" (54 mm) deep.

Genesis ceiling speakerstrobes simply unlatch and hinge down to open. This gains access to mounting screws and the selectable candela wattage tap switches. The shallow depth of Genesis devices leaves ample room behind the signal for extra wir-ing. Once installed with the cover in place, no mounting screws are visible.

Installation Note: When installed, these devices are not centered on the electrical box. Make sure boxes are mounted to compensate for this difference. Use the mounting template provided with installation sheet 3100614.

Field Configuration Genesis ceiling speakerstrobes may be set for%, 1h, 1 , or 2 watt operation. Depending on the model, Genesis ceiling speaker-strobes have multi-candela output (see ordering information).

I \

Qr g (

Candela switch Wattage switch l ..:.0~

Output settings are changed by simply opening the device and sliding the switches to the desired settings. The speaker-strobe does not have to be removed to change the output settings. The settings remain visible through small windows on the front of the device after the cover is closed.

D AT A S H E E. T 85001-0556 Not tc be used for installation purposes. Issue 8

Typical Sound Output (dBA) Fe.t.FromSpaaker

Measured at 2 watts setting in anechoic chamber

Current Draw

Specifications Housing

Mounting

Wire connections


Agency listings/ approvals

Speaker

Input/Operating Volts

Page3of4

Textured UV stabilized, color impregnated engineered plastic. Exceeds 94V-O UL flammability rating. Red and white models available.

Rush mount to North American 4-inch square electrical box, 2-1/8 (54 mm) inches deep, or 960A-4RF round flush box. No extension ring required. Suitable for indoor wall or ceiling applications.

Screw terminals: polarized inputs for speaker, #18 to #12 AWG (0. 75 mm2 to 2.5 mm2) wire size

Indoor: 32-120° F (0-49° C) ambient temperature; 0-93% relative humidity.

Meets ULC-S541, year 2004 UL requirements for standards UL 1638 and UL 1971, FM, MEA, CSFM, and complies with UL 1480 Fifth Edition. All speaker-strobes comply with ADA Code of Federal Regulation Chapter 28 Part 36 Final Rule.

25 Vrms (Model GC-S2VM) or 70 Vrms (Model GCS?VM).

Light output- (effective cd)

Strobe


Strobe operating voltage

Strobe flash rate

Synchronization


Lens

- Percentage of rated output -

--- Angle---Horizontal and vertical outputs reflect the same pauem.

Notes

90"

Percent of UL rating versus angle

1. Ught output switch settings for UL 1971 listed models are selectable by numeric candela value. ECS/MNS appliances are selectable by A, 8, C, or D designations.

2. Current values are shown in mA

UL 1971, UL 1638, ULC S526: selectable 15/30/75/95 cd (VM models) and 95/115/150/177 cd (VMH models)

GC-S2VM/-S7VM series speaker-strobes: non-coded, filtered 16-33 Vdc or unfiltered 16-33 Vdc FWR

GC-S2VM/-S7VM series speaker-strobes: one flash per second synchronized with optional G1 M Genesis Signal Master indefinitely within 10 milliseconds. Temporal setting (private mode only): synchronized to temporal output of Genesis audible signals on same circuit

Meets or exceeds UL 1971 requirements. Maximum allowed resistance between any two devices is 20 Ohms. Refer to specifications for the synchronization control module, this strobe, and the control panel to determine allowed wire resistance. SIGA-CC1 S, SIGA-MCC1 S, SIGA-CC2A, SIGA-MCC2A, G1M-RM BPS6A, BPS1 OA, APS6A, APS1 OA, i064, i0500, Fireshield Plus 3, 5 and 1 0 zone.

Optical grade polycarbonate

DATA SHEET 85001-0556 Not to h0 used for lnstaHaticn purposes. Issue 8


u.s. T 888 378 2329 F 866 503 3996



India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 9239 1200 F +61 3 9239 1299

Europe T +32 2 72511 20 F+3227218613

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300



Page4of4

Ordering Information Ught output switch settings for UL 1971- listed models are selectable by numeric candela value. ECS/MNS appliances are selectable by A, 8, C, or D designations.

Life safety Appliances (c/w running man icon screen printed on housing) - GC-S2VM White -None Selectable

GCF-S2VM White FIRE 15, 30, 75, or 95 cd GC-S2VMH White Selectable High Output 25 Volt

GCF-S2VMH

GC-S7VM GCF-S7VM GCFR-S7VM GC-S7VMH

GCF-S7VMH

95, 115, 150, or 177 cd

Selectable 15, 30, 75, or 95 cd

Selectable High Output 95, 115, 150,

or 177 cd

70Volt

2.251b. (1.0 kg.)

ECS/MNS Appliances (no running man ico_n_co_n_h_o_uc_s_in-"g"-) ----,-----.----.GcWA-S2VMA ALERT Am

ALERT c Selectable NONE A, 8, CorD

None

ALERT Amber

GCWA-S2VMC GCWN-S2VMA i GCWN-S2VMC GCWA-S2VMHA GCWA-S2VMHC GCWN-S2VMHA GCWN-S2VMHC

ALERT Clear Selectable High Output None Amber A, 8, CorD

~ GCWA-S7~fa; ~- r---+ GCWN-S7VMA 1 GCWN-S7VMC GCWA-S7VMHA GCWA-S7VMHC GCWN-S7VMHA GCWN-S7VMHC

f---:-c--+-:---:---i Selectable High Output None Amber A, 8, C or D

Accessories

G1M-RM

SIGA-CC1S

SIGA-MCC1S

None Clear

Synchronization Output 0.2 Module (1-gang) (0.1) Intelligent Synchronization 0.5 Output Module (2-gang) (0.23)

Synchronization Output 0.18 Module (Plug-in UIO) (0.08)

All speaker-strobes include fieldselectable 14, ¥.1, 1, or 2 watt taps

25 Volt

DATA S H E E T 85001-0556 Not to be u&ed for installation purposes. Issue 8


Input Modules ~SIGA-CT1, SIGA-CT1 HT,

SIGA-CT2, SIGA-MCT2

Overview The SIGA-CT1 Single Input Module, SIGA-CT1 HT High Temperature Single Input Module and SIGA-CT2/SIGA-MCT2 Dual Input Modules are intelligent analog addressable devices used to connect one or two Class 8 normally-open Alarm, Supervisory, or Monitor type dry contact Initiating Device Circuits (IDC).

The actual function of these modules is determined by the "personality code" selected by the installer. This code is downloaded to the module from the Signature loop controller during system configuration.

The input modules gather analog information from the initiating devices connected to them and convert it into digital signals. The module's on-board microprocessor analyzes the signal and decides whether or not to input an alarm.

The SIGA-CT1, SIGA-CT1 HT and SIGA-CT2 mount to standard North American 1-gang electrical boxes, making them ideal for locations where only one module is required. Separate 1/0 and data loop connections are made to each module.

The SIGA-CT1 HT module operates at an expanded temperature range of 32 °F to 158 °F (0 oc to 70 °C} for those applications requiring more extreme environmental temperature variation.

The SJGA-MCT2 is part of the UIO family of plug-in Signature Series modules. It functions identically to the SIGA-CT2;but takes advantage of the modular flexibility and easy installation that characterizes all UIO modules. Two- and six-module UIO motherboards are available. All wiring connections are made to terminal blocks on the motherboard. UIO assemblies may be mounted in Edwards enclosures.

Page 1 of4

EST Ce1ai(l£1 ~Intelligent Input-Output

Standard Features • Multiple applications

MEA ICE ~ l@ll ApplcationNotes

Available

Including Alarm, Alarm with delayed latching (retard) for waterflow applications, Supervisory, and Monitor. The installer selects one of four "personality codes" to be downloaded to the module through the loop controller.

• SIGA-CT1 HT rated for high temperature environments Suitable for attic installation and monitoring high temperature heat detectors.

• Plug-in (UIO} or standard 1-gang mount UIO versions allow quick installation where multiple modules are required. The 1-gang mount version is ideal for remote locations that require a single module.

• Automatic device mapping Signature modules transmit information to the loop controller regarding their circuit locations with respect to other Signature devices on the wire loop.

• Electronic addressing Programmable addresses are downloaded from the loop controller, a PC, or the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool. There are no switches or dials to set.

• Stand-alone operation The module makes decisions and inputs an alarm from initiating devices connected to it even if the loop controller's polling interrogation stops. (Function availability dependent upon control panel.)

• Ground fault detection by address Detects ground faults right down to the device level.

DATA S H EE T 85001-0241 Not to be tlsed for instaHation purposes. Issue a

Signature Series Overview The Signature Series intelligent analog-addressable system from Edwards Security is an entire family of multi-sensor detectors and

(" mounting bases, multiple-function input and output modules, · network and non-network control panels, and user-friendly main

tenance and service tools. Analog information from equipment connected to Signature devices is gathered and converted into digital signals. An onboard microprocessor in each Signature device measures and analyzes the signal and decides whether or not to input an alarm. The microprocessor in each Signature device provides four additional benefits - Self-diagnostics and History Log, Automatic Device Mapping, Stand-alone Operation and Fast, Stable Communication.

Self-diagnostics and History Log - Each Signature Series device constantly runs self-checks to provide important maintenance information. The results of the self-check are automatically updated and permanently stored in its non-volatile memory. This information is accessible for review any time at the control panel, PC, or using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool.

Automatic Device Mapping -The Signature Data Control-ler (SOC) learns where each device's serial number address is installed relative to other devices on the circuit. The SOC keeps a map of all Signature Series devices connected to it. The Signature Series Data Entry Program also uses the mapping feature. With interactive menus and graphic support, the wired circuits between each device can be examined. Layout or "as-built" drawing information showing branch wiring (T-taps), device types and their address are stored on disk for printing hard copy.

Installation SIGA-CT1, SIGA-CT1 HT and SIGA-CT2: modules mount to North American 2112 inch(64 mm) deep 1-gang boxes and 1112 inch · (38 mm) deep 4 inch square boxes with 1-gang covers and SIGAMP mounting plates. The terminals are suited for #12 to #18 AWG (2.5 mm2 to 0. 75 mm2) wire size.

Status LEOs

LED viewing ports

Wall plate, white (1-gang)

SIGA-MCT2: mount the UIO motherboard inside a suitable Edwards enclosure with screws and washers provided. Plug the SIGA-MCT2 into any available position on the motherboard and secure the module to the motherboard with the captive screws.

{ :Wiring connections are made to the terminals on the motherboard ~··(see wiring diagram). UIO motherboard terminals are suited for #12

to #18 AWG (2.5 mm2 to 0. 75 mm2) wire size.

-Cabinet or electrical enclosure

Captive screws

Electronic Addressing - The loop controller electronically addresses each module, saving valuable time during system commissioning. Setting complicated switches or dials is not required. Each module has its own unique serial number stored in its on-board memory. The loop controller identifies each device on the loop and assigns a "soft" address to each serial number. If desired, the modules can be addressed using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool.

Edwards recommends that this module be installed according to latest recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes.

Application The duty performed by the SIGA-CT1 and SIGA-CT2/MCT2 is determined by their sub-type code or "Personality Code". The code is selected by the installer depending upon the desired application and is downloaded from the loop controller.

One personality code can be assigned to the SIGA-CT1. Two personality codes can be assigned to the SIGA-CT2/MCT2. Codes 1, 2, 3 and 4 can be mixed on SIGA-CT2/MCT2 modules only. For example, personality code 1 can be assigned to the first address (circuit A) and code 4 can be assigned to the second address (circuit B).

NORMALLY-OPEN ALARM - LATCHING {Personality Code 1) - Assign to one or both circuits. Configures either circuit A or B or both for Class B normally open dry contact initiating devices such as Pull Stations, Heat Detectors, etc. An ALARM signal is sent to the loop controller when the input contact is closed. The alarm condition is latched at the module.

NORMALLY-OPEN ALARM - DELAYED LATCHING (Personality Code 2) - Assign to one or both circuits. Configures either circuit A or B or both for Class B normally-open dry contact initiating devices such as Waterflow Alarm Switches. An ALARM signal is sent to the loop controller when the input contact is closed for approximately 16 seconds. The alarm condition is latched at the module.

NORMALLY-OPEN ACTIVE - NON-LATCHING (Personality Code 3) - Assign to one or both circuits. Configures either circuit A or B or both for Class B normally-open dry contact monitoring input such as from Fans, Dampers, Doors, etc. An ACTIVE signal is sent to the loop controller when the input contact is closed. The active condition is not latched at the module.

NORMALLY-OPEN ACTIVE - LATCHING (Personality Code 4) - Assign to one or both circuits. Configures either circuit A or B or both for Class B normally open dry contact monitoring input such as from Supervisory and Tamper Switches. An ACTIVE signal is sent to the loop controller when the input contact is closed. The active condition is latched at the module.

_h_g_e_2_m_4------------------------------------------------------~D~A~TA~S~'H~E~--E~T 85001-0241 Not to be used for installation purposes. Issue 8

Typical Wiring Modules will accept #18 AWG (0. 75mm2), #16 (1.0mm2), and #14AWG (1.50mm2), and #12 AWG (2.50mm2) wire sizes.

Note: Sizes #16 AWG (1.0mm2) and #18 AWG (0. 75mm2) are preferred for ease of installation. See Signature Loop Controller catalog sheet for detailed wiring requirement specifications.

Maximum Allowable Wire Resistance 50 ohms (25 ohms per wire) per Circuit - -·----Maximum Allowable Wire Capacitance 0.11JF per Circuit

For Design Reference: Wire Size Maximum Distance to EOLR -----·-----·~--·- "'-"-------~----·~,·-------v-~-

#18 AWG (0.75 mm2)

#16 AWG (1.00mm2) 4,000 ft (1 ,219 m)

#14 AWG (1.50 mm2)

#12 AWG (1.50 mm2) ~--nnn------~-~~---~-·---

Typical N.O.Inltiating Device Typical N.O. lnitiaftng Device

Red LED (Alarm/ Active)

~oc UL/ULC Listed ~

47K!l EOL UL/ULC Listed

:...----Green LED (Normal)

47K!l EOL

Red LED (Alarm/Active)

{ DATA IN(+)

DATA IN(-) >------l'rl---' DATA OUT(+)}

L---·DATA OUT(-)

To Next Device

{ DATA IN (

DATA IN(-) >----J,;-1---l From Signature Controller

From Signature Controller or Previous Device ill_

SIGA-CT1 , SIGA-CT1 HT

NOTES

,&. Maximum 25 Ohm resistance per wire.

~Maximum #12AWG (2.5 mm2 ) wire; Minimum #18 AWG (0.75 mm2) .

.£. Refer to Signature controller installation sheet for wiring specifications.

,&. Maximum 1 0 Vdc @ 350 IJA

&_ The SIGA-UI06R and the SIGA-UI02R do not come with TB14.

6 All wiring is supervised and power-limited.

7 These modules will not support 2-wire smoke detectors.

Warnings & Cautions This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist.

Compatibility The Signature Series modules are compatible only with EST's Signature Loop Controller.

or Previous Device

UL/ULC Usted 47KWEOL

Datafn +

Signature Oota Circuit

+ Data Out

SIGA-CT2

SIGA-MCT2

UL/ULC Listed 47K!l EOL

---- Green LED (Normal)

! ~UljULCU"•d ~47KMIEOL

Page 3 of4 D AT A S E E T 85001 -0241 IssueS


u.s. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996



India T : +91 BO 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 92391200 F +61 3 9239 1299

Europe T +32 2 72511 20 F +32 2 721 8613

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300



Page4of4

Specifications

Description

Type Code

Address Requiremen

Operating Current

Operating Voltage 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc (19 Vdc nominal) -c;;~~~------· -·-·-------l=ii9Fl-impa.ctEil9ine8rin9raiYmer·----·-------Mounting erican 2Y2 inch (64 mm) deep one-gang b 2R/6R/6

I Y2 inch (38 mm) deep 4 inch square boxe -gang covers and SIGA-MP mounting plates

Operating Environment 32°F to 158°F ---(ooc to 70oq 32oF to 120°F (0°C to 49°C)

Storage Environment LED Operation

·------=4·;-rto-14o;;--F-G2o~ct06QoCii=iun-1idit;;:·Cita93%Ri=i _______ _

On-board Green LED - Flashes when polled; On-board Red LED -Flashes when in alarm/active.

Both LEOs - Glow steady when in alarm (stand-alone) -----------+-----~~=~~~==~~~~7.=~~~L_ __ _ _ Compatibili!Y_~-----+----- Use with Signature Loop Controller _Agency Listings ------O[:LJLc:-MEA:csFM ----------·--


- Two Positions 0.32 (0.15)

-;-IGA-~106~---Universallnput-OutputModUieBoard wiRiser Inputs-------------------· - Six Module Positions 0.62 (0.28)

-SJGA-UI06 Universallnput-out;J~ieB~-siXModlliePOSitiOns·-----0.56-{625) ;_:__::_:;__---,:;

MFC-A Multifunction Fire Cabinet - Red, supports Signature Module Plates 7.0 (3.1)

SIGA-MB4 Transponder Mounting Bracket (allows for mounting two !-gang modules in a 2-gang box) 0.4 (0.15)

-siGA-MP1--Si9ru:rtUiBIVioCiUierv1ou-ntiil9Piit6. 1 footprint ________________ T5 (o. 7o) --

SIGA-MP2 Signature Module Mounting Plate, 1/2 footprint 0.5 (0.23) _SIGA-MP2L _ Signatur~_Module fl:tlounting Pla!~!~extended fo?tprint 1.02 (0.46)

D AT S h E E T 85001-0241

(


Synchronization Output Module SIGA-CCI S, MCCI S

' Overview SIGA-CC1 S and MCC1 S Synchronization Output Modules are intelligent analog addressable devices that form part of EST's Signature line of products. The actual operation of the SIGA-CC1 S and MCC1 S is determined by the "personality code" selected by the installer, which is downloaded to the module from the Signature loop controller during system configuration.

Depending on their assigned personality, Synchronization Output Modules may be used as a signal power riser selector to provide synchronization of fire alarm signals across multiple zones, or for connecting, upon command from the loop controller, supervised Class B signal or telephone circuits to their respective power inputs. The power inputs may be polarized 24 Vdc to operate audible and visible signal appliances or 25 and 70 VRMS to operate audio evacuation speakers and firefighter's telephones.

Page1 of4

EST Cald!r:>p II> Intelligent Input-Output

Standard Features

® @

I MEA

Patented

• Provides UL 1971-compliant auto-sync output for visual signals Use for connecting a supervised output circuit to a supervised 24 Vdc riser input and synchronizing multiple notification appliance circuits.

• Functions as an audible signal riser selector Use as a synch module or for connecting supervised 24 Vdc AudibleNisible signal circuits, or 25 and 70 VRMS Audio Evacuation and Telephone circuits to their power inputs.

• Built-in ring-tone generator When configured for telephone circuits, the SIGA-CC1 S generates its own ring-tone signal, eliminating the need for a separate ring-tone circuit.


• Electronic addressing Programmable addresses are downloaded from the loop controller, a PC, or the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool; there are no switches or dials to set.

• Intelligent device with microprocessor All decisions are made at the module to allow lower communication speed with substantially improved control panel response time and less sensitivity to line noise and loop wiring properties; twisted or shielded wire is not required.

DATA S H EE T 85001-0543 No1 to be used for instal!ation purposes. Issue 3.1

Application The SIGA-CC1S mounts to a standard North American two-gang electrical box, making it ideal for locations where only one module is required. Separate 1/0 and data loop connections are made to each module.

The SIGA-MCC1 S is part of the UIO family of plug-in Signature Series modules. It functions identically to the SIGA-CC1 S, but takes advantage of the modular flexibility and easy installation that characterize all UIO modules. Two- and six-module UIO motherboards are available. These can accommodate individual risers for each on-board module, or risers that are shared by any combination of its UIO modules. All wiring connections are made to terminal blocks on the motherboard. UIO assemblies may be mounted in Edwards enclosures.

Personality Codes The operation of the SIGA-CC1 S is determined by their sub-type code or "Personality Code". The code is selected by the installer depending upon the desired application and is downloaded from the loop controller.

Personality Code 5: Signal Power or Audio Evacuation (single riser). Configures the module for use as a Class B Audible/ Visible Signal power (24 Vdc polarized) or Audio Evacuation (25 or 70 VRMS) power selector. The ring-tone generator is disabled. The output circuit is monitored for open or shorted wiring. If a short exists, the control panel inhibits the activation of the audible/ visible signal circuit to prevent connection to the power circuit.

Personality Code 6: Telephone with ring-tone {single riser). Configures the module for use as a Telephone power selector. When a telephone handset is plugged into its jack or lifted from its hook, the module generates its own Ring-Tone signal. A separate ring-tone circuit is not needed. The module sends this signal to the control panel to indicate that an off-hook condition is present. When the system operator responds to the call, the ring-tone signal is disabled.

Personality Code 25: Visual Signal Synchronization. This personality code configures the module to provide synchronization of fire alarm signals across multiple zones. It functions as a signal power (24 Vdc) riser selector. The output wiring is monitored for open circuits and short circuits. A short circuit will cause the fire alarm control panel to inhibit the activation of the audible/visual signal circuit so the riser is not connected to the wiring fault.

Warnings & Cautions This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your fire protection specialist.

Edwards recommends that these modules be installed according to latest recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes.

Compatibility The Synchronization Output Module is compatible with EST's Signature Loop Controller operating under EST3 version 2.0 or higher, and OuickStart Signature Loop Intelligent Controller.

Page2of4

Installation The SIGA-CC1S: mounts to North American 2-1/2 inch (64 mm) deep 2-gang boxes and 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) deep 4 inch square boxes with 2-gang covers and SIGA-MP mounting plates. The terminals are suited for #12 to #18 AWG (2.5 mm2 to 0. 75 mm2)

wire size.

SIGA-MCC1S: mount the UIOxR motherboard inside a suitable Edwards enclosure with screws and washers provided. Plug the module into any available position on the motherboard and secure the module to the motherboard with the captive screws. Wiring connections are made to the terminals on the motherboard (see wiring diagram). UIOxR motherboard terminals are suited for #12 to #18 AWG (2.5 mm2 to 0.75 mm2) wire size.

UIO Motherboard

1

Captive screws

-Cabinet or electrical enclosure

Electronic Addressing The loop controller electronically addresses each module saving valuable time during system commissioning. Setting complicated switches or dials is not required. Each module has its own unique serial number stored in its "on-board memory". The loop controller identifies each device on the loop and assigns a "soft" address to each serial number. If desired, the modules can be addressed using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool.

Testing & Maintenance The module's automatic self-diagnosis identifies when it is defective and causes a trouble message. The user-friendly maintenance program shows the current state of each module and other pertinent messages. Single modules may be turned off (de-activated) temporarily, from the control panel.

Scheduled maintenance (Regular or Selected) for proper system operation should be planned to meet the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Refer to current NFPA 72 and ULC CAN/ULC 536 standards.

S E E T 85001 -0543 Not to h.stBiblion p\.irPfo£ccs, Issue 3.1

L

Typical Wiring

SIGA-CC1 S (Standard Mount)

Personality CodeS

Personality Code6

Personality Enhanced Integrity and Genesis Devices Code25

L.t++---i+-t-11-----::----:-:-•Riser out 1+1 4+--H++----~.;..;.:.;,;.;;;..Fiiseroutl-1

Riser in 1+1 ,_ ___ ,.....-~

Riser in H

Data inl+l

Data inl-l

UL/ULC Listed 47KWEOL

ULIULCUsted 47KWEOL

ULIULCListed 47KWEOl

Multiple CC1 {S) modules using the BPS's sense inputs

Notification appliance circuit (NAC) 0

TB1 NAC1/ + AUX1 -Uf!.!J-+---, NAC2/ AUX2 -NAC3/ AUX3 -~}-..1----. NAC4/ + AUX4 -

200mAAUX"' Continuous ~

IN Sense 1 COM

OUT IN

Sense2 COM OUT NO

Trouble COM NC

Page3of4

EOL47K

EOL47K

TB~ CC1(S) module

UL listed EOL 15 'rWV

CC1(S) module

SIGA-MCC1 S (UIO Mount)

Green LED INormaiJ Red LED {Active)

Personality CodeS

Personality Code6

Personality Enhanced Integrity and Genesis Devices Code25

Ul/UlClisted 47KWE0l

UL/ULC Usted 47KWEOL

ULIULC Usted 47KWEOL

D AT A S H EE T 85001-0543 Not to be used lor installation purposes. Issue 3.1


u.s. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996



India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 9239 1200 F +61 3 9239 1 299

Europe T +32 2 725 11 20 F +32 2 721 8613

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300



Page4of4

Specifications

North American 2'12 inch (64 mm) i

deep two-gang boxes and 1 'h ,1 Plugs into UI02R, UI06R or UI06 Mounting inch (38 mm) deep 4 inch square , Motherboards

boxes w1th 2-gang covers and i

---------------f-·· SIGA-MP mounting plates _ _[_ ______________ _ _Descrip~- _ Synchronization Output Module ____ _

_Type Co~~--------- ---···----·-------~? __ (fac~2' set) -·---------·-Address Requirements Uses one module address Wiring Terminatio Suitable for #12 to #18 AWG (2.5 mm2 to 0. 75mm2)

penatin!g CurrElnt ~---·--------------Standby;;, 22-31JA·-------··---------·

0 ~ Activated =-:--1--cOOc:'[J,.-A_--:--:-------15.2 to 19.95 Vdc (19 Vdc nominal)

------·- 24 "\ide =-·2 amps --

Output Rating 25 V Audio = 50 watts 70 V Audio = 35 watts -------------·-- r-·--·-··----·---·----·-----....... ___ .... ___________ _

Construction High Impact Engineering Polymer

Storage Environment

~ - Operating: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) Storage: -4 oF to 140°F (-2ooc to 60°C)

Humidity: 0 to 93% RH

LED Operation Green LED - Flashes when polled Red LED - Flashes when in alarm/

active c;-m--p-a-ti_b_ility----·-----+-·us8;;;ith:Si~)natureLoopcontrciii8r~r1Cier ... Esi'3;76rSTo;;2.60~i9il8r-

·-~~~r:.?.Y_ust!_I:I_Q:~-----·-··-·..L--·---·-----·-· .. --.. ·-·-···---u._L, ___ u._L_ .. c __ ,_c_s __ F_M_;, ___ M_EA ___________________ . __ _


- Two Module Positions 0.32 (0.15) ·-----:-:-

Universallnput-Output Module Board w/Riser Inputs - Six Module Positions

SIGA-UI06R 0.62 (0.28)

SIGA-UI06 Universal Input-Output Module Board- Six Module Positions ___ 0.56 (0.25) ·23-5196P--Bi-polar Transient Prcitector______ - 0.01 (0.05) ~----~------rVfUitifunction FirS Cabiilet - Red, ~------

MFC-A supports Signature Module Mounting Plates 7·0 (3·1) SIGA-Mr-1 -·-s;g--na.tUretv10dliieM"ciuntirl9PTate:1t004irin1 _________ .. __ 1-:5(6To-J -SIGA-MP2 Signature Module Mounting Plate, 1/2 footprint 0.5 (0.23)

SiGA::MP2L.si9natlir8"MCiCiUI8tV1ountifl9Pia.t8.1728XIer1dedTciOtPfi!lt _______ 1m(OA6J

Not to

E Security

Overview SIGA-CC2A and SIGA-MCC2A Dual Input Signal Modules are part of GE Security's Signature Series system. They are intelligent analog addressable devices used for connecting, upon command from the loop controller, supervised Class A or Class B signal or telephone circuits to their respective power inputs.

Module power inputs may carry polarized 24 Vdc current to operate audible and visible signal appliances. or 25 and 70 VRMs to oper-ate audio evacuation speakers and firefighter's telephones. The SIGA-CC2A/MCC2A may be configured as a three-state or four-state telephone riser selector.

The loop controller assigns an address to the module automatically. No addressing switches are used. A custom address can be assigned using a laptop computer.

Diagnostic LEOs provide visible indication of the status of the module when the cover plate is removed:

• Normal - green LED flashes • Alarm/active- red LED flashes

The CC2A mounts in a two-gong electrical box. The MCC2A plugs into a UIO motherboard. Both modules provide the same functionality.

The actual operation of the module is determined by the "personality code" selected by the installer. It is downloaded to the module from the Signature loop controller during system configuration.

Signal dul s ith ss erati n

SIGA-CC2A, SIGA-MCC2A

'

E un Intelligent Input/Output

Standard Features • Closs A or 8 Operation

• Supports three- and four-state telephones

• Dual input !riser) select Use for connecting supervised 24 Vdc Audible/Visible signal circuits. or 25 and 70 VRMS Audio Evacuation and Telephone circuits to their power inputs.

• Ring-tone generator When configured for telephone circuits, the SIGA-CC2A/MCC2A generates its own ring-tone signal eliminating the need for a separate ring-tone circuit.

• Plug-in (UIOl or standard 2-gang mount UIO versions allow quick installation where multiple modules ore required. The 2-gang mount version is ideal for remote locations that require a single module.


• Electronic addressing Programmable addresses are downloaded from the loop controller or a laptop PC; there are no switches or dials to set.

" Ground fault detection by address Detects ground faults right down to the device level.

ICE Al@l Application Notes

Available

Data Sheet 85001-0609 Issue 1 Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 1 of 6

Application The operation of the SIGA-CC2A/MCC2A is determined by their sub-type code or "Personality Code". The code is selected by the installer depending upon the desired application and is downloaded from the loop controller. The following personality codes can be used with the SIGA-CC2A/MCC2A:

Riser selector Class B. single input. The module operates as a single riser selector for signal power (24 VDC) or audio Personality evacuation (25 or 70 VACl. The output circuit is monitored for open or shorted wiring. If a short exists. the control panel code 5 -~------~J'2b.!.~~..!~.9ctivatio_!:._~f the (]Ud~le o~ visibl~_ signal circuit, so tha!_!~~J.?..~~_ot con~~cte~_c:> the wir!_l1_9._~(]~_t. ____ ·-~ Personality code 27

Personality code 6

Personality code 28

Personality code 26

Personality code 29

Personality code 25

Personality code 19

Personality code 7

Riser selector Class A. single input. Operates the same as personality code 5. except wiring is Class A. -·---···--····----

Riser selector Class B three-state. single input. ring tone. The module operates as a riser selector for a three-state (open. normal. active) firefighter's telephone. When a telephone handset is plugged into its jack or lifted from its hook. the module generates its own ring-tone signal. A separate ring-tone riser is unnecessary. The module sends this signal to the control panel to indicate the presence of an off-hook condition and waits for the system operator to respond to the call. When the system operator responds, the ring-tone signal is disabled.

Riser selector Class A three-state. single input. ring tone. Operates the same as personality code 6, except wiring is Class A.

Riser selector Class B four-state. single input. ring tone. The module operates as a riser selector for a four-state (open. normal, active. trouble) firefighter's telephone. Only one telephone can be used with the CCZA at any given time. When a telephone handset is plugged into its jack or lifted from its hook, the module generates its own ring-tone signal. A separate ring-tone riser is unnecessary. The module sends this signal to the control panel to indicate the presence of an off-hook condition. and waits for the system operator to respond to the call. When the system operator responds.

the _ring-tone signal is disabled. ------- ·-:~----:-:---:Riser selector Class A four-state, single input. ring tone. Operates the same as personality code 26. except wiring is Class A. Not compatible with Warden Phones.

Class B auto synchronization output. The module operates to provide synchronization of compatible fire alarm signals across multiple zones. The output wiring is monitored for opens and shorts. If a short exists, the module inhibits the activation of the audible/visual signal circuit so that the riser is not connected to the wiring fault. Note: You may use nonsynchronous fire alarm signals with or instead of compatible synchronized fire alarm signals. but the operation of these devices will not with UL 1971.

Class A auto synchronization output. Operates the same as personality code 25. except wiring is Class A.

Riser B. operates as a riser power or evacuation (25 V or 70 V) riser selector. The output circuit is monitored for open or shorted wiring. If a short exists. the control panel inhibits the activation of the audible or visible signal circuit. so the riser is not connected to the wiring fault.

Riser selector Class A. dual input. Operates the same as personality code 7. except wiring is Class A. Personality code 30 ~-----

Data Sheet 85001-0609 Issue 1 Nat to be used for installation purposes. Page 2 of 6

(

Installation SIGA-MCCZA: mount the UIO motherboard inside a suitable GE Security enclosure with screws and washers provided. Plug the SIGA-MCC2A into any available position on the motherboard and secure the module to the motherboard with the captive screws. Wiring connections are made to the terminals on the motherboard (see wiring diagram). UIO motherboard terminals are suited for #12 to #18 AWG (2.5 mm2 to 0. 75 mm2) wire size.

UIO Motherboard

1

-Cabinet or electrical encloswe

SIGA-CCZA: mount to North American 2-1/2 inch (64 mm) deep two-gang boxes and 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) deep 4-inch square boxes with two-gang covers and SIGA-MP mounting plates. The terminals are suited for #12 to #18 AWG (2.5 mm2 to 0.75 mm2) wire size.

Electronic Addressing- The loop controller electronically addresses each module saving valuable time during system commissioning. Setting complicated switches or dials is not required. Each module has its own unique serial number stored in its on-board memory. The loop controller identifies each device on the loop and assigns a "soft" address to each serial number. If desired, the modules can be addressed using a laptop computer. No addressing switches ore used.

Warnings & Cautions These modules do not provide supervision of the riser. The fire alarm panel must provide this function.

These modules do not support conventional 2-wire smoke detectors.

These modules will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption. we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your fire protection specialist.

Compatibility These modules ore compatible only with GE EST3 control panels, the Signature Series Loop Controller. and Genesis and Enhanced Integrity signals.

Testing & Maintenance The module's automatic self-diagnosis identifies when it is defective and causes a trouble message. The user-friendly maintenance program shows the current state of each module and other pertinent messages. Single modules may be turned off (de-activated) temporarily, from the control panel.

Scheduled maintenance (Regular or Selected) for proper system operation should be planned to meet the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Refer to current NFPA 72 and ULC CAN/ULC 536 standards.


c

~ ..

Wiring Single input Class A and Class B wiring (personality 5, 19, 25, 27) Ring tone for three-state and four-state telephone Class A and Class B wiring (personality 6, 26, 28, 29)

SIGA-CC2A

SIGA-MCC2A

Personality code 6, 26, 28, and 29: Typical telephone circuit

Circuit is shown in the supervisory state Polarity reverses during off-hook and call-in states

Personality code 5 and 27: typical speaker circuit

Personality code 5, 19, 25, and 27: typical notification appliance circuit

Style V (Class B) [1) [4) [5) [8)

To next device or

I I I I I I I --·

From UL/ULC [4) { Riser in(+) listed control panel [131 Riser in (-)

c:t:tt:l=>-- [6)

} EOL resistor supplied with UL/ULC listed control panel

From Signature controller { Data in (+) or previous device Data in (-)

Personality code 6, 26, 28, and 29: Typical telephone circuit

Circuit is shown in the supervisory state Polarity reverses during off-hook and call-in states

Personality code 5 and 27: typical speaker circuit

Personality code 5, 19, 25, and 27: typical notification appliance circuit

From Signature { Data in(+) controller or

previous device Data in (-l

{ Data out(+)

To next device Data out(-)

Green LED (Normal) Red LED {Active)

1 2 3 4

Data out(+) } To next device

Data out(-)

[7] (8] [10]

UIOR series motherboard individual riser 1 connection. Install the jumpers between adjacent modules that use the same riser.

From UUULC [4] { Riser in(+) ~ 1 1 : Riser out(+) } To ~ext devi~ or ~OL . . . . res1star supplied with listed control panel [13] Riser'" (-) R1serout (-) UUULC listed control panel


Specifications

Ground fault

Wire Size 12 to 18AWG

(2.5 to 0.75 sq mm)

10 k Ohms

N/A

Maximum line Refer to the installation manual for

J_~pedance~--~----~--J_c:>_Ur ti~~--~?!:m c~~tro~.e.c:;:~----~--·-24 VDC: 2 A

Output ratings (special applications)

25 VAC audio: 50 W 70 VAC audio: 35 W

EOL resistor value: 47 kn Max. circuit resistance: Refer to manual ~ Max. circuit capacitance: 0.1 fJF

Operating Temperature: 32 to 120°F (0 to 49°C)

.• ~.r!.~.r!?.':!.':l:'ent __ Humi~ity:_Q~ 93'MJ~: no~_o_r:~n.sing at 9_2~_f'J.3_5~~..C::L •• _. Storage temperature

Mounting

Synchronization

North American 2·1/2 in. deep 2-gang box

Standard 4 in. square box by 1-1/2 in. deep box

European 100 mm square box

UIOZR or UI06(R) motherboard

Meets UL1971 synchronization requirement. All signaling devices signal within 0.01 seconds of each other for a period of at least two hours while maintaining a one hertz signal rate. (For a list of compatible devices, see "Compatibility").

Note: For synchronization, the maximum resistance between any two devices is 20 n. See the voltage specifications for the MCC2A, the signaling device, and the control panel to determine the maximum allowable wire resistance.

Strobe Capacity

29

7A 16

11

10

SA 8


SIGA-MCC2A Dual Input Signal Module (UIO Mount) with Class A r>n."ni'in~ 0.18 (0.08)

27193-21 2 27193-26 2

SIGA-U102R 0.32 (0.15) ----·-····---w/Ri~~r lnf>.~.....::~!~~~dul~~~~-~.':l_s ___________ ~---

SIGA-UI06R Universal Input-Output Module Board w/Riser Inputs· Six Module Positions

SIGA-UI06

235196P

MFC-A

Universal Input-Output Module Board · Six Module Positions

Bi-polar Transient Protector

supports Signature Module Mounting Plates

0.62 (0.28)

0.56 (0.25)

0.01 (0.05)

SIGA-MP1 Signature Module Mounting Plate, 1 footprint 1.5 (0.70) -----Sig;;;:;iure M~deie M(;U";;tf;:;-g-Piate~--~-~---------

siGA-MP2 112 footprint 0.5 (0.23)

SIGA-MP2L Signature Module Mounting Plate, 1/2 extended

1.02 (0.46)


GE Security

( ' \,____./ u.s. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996

Canada· T 519 376 2430 F 519 376 7258

Asia T 852 2907 8108 F 852 2142 5063

Australia T 61 3 9259 4700 F 61 3 9259 4799

Europe T32 2 7251120 F 32 2 721 86 13

Latin America T305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300

www.gesecurity.com/est

© 2007 General Electric Company All Rights Reserved

Signoture Series is a Trademark of GE Security.

imagination atwork Data Sheet 85001-0609 Issue 1

Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 6 of 6

Control Relay ~Modules

SIGA-CR, SIGA-MCR, SIGACRR, SIGA-MCRR

Overview The Control Relay Module and the Polarity Reversal Relay Module are part of the Signature Series system. They are intelligent analog addressable devices available in either plug-in (UIO) versions, or standard 1-gang mount versions.

The SIGA-CR/MCR Control Relay Module provides a Form "C" dry relay contact to control external appliances such as door closers, fans, dampers etc. This device does not provide supervision of the state of the relay contact. Instead, the on-board microprocessor ensures that the relay is in the proper ON/OFF state. Upon command from the loop controller, the SIGA-CRIMCR relay activates the normally open or normally-closed contact.

The SIGA-CRRIMCRR Polarity Reversal Relay Module provides a Form "C" dry relay contact to power and activate a series of SIGA-AB4G Audible Sounder Bases. Upon command from the Signature loop controller, the SIGA-CRR reverses the polarity of its 24 Vdc output, thus activating all Sounder Bases on the data loop.

Standard-mount versions (SIGA-CR and SIGA-CRR) are installed to standard North American 1-gang electrical boxes, making them ideal for locations where only one module is required. Separate 1/0 and data loop connections are made to each module.

Plug-in UIO versions (SIGA-MCR and SIGA-MCRR) are part of the UIO family of plug-in Signature Series modules. They function identically to the standard mount versions, but take advantage of the modular flexibility and easy installation that characterizes all UIO modules. Two- and six-module UIO motherboards are available. All wiring connections are made to terminal blocks on the motherboard. UIO assemblies may be mounted in Edwards enclosures.

Page 1 of6

Standard Features • Provides one no/nc contact (SIGA-CRIMCR)

MEA

® (@

Form "C" dry relay contact can be used to control external appliances such as door closers, fans, dampers etc.

• Allows group operation of sounder bases The SIGA-CRR/MCRR reverses the polarity of its 24 Vdc output, thus activating all Sounder Bases on the data loop.

• Plug-in {UIO} or standard 1-gang mount UIO versions allow quick installation where multiple modules are required. The 1-gang mount version is ideal for remote locations that require a single module.


• Electronic addressing Programmable addresses are downloaded from the loop controller, a PC, or the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool; there are no switches or dials to set.

• Intelligent device with microprocessor All decisions are made at the module to allow lower communication speed with substantially improved control panel response time and less sensitivity to line noise and loop wiring properties; twisted or shielded wire is not required.

• Ground fault detection by address Detects ground faults right down to the device level.

T 85001-0239 Issue 7.2

Installation SIGA-CR and SIGA-CRR: modules mount to North American 2Yz inch (64 mm) deep 1-gang boxes and 1 Y2 inch (38 mm) deep 4 inch square boxes with 1-gang covers and SIGA-MP mounting plates. The terminals are suited for #12 to #18 AWG (2.5 mm2 to 0. 75 mm2) wire size.

Status LEOs

LED viewing ports

Wall plate, white (1-gang)

SIGA-MCR and SIGA-MCRR: mount the UIO motherboard inside a suitable Edwards enclosure with screws and wash-ers provided. Plug the module into any available position on the motherboard and secure the module to the motherboard with the captive screws. Wiring connections are made to the terminals on the motherboard (see wiring diagram). UIO motherboard terminals are suited for #12 to #18 AWG (2.5 mm2 to 0. 75 mm2) wire size.

UIO Motherboard

1

+-Cabinet or electrical enclosure

Captive screws

Electronic Addressing - The loop controller electronically addresses each module, saving valuable time during system commissioning. Setting complicated switches or dials is not required. Each module has its own unique serial number stored in its onboard memory. The loop controller identifies each device on the loop and assigns a "soft" address to each serial number. If desired, the modules can be addressed using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service TooL

Edwards recommends that this module be installed according to latest recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes.

Page 2of6

Application The operation of Signature Series control relays is determined by their sub-type code or "Personality Code."

Personality Code 8: CONTROL RELAY (SIGA-CR/MCR) - Dry Contact Output. This setting configures the module to provide one Form "C" DRY RELAY CONTACT to control Door Closers, Fans, Dampers, etc. Contact rating is 2.0 amp @ 24 Vdc; 0.5 amp @ 120 Vac (or 220 Vac for non-UL applications). Personality Code 8 is assigned at the factory. No user configuration is required.

Personality Code 8: POLARITY REVERSAL RELAY MODULE (SIGA-CRR/MCRR). This setting configures the module to reverse the polarity of its 24 Vdc output. Contact rating is 2.0 amp@ 24 Vdc (pilot duty). Personality Code 8 is assigned at the factory. No user configuration is required.

Compatibility The Signature Series modules are compatible only with EST's Signature Loop Controller.

Warnings & Cautions This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist.

Testing & Maintenance The module's automatic self-diagnosis identifies when it is defective and causes a trouble message. The user-friendly maintenance program shows the current state of each module and other pertinent messages. Single modules may be turned off (deactivated) temporarily, from the control panel. Availability of maintenance features is dependent on the fire alarm system used. Scheduled maintenance (Regular or Selected) for proper system operation should be planned to meet the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Refer to current NFPA 72 and ULC CAN/ ULC 536 standards.

be used tor Issue 7.2

Typical Wiring Modules will accept #18 AWG (0. 75mm2), #16 (1.0mm2), #14 AWG (1.50mm2) and #12 AWG (2.5mm2) wire sizes.

Note: Sizes #16 AWG (1.0mm2) and #18 AWG (0. 75mm2) are preferred for ease of installation. See Signature Loop Controller catalog sheet for detailed wiring requirement specifications.

Normally- Normally-Open Common Closed

Red LED (Alarm/ Active)

Green LED (Normal)

{ DATA IN(+)

DATA IN(-)

From Signature Controller or Previous Device

Data In+

+ Data Out_

Green LED INormall Red LED (Activel

Page3of6

DATA OUT(+) }

L----+DATA OUT(-)

To Next Device

Notes

~ Refer to Signature Loop Controller Installation Sheet for wiring specifications.

& NFPA 72 requires that the SIGA-CRISIGA-MCR be installed in the same room as the device it is controlling. This requirement may not apply in all markets. Check with your local AHJ for details.

SIGA-CR Control Relay

~ The SIGA-UI06R and the SIGA-UI02R do not come with TB14.

Normally Open Common Normally Closed

No connections required for MCR. Other modules may require connections.

SIGA-MCR Control Relay

A The SIGA-UI06 does not come with TB8 through TB13.

~ Supervised and power-limited.

&llfthe source is nonpower-limited, maintain a space of 1/4 inch from power-limited wiring or use FPL, FPLP, FPLR, or an equivalent in accordance with the National Electrical Code.

7) Maximum #12 AWG (2.5mm2) wire. Min. #18 (0.75mrn2).

No connections required for MCR. Other modules may require connections.

DATA SHEET 85001-0239 Not to be used for installation purposes. Issue 7.2

(

Typical Wiring Modules will accept #18 AWG (0. 75mm2), #16 (1.0mm2), #14 AWG (1.50mm2) and #12 AWG (2.50mm2) wire sizes.

Note: Sizes #16 AWG (1.0mm2) and #18 AWG (0. 75mm2) are preferred for ease of installation. See Signature Loop Controller catalog • sheet for detailed wiring requirement specifications.

Signature Controller

SIGA-CRR Schematic

Pawe• 1"1 Power Out -rHyWhen Activated

AB4G Audible Base

Optional CR for disabling/disconnecting sounder base

SIGA-MCRR Schematic

Power In Power Out Polarity reverses when activated.

Signature

AB4G Audible Base

SIGA-CRR

Audible Bases

AB4G Audible Base

SIGA-MCRR

Notes Lt., Refer to the Signature controller installation sheet for

g:~it Data Out + •-tr-----:::::::1==1=:::::::-----'

wiring.

~ One Pair of Wires (24 Vdc power).

.&_ One Pair of Wires (Signature Data).

,&. Single Wire (24 Vdc power).

,& The SIGA-UI06R and the SIGA-UI02R do not come with TB14.

,&. The SIGA-UI06 does not come with TB8 through L TB13.

/;:,. Supervised and power-limited.

8 If the source is nonpower-limited, maintain a space of 1/4 inch from power-limited wiring or use FPL. FPLP, FPLR, or an equivalent in accordance with the National Bectrical Code.

9 Maximum #12 AWG (2.5 mm2 ) wire; Minimum #18 AWG (0.75 mm2 ).

10 End-of-Une Relay must monitor and report power supply trouble to control panel.

11 Class B Data wiring may be "Happed."

Page4of6

UliULC Usted 24Vdcpower supply

Data Out+~&& Signature ~ Data 2 Circuit 1

+ Data In_

Green LED (Normal! Red LEO IActivel

OptionaiMCRR orMCRfur disabling/disconnecting an audible base.

Green LED fNormoll Red LEO IActivel

DATA S H EE. T 85001-0239 Not to be used for installation purposes. Issue 7.2

l

Specifications

Mounting

Storage and Operating Environment

North American 2'h inch (64 mm) deep 1-gang boxes and 1 'h inch (38 mm) deep 4 inch square boxes with 1-gang covers and SIGA-

MP mounting plates

Plugs into UI02R, UI06R or North American 2¥.! inch Plugs into UI02R, UI06R or UI06 Motherboards (64 mm) deep 1-gang boxes UI06 Motherboards

and 1 'h inch (38 mm) deep 4 inch square boxes with 1-gang covers and SIGA-

MP mounting plates

Operating Temperature: 32•F to 12o•F (o•c to 49•q Storage Temperature: -4 •F to 140•F (-2o•c to 6o·q Humidity: 0 to 93% RH


SIGA-MCR Control Relay Module (UIO Mount) 0.18 (0.08)

SIGA-CRR Polarity Reversal Relay Module (Standard Mount) 0.4 (0.15)

SIGA-MCRR Polarity Reversal Relay Module (UIO Mount) 0.18 (0.08)

27193-11 Surface Mount Box - Red,

27193-16 Surface Mount Box - White, 1-gang 1 (0.6)

SIGA-UI02R Universal Input-Output Module Board w/Riser Inputs- Two Module Positions 0.32 (0.15)

SIGA-UI06R Universal Input-Output Module Board w/Riser Inputs - Six Module Positions 0.62 (0.28)

SIGA-UI06 Universal Input-Output Module Board- Six Module Positions 0.56 (0.25)

SIGA-AB4G Audible (Sounder) Detector Base 0.3 (0.15)

MFC-A Multifunction Fire Cabinet - Red, supports Signature Module Mounting Plates 7.0 (3.1)

SIGA-MB4 Transponder Mounting Bracket (allows for mounting two 1-gang modules in a 2-gang box) 0.4 (0.15)

SIGA-MP1 Signature Module Mounting Plate, 1 footprint 1.5 (0.70)

SIGA-MP2 Signature Module Mounting Plate, 1/2 footprint 0.5 (0.23)

SIGA-MP2L Signature Module Mounting Plate, 1/2 extended footprint 1.02 (0.46)

Page5of6 D AT A S H EE T 85001-0239 Not to be used tor installation purposes, Issue 7.2


u.s. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996



India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 9239 1200 F +61 3 9239 1 299

Europe T +32 2 725 11 20 F +32 2 721 8613

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300



Page6 of6

Signature Series Overview The Signature Series intelligent analog-addressable system from Edwards is an entire family of multi-sensor detectors and mounting bases, multiple-function input and output modules, network and non-network control panels, and user-friendly maintenance and service tools. Analog information from equipment connected to Signature devices is gathered and converted into digital signals. An onboard microprocessor in each Signature device measures and analyzes the signal and decides whether or not to input an alarm. The microprocessor in each Signature device provides four additional benefits- Self-diagnostics and History Log, Automatic Device Mapping, Stand-alone Operation and Fast, Stable Communication.

Self-diagnostics and History Log- Each Signature Series device constantly runs selfchecks to provide important maintenance information. The results of the self-check are automatically updated and permanently stored in its non-volatile memory. This information is accessible for review any time at the control panel, PC, or using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool. The information stored in device memory includes:

• Device serial number, address, and type

• Time and date of last alarm

• Most recent trouble code logged by the detector - 32 possible trouble codes may be used to diagnose faults.

Automatic Device Mapping -The Signature Data Controller (SOC) learns where each device's serial number address is installed relative to other devices on the circuit. The SOC keeps a map of all Signature Series devices connected to it. The Signature Series Data Entry Program also uses the mapping feature. With interactive menus and graphic support, the wired circuits between each device can be examined. Layout or "as-built" drawing information showing branch wiring (T-taps), device types and their address are stored on disk for printing hard copy. This takes the mystery out of the installation. The preparation of as-built drawings is fast and efficient.

Device mapping allows the Signature Data Controller to discover:

• Unexpected additional device addresses

• Missing device addresses

• Changes to the wiring in the circuit.

Most Signature modules use a personality code selected by the installer to determine their actual function. Personality codes are downloaded from the SDC during system configuration and are indicated during device mapping.

Standalone Operation- A decentralized alarm decision by the device is guaranteed. Onboard intelligence permits the device to operate in standalone (degrade) mode. If Signature loop controller CPU communications fail for more than four seconds, all devices on that circuit go into standalone mode. The circuit acts like a conventional alarm receiving circuit. Each Signature device on the circuit continues to collect and analyze information from its slave devices. When connected to a panel utilizing standalone operation, modules with their "personality" set as alarm devices (IDC) will alarm should their slave alarm-initiating device activate.

T 85001-0239 Not to for ln~:,taPation pvroose:~, Issue 7.2

L

L

( ~


~

STI Series Stopper® II

OveNiew This unique and patented device helps to prevent false fire alarms without restricting legitimate alarms. It consists of a tamper-proof, clear Lexan polycarbonate shield and frame that fits easily over manual pull stations. When lifted to gain access to the actual alarm, it sounds a piercing warning horn. Immediate attention is drawn to the pull station and a prankster will run or be caught. Legitimate alarms can still be pulled.

Use proven in thousands of applications around the worldincluding colleges, schools, hospitals, nursing homes, correctional institutions, hotels/motels and stores.

Testing Approvals Stopper II has been tested and approved or listed by: • Underwriter Laboratories No. 49G2 • Underwriter Laboratories of Canada Issue No. 13959C • Factory Mutual No. OG6A2.AY • New York City Board of Standards No. 94 7 -81-SA • State of California (approval not required) • General Service Administration

Page1 of4

EST Catalo;j ill' Power Supplies and Accessories

Standard Features • Fits virtually all pull stations

® @ <8>

MEA

• Tested and approved by wide range of fire prevention and testing authorities

• Unconditional lifetime guarantee against breakage and damage to molded polycarbonate cover

• Guards against physical damage to manual pull station

• Weatherproofing option

• Optional 9-volt alkaline battery (included) powered horn

D AT A S H EE T 85001-0491 Not to be used br installation purposes, Issue 3.2

Dimensions 7•

Size of Pull Station Accommodated t 6~;'!:, -r~ .. :;, r s.o!' ... T r·-~----':::.~::::-=;=-m------1-i The Stopper II can be installed over a flush-mounted station up to I I 5}2 inches (140mm) wide x 6% inches (171 mm) high. However, _ T .__ ::c.-

th~ pull Station'S maximum dimenSiOnS Will decrease as itS depth l r ----- IMCAI:= ~':·~::.';' .... 1

(distance from wall) 1ncreases. e.g.: I -~~==-'

3'\4 inch (19mm) deep pull station may be _ e e 5 inches (140mm) wide x 6 inches(152mm) high ~i ~;

·r r-

I I !

5 inches (127mm) wide x 6 inches (152mm) high 1-5/8inch(41mm)deeppullstationmaybe ... ~~-~:: ~~

2-3/8 inch (60mm) deep pull station may be --------.......... 4 inches (1 02mm) wide x 5 inches(146mm) high

2 inch (70mm) deep pull station may be 3 inches (76mm) wide x 5 inches (140mm) high

NOTE: If additional depth is needed, use the Conduit Spacer (Part No. STI 31 00) which adds 2 inches (51 mm) to the depth.

Patent Approval Stopper II has received patent approval from the United States (No. 4267549) and Canada (No. 1147828Z). Patents for other countries are pending.

Mounting Two types of mounting are available. Flush-mounted means the pull station is mounted directly on the wall. Surface-mounted means the pull station is mounted on an electrical box away from the wall.

Surface Mounted: When the pull station is mounted on an electrical box away from the wall, order Part No. STI 1130 (with horn) or Part No. STI1230 (without horn). Each includes longer screws with anchors and a 2 inch (51 mm) conduit spacer (Part No. STI 31 00} with knockouts top and bottom to accommodate the conduit pipe.

For Added Weatherproofing Install gasket (STI 3002) between Stopper II frame and wall. A second gasket must be installed behind the spacer for surface mounting. A conduit gasket (STI 3003} may be used to seal the conduit pipe.

Page2of4

MANUAL PULL STATION

REMOVEABLE INSERT TO ACCOMMODATE: CONDUITTOPORBOTTOM PART NO. 3004

Net

LIFT HERE

STOPPER II COVER CLEARLEXAN

UL TRA·VIOLET ...---STABILIZED

SCREWS AND ANCHORS PROVIDED WITH SPACER

E T 85001-0491

c


*STI-1230 *STI-1250

*STI-3150

Page3of4

1.3 (0.6)

1.3 (0.6}

iii

DATA SHEET 85001-0491 Not to be used for installation purposes, Issue 3.2


u.s. T 888-378·2329 F 866-503-3996



India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 9239 1200 F +61 3 9239 1299

Europe T +32 2 72511 20 F +32 2 721 8613

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300



Page4of4

Weatherproof an Explosion proof Manual Stations MPSR Series

Conventional Initiating

/ Weatherproof

Overview MPSR Series manual pull stations from Edwards are noncoded fire alarm stations solidly constructed of die-cast material. All components are pre-painted or have plated surfaces to inhibit corrosion.

Weatherproof manual stations are rated for outdoor use. Singleand double-action MPSR models are available with either single pole (normally open) or double pole (double throw) alarm contacts. Depending on the model, access to the unit for resetting purposes is gained with either a keylock or hex screw.

Explosionproof/weatherproof manual stations are rated for Class I Group B (hydrogen) C & D, Class II Groups E. F, G, Class Ill environments, and are rated NEMA 4X for outdoor use. They are available in single or double action activation with key or hex operated reset.

All models feature terminal block connections and 1 0 amp contacts.

Page 1 of4

Standard Features All models

• Solid corrosion-resistant construction

• Rated NEMA 4X for outdoor use

• Surface mount weatherproof backbox and gasket included

• Positive activation

• Terminals for wire connections

Weatherproof models

• Single and double action models

• Single or double pole contacts

• Key lock or hex screw reset

Explosionproof models

• Class I Group B, C & D, Class II Groups E. F, G, Class Ill

• Single-action models convertible to double-action operation

• Key lock reset

• Double pole contacts

Application MPSR Series manual stations have 10 amp contacts. They may be used with or without a break glass rod. Rod replacement requires no special tools. Each manual station may be reset and

U locked using the standard key or hex key provided.

Wiring Two contact terminal block wiring

N/0

Six contact terminal block wiring

N/C N/C

---........... 1/4-20 x 1 in. countersunk

screw

Assembly (weatherproof models)

conduit holes

~ Backbox

Conduit plugs (provided)

mounting screws

Assembly (explosion proof models)

Faceplate --~ /' I

'"':~ ~ screws

I 3/4 in. NPT pipe plug

(for single conduit use)

Glass rod installation slot

Page2of4 DATA S H H T 85001-0588 Not tc be used for installation purposes. Issue 3.1

Specifications

____________ !"eatherproof mo':!els ---·---·----·-------· Explo~~nproof/weather • ..:p:.:.r7o..::o:--f :.:m::;o:..:d•:..:e..:,ls7-::---=--=-=--: UUCSA: Class I Group B, C & D, Class II Groups E. F, G, Class

Ratings NEMA: 4X outdoor Ill NEMA: 4X outdoor

Dimensions ----·------·---·-·--------------··---------··---··--····--·---·----,---·-·--------·------------Width 3.06 in (7.77 em) 3.20 in (8.13 em) Height 4.75 in (12.07 em) 4.75 in (12.07 em) oeptil __________ 3.o in (7.62 ·em) _______ .. ____ .. _________________ .. _ 3.7ciiil .. i9"Aocil1f-·-----.. -.. ----·--------· .. ·----·--·----·-

Eiectricat

Wiring Two or six contact terminal block depending on model Six contact terminal block \NirBSiZ6_ .. ______ 14To18A~---... ..____ "i4i018-AWG·-----------------·-·-----Switch 10 @ 120 Vac ·-------------1:-:0:::---;@o:--712-:::0::-:-:Va_c _______________ _

Physical

··M0uri1Tn9---------·s;;:;gTe-9ari9-W88t118rP"roafiJackflox(ir1ciUd6'di----------·--siri9i89aii98x"PiOsiOO!i00T5ack5ox(inCTuCI8a)---·---.. --Lock Standard key or hex key Standard key or hex screw

-operatron-----------sTng~eactron-oraOubie-·act~onaependinQon-mOdSI ____ .. ____ SiilQie~ac~oUbie=acfun-wiihaaar;tercoverr--··-- ·---·--------Operating environment


Weatherproof manual stations (weatherproof backbox included) MPSR1=8Hl'\.iV-GE--·-----s;ngi6:actiQn~spsT,"fiexscrewreset;t8rmTrial connections. ------------·------~-----Cl.93(6A2f-

MPSR1-S45W-GE Single-action, SPST, Cat 45 Key reset, terminal connections. 0.93 (0.42) ·"MrsR1::0H"fW:"GT _______ Sii1916-=a:Ction:·oroT."hexscrev7res8t."ter-ITiiil8Tcorii1ectiOr1S.------------------·------o:93To~42)-

MPsR1-D45W-GE Single-action, DPDT, Cat 45 Key reset, terminal connections. 0.93 (0.42) -MrsR2::sHTW--8'E ______ BoU5fe:aCt10ii~srsT.h8xscrewres8t.ter:n:iir1aTCOrinectiOr1s:-·-::- - -··-=·---------------1T{o:7s)-MPsR2-oHTW-GE Double-action, DPDT, hex screw reset, terminal connections. 1. 7 (0. 76) -~-----~ilrtilJJJIIIt~l}liiWII -----·---~---.. --- iiiiW MPSR2-D45W-GE Double-action, DPDT, Cat 45 Key reset, terminal connections. 1. 7 (0. 76) MP~sFffW~8E-NWV-- ··ooubfe:aci:iOn~Sfisr, ilexscre;;:,-iBSet,"terminal connections-;-NYCWiiTteSi:ripe~-----------------·-:r:y-(o-:76)"-

MPSR2-S45W-GE-NYW Double-action, SPST, Cat 45 Key reset, terminal connections, NYC white stripe. -----1.7 (0. 7~ For-French-markings add -Ficithe suffix of the model numbe[-. ------------... ---·--------·---- ---

For bili~guial French/English markings add -B to the suffix of the model number.

Explosionproof manual station (explosionproof backbox included) ~-MPSRI ~D-45WX-=-GE-~-rl---sirlgle-action~DPDT, Cat '4s Key reset,"termii-l8fConn-ections ~-~-~-~-~·~··~----~·----~--~3{0:42) ~~ -MPsR-::ep---·---------oouble action cover ________ .... ________________ .......... --------··---·------·-------Q.77(o:35)-

~sR1 :DHIWX-C?E Single-action, DPDT,_!:_~x screw reset, terminal conne:ctions 0.93 (0.42) For French markings add -F to the suffix of the model number.

_!'_<:>~-~~~.lJ.i..~Fren~~~~S.h rri~~--~:Jd -~to the _s_l:l!f_iX_~! .. ~e model.~umbe:; _______ .. ___ . __________________________ _

Page 3 of4 Not

Explosionproof model with double-action

cover.


u.s. T 888-378-2329 F 866-503-3996

Canada Chubb Edwards T 51 9 376 2430 F 51 9 376 7258


India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 9239 1 200 F +61 3 9239 1 299

Europe T +32 2 72511 20 F +32 2 721 86 1 3

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300



Page4of4 D E T 85001-0588 Issue 3.1

l

Multi-Voltage Control Relay Model PAM-1

' Overview The PAM-1 Relay is encapsulated multi-voltage device providing 1 0 Amp Form C contacts. The relay may be energized by one of three input voltages: 24 Vac, 24 Vdc, or 115 Vac.

A red LED is provided which, when illuminated, indicates the relay coil is energized.

The PAM-1 may be mounted by using the double-sided adhesive tape, the self-drilling screw, or loosely placed in a back box.

The PAM-1 is ideal for applications where remote relays are required for control or status feedback. They are suitable for use with HVAC, Temperature Control, Fire Alarm, Security, Energy Management, and Lighting Control Systems.

Page1 of2

E:d.vards S!~jn&i!nfJ Catalog Ill> Power Supplies and Accessories

Standard Features • Completely encapsulated 1 0 Amp relay

• Relay may be energized by one of three input voltages

• Contains a red LED which illuminates when relay coil is energized

• May be mounted by double-sided adhesive tape, self-drilling screw or placed in back box

• Convenient 6 in (150mm) wire leads for electrical connections

Wiring

DATA SHEET 270066 Not to be used for installation purposes, Issue 1.1

c-


u.s. T 800 336 4206 F 860 284 3083



India T : +91 80 4344 2000 F : +91 80 4344 2050

Australia T +61 3 9239 1200 F +61 3 9239 1299

Europe T+3227251120 F+3227218613

Latin America T 305 593 4301 F 305 593 4300

www.edwardssignaling.com


Page2of2

Specifications Power Requirments

Relay Contact Rating

Ambient Temperature Approvals

Dimensions

15 rnA per position @ 24 Vdc, 24 Vac, 115 Vac

UL Recognized SPOT 10 Amps@ 115 Vac

-58°F to 185°F (-50°C to 85°C} UL Recognized components 1.5 H x 1 W .875 D inches (38.1 x 24.5 x 22.2 mm) with 6 inch (150mm) wire leads 18 AWG (1.00mm2)

DATA SHEET 270066 Net to be used for installation purposes, Issue 1.1

(

'-

Relays RH Series idoc RH Series - General Purpose Midget Relays

Key features of the RH series include: • Compact midget size saves space • High switching capacity (10A) • Choice of blade or PCB style terminals • Relay options include indicator light, check button, and top

mounting bracket • DIN rail, surface, panel, and PCB type sockets

available for a wide range of mounting applications

Contact Material

Operating Time

Maximum Continuous Applied Voltage

. (ACJDCI at zo·c Minimum Operating Voltage (ACID C) at zo•c

Dielectric Strength

Shock Resistance

Life Expectancy

50m.Q maximum (initial value)

24V DC/30mA, 5V DC/100mA (reference value)

SPOT (RH1 ), D 3PDT(RH3),

20ms maximum 25ms maximum

110% of the rated voltage

SPOT (RH 1 ): DC: O.BW AC: l.IVA (50Hz), IVA (60Hz) OPOT (RH2): DC: 0.9W AC: 1.4VA (50Hz), 1.2VA (60Hz) 3POT (RH3): DC: 1.5W AC: 2VA (50Hz), 1.7VA (60Hz) 4POT (RH4): DC: 1.5W AC: 2.5VA (50Hz), 2VA (60Hz)

SPOT Between live and dead parts: 2,000V AC, I minute; Between contact circuit and operating coil: 2,000V AC, I minute; Between contacts of the same pole: I,OOOV AC, I minute

OPOT (RH2), 3POT (RH3), 4POT (RH4) Between live and dead parts: 2,000V AC, I minute; Between contact circuit and operating coil: 2,000V AC, I minute; Between contact circuits: 2,000V AC, I minute; Between contacts of the same pole: l,OOOV AC, I minute

1,800 operations/hour

Coil: 85"C maximum Contact 65"C maximum

Electrical: over 500,000 operations at 120V AC, IDA; (over 200,000 operations at 12DV AC, IDA for SPDT[RHI],3PDT[RH3],4PDT [RH4]) Mechanical: 50,000,000 operations

IDEC-001

UL Recognized Files No. E67770

E59804

File No. BL951113332319

~~it CSA Certified ~· File No.LR35144

CE:


Order standard voltages for fastest delivery. Allow extra delivery time for non-standard voltages.

~Basic Part No.

-II!& -Coil Voltage:

AC110-120V

E-10 www.idec.com USA: (800) 262-IDEC or (408) 747-0550, Canada (888) 317-IDEC

idee Relays

Part Numbers: RH Series with Options

B (blade)

V2 (PCB 0.078" [2mm]wide)

Coil Ratings

RH Series

Part Numbers

Ratings

Rated Current :t15% at zooc C .1 R · " zooc GOHz SOHz -- or esrstance :t15°;o at

I

I

SPOT OPOT 3POT 4POT SPOT DPDT 3PDT -4PDT ~--DPDT~PDT

*For RH2 relays= JJ0/120VAC. t For RH2 relays = 220/240V AC. :j: For RH2 relays = 100/11 OV DC.

*For RH2 relays= JJ0/120V AC. t For RH2 relays = 220/240V AC. :j: For RH2 relays= 100/110V DC.

www.idec.com USA: (800} 262-IDEC or (408} 747-0550, Canada (888} 317-IDEC E-ll

Relays RH Series idee

L Ratings con't

'

I.* 6.5A/pole, 20A total. 2. Inductive load cos 11 = 0.3, LIR = 7ms .

• Applicable Sockets

L

Part Numbers: .Sockets

R I Standard DIN e ay Rail Mount

RH1B SH1B-05 SH1B-05C SH1B-51 SH1B-62

- SH2B-05C SH2B-02 SH2B-51 SH2B-62



Spring & Clips (optional)

SY2S-02F1 SFA-101 SFA-202




SH3B-05F1 SFA-101, -202

SY4S·51F1 SFA-301 SFA-302

SH4B-02F1 SFA-1 01, -202


,.

SH1 B-05, OSC

SH1B-51,62

SH2B-05, OSC

SH2B-51, 62

SH3B-05, 05C

SH3B-51,62

SH4B-05, OSC

SH4B-51, 62

I See Section F for details on sockets. All DIN rail mount sockets shown above can be mounted using DIN rail BNDNJ 000.

Internal Circuits

1

±~ 1 4

±1~ 1 2 4

~~~?~? 13 14

----an-(-) (+)

13 14

~) 13 14

(r----<1) RH1 RH2 RH3 RH4

E-12 www.idec.com USA: (800) 262-IDEC or (408) 747-0550, Canada (888) 317-IDEC

l

L \ ~

idee Relays

RH1

AC 11 OV Resistive

" :s 50

20

10L-~~~~~~~4~~~~,-~--~,-~---1~0--

Load Current (A)

RH2

1000

500

~

~ " c. 0 s ~100 ~ -!!. .. "' 50 --'

20

10 2 4 7 10 Load Current (A)

RH3 and 4

1000

500

"' c ,g I! " c. 0 s & 100 ~ -!!. ,:1 50 --'

20

10 3 4 5 6 7 Load Current (A)

RHSeries

Electrical Life Curves

1000

DC 30V Resistive

\DC 100V Inductive

......... Ac ;;;v-R'85rsuve

........ ........................

10L---~--2~--~--~4--~.-~.-~~~~--~--1*o~

I c. 0 s

1000

500

~ 100

5 50

Load Current (A)

DC 30V Resistive

.................................... DC 100V Inductive

Load Current (A)

DC 30V Resistive

DC 30V Inductive

......... .. ................................ .. ············-...

1 0L---7---~2--~--~4,-~5~~~--7~--7---~--~10.--

Load Current (A)

www.idec.com USA: {800} 262-/DEC or {408} 747-0550, Canada {888} 317-/DEC E-13

• (

Relays RH Series idee Dimensions

Top Bracket Mounting Blade Terminal

RH1B-UT -II+-I---H4t-

'E E 00 c. a, ""= ~

0.1 (3.5

37"-1-l mm) ~

(14.5mm)

Plug-in Blade Terminal

0.211" 0.25' (5.4mm)

(6.4mm)

RH1B Total length from panel surface including socket:

I ~ 1-II!!E!I--. .... ~

SH1B-05: 2.40' (61.5mm) maximum; SH1B-51: 1.54" (39mm) maximum Total length from panel surface including hold-down spring: SH1B-05: 2.48" (63.5mm) maximum; SH1B-51: 1.62" (41.6mm) maximum

0.183' -;}.... (4.7mm) ..J.I-'

\1_ :,:~."" "';·,> (0.5mm) ~

0.211" ~ 5.4mm) I:!

~ ~ 0·25" 0 546'

1.39" (35.6mm) (6.4mm) (14mm) or less

Plug-in Blade Terminal RH3B Total length from panel surface including socket:

SH3B-05: 2.57' (66mm) maximum

I Total length from panel surface including hold-down spring: SH3B-05: 2.65' (6Bmm) maximum

~0.183") ~(4.7mm)

\_ 00.101'(2.6mm)

0.019"(0.5mm) B j_ E - -

~ --~ ;;- 0 I

0.25' :::; 6.4mm),.; I• •I

1.39" (35.6mm) or Less 1.21" (31mm)

RH2B-UT 0.39"

u."--~~m: 0.101' (2.6mm)

e e E "! E

00

"' c. ::t. &, a, "! ""=

0.137" (3.5mm)

RH2B

0.839" (21.5mm)

0.185" (4.7mm)

0.23' l=r---.-.(5.9mm)

0.25" (6.4mm)

Total length from panel surface including socket: SH2B-05: 2.40' (61.5mm) maximum; SH2B-51: 1.54" (39.6mm) Total length from panel surface including hold-down spring: SH2B-05: 2.48' (63.5mm) maximum; SH2B-51: 1.62' (41.6mm)

-tt---11 ---tt:E----~01" "·'""'

H-=--"f--_t. 0.019" (0.5mm) ~ -

,...: --~

e-11_ o.183" .._~ I

H====fT""T(4.7mm) ~ ~

0.819' (21mm) 1.39' (35.6mm) 0.25'

or less (S.4mm)

RH4B Total length from panel surface including socket: SH4B-05: 2.40" (61.5mm) or less; SH4B-51: 1.54' (39.6mm) Total length from panel surface including hold-down spring: SH4B-05: 2.48" (63.5mm) or less; SH4B-51: 1.62' (41.6mm)

-ft---ft=ii:-g;:~,] 0 0.101" (2.6mm)

0.019" (0.5mm)j_

D 0.25' 6.4mm)

1.39' (35.6mm) or less

~

E "1 N

...... ...... ...... --• .... ..... . • I I

1.60" (41 mm)

E-14 www.idec.com USA: (800) 262-mEC or (408) 747-0550, Canada (888) 317-IDEC

{ /

~

idoc Relays

Dimensions

RH3V2

0.257" (6.6mm)

0 0.078" (2mm) 2 Holes

-B~2?:!; ~ ~ 0 0 ~ ~

0 0.094. b. b. (2.4mm) 11 Holes ;;l ;;l

0.019"(0.5mj_m) rum lal(~·.i~~) E """ """ E

It) - - 00 0 ~ t::. 0.513"

~ a 1 g !13.1smm>

"'! "' 0.283' 0.019 ~ I• •I 0 (7.25mm)

(O.Smm) 1.21" (31mm)

1.39' (35.6mm) 0.179" or Less (4.6mm)

RH3B-UT

r-R1.24"(31.5mm)

1.Mr(t:_u

RH2V2

('~"i! 0.078' (2mm)

0.01 • (O.Smm)

RH4V2

(2mm) 8 0.078"

~

E "' ...: £:!. j:... '=! ~

I•

0 0.094' (2.4mm) 8 Holes

..... --...... ...... • .. • o

•I 0.019" (O.Smm) 1.60" (41mm)

1---......-jf-+o- 0.179"

1.39' (35.6mm) or Less

RH4B-UT r.ft3"(41.4mm

1.40" ,14mm)

(4.6mm)

·-t- ,= =t cB-· .10" (27.9mm)

www.idec.com USA: {800} 262-IDEC or (408} 747-0550, Canada (888} 317-IDEC

RH Series

E-15

""' COOPER Notification

Series LEMD-M Emergency Message Display

Description: The LEMD Emergency Message Display is an LED illuminated text sign designed to comply with UFC requirements for mass notification systems. Where a text sign is required over the door of egress stairwells or other locations. It comes with two independently illuminated text messages: Announcement and Evacuate. The LEMD-M is UL Listed under Standard 48 and UFC Compliant 4-021-01.

Applications: For use with Mass Notification systems needing an LEDtype sign

Egress notification

Hearing impaired announcements

WHE-001

Features:

UFC compliant

Two messages can be activated; Announcement or Evacuate Messages can be activated independently

Message can be either steady on or flashing, set independently

24VDC

Low current draw 70 mA per circuit

Compatible with reverse polarity supervision circuits

Meets IP-65 rating, sealed against dust and protected from water splashes and low pressure water jets. Accepts #14 to #22AWG wires

UL Listed under Standard 48 and UFC Compliant 4-021-01 (LEMD-M model)

Dimensions: 8"H x 141/2 W x 2" D

ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS SPECIFICATIONS

The LED-type sign shall be Cooper Notification model LEMD-M or approved equal. The sign shall meet an IP-65 rating. It shall be capable of being supervised with a standard reverse polarity circuit and operate on 24 VDC. The sign shall have two messages,

·· · Announcement and Evacuate. Each message shall have the capability to either stay illuminated steady or flash upon activation. The L ~ign dimensions shall be S"H x 14 1/2 W x 2" D.

SPECIFICATION & ORDERING INFORMATION

Model Number Order Code

LEMD-M 6334

L

Description

LED Emergency Message Display • UL Listed under Standard 48 • UFC Compliant 4-021-01

/ /

/ /

/

/

/ /

/ /

/ /

JLM"ERJ4

Dimensions

8"H X 14 1/2 W X 2" D

NOTE: Due to continuous development of our products, specifications and offerings are subject to change without notice in accordance with Wheelock Inc. standard terms and conditions.

WE ENCOURAGE AND SUPPORT NICET CERTIFICATION 3 YEAR WARRANTY

V5000 LEMD-M 09/10

Cooper Notification is Wheelock• (MEDCJ SAFEPATH" WAvtfJ} @ ""' COOPER Notification

SGW776

HORN I STROBE GUARD

DESCRIPTION

The CHASE SECURlTY WIRE ENCLOSURE has been designed to protect hom I strobe devices against vandalism or accidental damage. It is designed for Prisons, HUD Projects, Universities, Hotels, Parks, Schools, Hospitals, and other public locations where both functionality and aesthetics count.

The wire enclosure provides for ease of installation and maintenance of equipment once installed. For over 30 years Chase wire products have been manufactured in a variety of sizes, styles and finishes, and sold to OEM accounts and distribution.

Can be used in a variety of applications.

FEATURES

+ Constructed of7-gauge (.177 in diameter) steel wire.

+ Welded at all points for strength.

+ Provided with four wire-formed eyelets for a solid installation.

+ Stock Finish: White polyester coating. Custom models available in red.

+ Dimensions I.D. 7" x 7" x 6" deep.

+ Easy to install.

+ Unit can be provided with electrical provisions for conduit pipes of all sizes.

+ Chase custom designs and builds to your specifications.

ACCESSORIES

+ Matching custom service plates available for wall or conduit applications.

Chase Security Systems, Inc., an MBE Enterprise, draws from over 30 years of experience selling to the Fire, Security, Computer, Sound, Food Processing, Forestry, Communications and Telecommunications industries. Many of our signature products are now being produced by other manufacturers but our wire enclosures are still the product of choice for their strength.

P .0. Box 30179, Chicago, IL 60630, Phone 773.775.7148, Fax 773.594.0078

www.chasesec.com © 2006 Chase Security Systems, Inc. Made with PrUk in the i1:S.A.

Due to changes in industry, exact product dimensions and features may differ slightly from above.

CHS-001

DESCRIPTION

The CHASE SECURITY HINGED WIRE ENCLOSURE has been designed to protect pull stations, switches and other devices against vandalism or accidental damage. It is designed for Prisons, HUD Projects, Universities, Hotels, Parks, Schools, Hospitals, and other public locations where both functionality and aesthetics count.

The wire enclosure provides for ease of installation and maintenance of equipment once installed. For over 30 years Chase wire products have been manufactured in a variety of sizes, styles and finishes, and sold to OEM accounts and distribution.

Can be used in a variety of applications.

FEATURES

PSGH 652

PULL STATION I SWITCH GUARD

+ Constructed 12-gauge steel wire fixed to an 8-gauge frame.

+ Welded at all points for strength.

+ Provided with one hinged mounting wire frame and four wire-formed eyelets for a solid installation.

+ Finish: red or white epoxy coating.

+ Dimensions LD. 6.5" x 5" x 2 1/8" deep.

+ Easy to install.

+ Chase custom designs and builds to your specifications.

ACCESSORIES

+ Matching custom service plates available for wall or conduit applications.

Chase Security Systems, Inc., an MBE Enterprise, draws from over 30 years of experience selling to the Fire, Security, Computer, Sound, Food Processing, Forestry, Communications and Telecommunications industries. Many of our signature products are now being produced by other manufacturers but our wire enclosures are still the product of choice for their strength

P.O. Box 30179, Chicago, IL 60630, Phone 773.775.7148, Fax 773.594.0078

www.chasesec.com © 2006 Chase Security Systems, Inc. Made with Pride in tile U.S.A.

Due to changes in industry, exact product dimensions and features may differ slightly from above.

CHS-002

13037F.xls Main FACP

EXCHANGE· FA I MNS CONTROL PANEL CURRENT EA. CURRENT TOTAL

.Qrr PARTNO. DESCRIPTION STBY ALRM STBY ALRM 1 3-CPU/PPS Main CPU 145.00 155.00 145.00 155.00 1 3·BBC/M Booster Power Supply/Charger 70.00 70.00 70.00 70.00 1 3-REMICA Remote Paging Microphone 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 1 3-LCD Front Panel Display 40.00 42.00 40.00 42.00

3-RS232 COMMCARD 58.00 58.00 0.00 0.00 1 3·RS485 COMMBOARD 98.00 98.00 98.00 98.00 9 LEMD·M LED Message Boards 0.00 70.00 0.00 630.00

MMXVR Multimode plug-in Tranceiver 20.00 20.00 0.00 0.00 1 3-SSDC1 ADDRSSABLE LOOP MODULE 144.00 204.00 144.00 204.00

3-MODCOM Modem Communicator and Dialer 60.00 95.00 0.00 0.00 1 3-ASU/4 Audio/Mic Panel 112.00 112.00 112.00 112.00 1 3-ANN-CPU3 CPU·CARD ANNUNCATOR 120.00 140.00 120.00 140.00

3-EVDVRA SWITCH DRIVER MODULE 5.00 40.00 0.00 0.00 3-ZA20 AMPLIFIER 20 WATT 62.00 1120.00 0.00 0.00 3-ZA40 AMPLIFIER 40 WATT 62.00 2480.00 0.00 0.00

1 3·ZA95 AMPLIFIER 95 WATT 64.00 5540.00 64.00 5540.00 1 3·12S1GY 12 Switch, 12 Gm, 12 Yel Ctrl Dis Mod 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 1 3·12S1RY 12 Switch, 12 Red, 12 Yel Ctrl Dis Mod 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00

SIGA Detectors Intelligent Smoke/Heat** 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.00 SIGA-270 Single Action Station Pull Station ** 0.25 0.40 0.00 0.00 SIGA-278 Dual Action Station Pull Station •• 0.25 0.40 0.00 0.00 SIGA-CC1/MCC1 Intelligent Signal Module** 0.22 0.10 0.00 0.00 SIGA-CC2/MCC2 Intelligent Signal Module** 0.22 0.10 0.00 0.00 SIGA-CRIMCR Intelligent Control Module ** 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 SIGA-CT1/MCT1 Intelligent Input Module, Single ** 0.25 0.40 0.00 0.00 SIGA-CT2 Intelligent Input Module, Dual •• 0.39 0.68 0.00 0.00 Full Addressable Loop Load Using Highest Module Current

125 SIGA SENSORS Intelligent Smoke/Heat- 0.045 0.045 5.63 5.63 125 SIGA MODULES Intelligent Universal Module *** 0.40 0.68 49.50 85.00

CURRENTS GIVEN IN MILLIAMPS

*** Calculations configured for full capacity of additional devices required per specs.

EnterReq'd TOTAL CURRENT 952.13 7185.63 by Number

72 Hours Total standby Hours 68553 rna 15 Minutes Total Alarm Hours 1796.406 ma

!Battery Size Required 70.349411 Amps PPS#1 !Battery Size Provided 44AHI BBC#1 !Battery Size Provided 44AHI

Total battery AH provided 88AH

Addressable Device Loops have been configured for maximum loop loading of devices.

13037F.xls Main FACP

(_ COMMISSARY- FA I MNS CONTROL PANEL

CURRENT EA. CURRENT TOTAL QIT PARTNO. DESCRIPTION STBY ALRM STBY ALRM

1 3-CPU/PPS Main CPU 145.00 155.00 145.00 155.00 1 3-BBC/M Booster Power Supply/Charger 70.00 70.00 70.00 70.00 1 3-REMICA Remote Paging Microphone 64.00 64.00 64.00 64.00 1 3-LCD Front Panel Display 40.00 42.00 40.00 42.00

3-RS232 COMMCARD 58.00 58.00 0.00 0.00 1 3-RS485 COMMBOARD 98.00 98.00 98.00 98.00 7 LEMD-M LED Message Boards 0.00 70.00 0.00 490.00

MMXVR Multimode plug-in Tranceiver 20.00 20.00 0.00 0.00 1 3-SSDC1 ADDRSSABLE LOOP MODULE 144.00 204.00 144.00 204.00

3-MODCOM Modem Communicator and Dialer 60.00 95.00 0.00 0.00 1 3-ASU/4 Audio/Mic Panel 112.00 112.00 112.00 112.00 1 3-ANN-CPU3 CPU-CARD ANNUNCATOR 120.00 140.00 120.00 140.00

3-EVDVRA SWITCH DRIVER MODULE 5.00 40.00 0.00 0.00 3-ZA20 AMPLIFIER 20 WATT 62.00 1120.00 0.00 0.00 3-ZA40 AMPLIFIER 40 WATT 62.00 2480.00 0.00 0.00

1 3-ZA95 AMPLIFIER 95 WATT 64.00 5540.00 64.00 5540.00 1 3-12S1GY 12 Switch, 12 Gm, 12 Vel Ctrl Dis Mod 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00

1 3-12S1RY 12 Switch, 12 Red, 12 Vel Ctrl Dis Mod 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 SIGA Detectors Intelligent Smoke/Heat .. 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.00 SIGA-270 Single Action Station Pull Station .. 0.25 0.40 0.00 0.00 SIGA-278 Dual Action Station Pull Station •• 0.25 0.40 0.00 0.00 SIGA-CC1/MCC1 Intelligent Signal Module .. 0.22 0.10 0.00 0.00 SIGA-CC2/MCC2 Intelligent Signal Module .. 0.22 0.10 0.00 0.00 SIGA-CRIMCR Intelligent Control Module •• 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 SIGA-CT1/MCT1 Intelligent Input Module, Single** 0.25 0.40 0.00 0.00 SIGA-CT2 Intelligent Input Module, Dual •• 0.39 0.68 0.00 0.00 Full Addressable Loop Load Using Highest Module Current

125 SIGA SENSORS Intelligent Smoke/Heat- 0.045 0.045 5.63 5.63 125 SIGA MODULES Intelligent Universal Module - OAO 0.68 49.50 85.00

L CURRENTS GIVEN IN MILLIAMPS

... Calculations configured for full capacity of additional devices required per specs.

Enter Req'd TOTAL CURRENT 952.13 7045.63 by Number

72 Hours Total Standby Hours 68553 rna 15 Minutes Total Alarm Hours 1761.406 rna

I Battery Size Required 70.314411 Amps PPS#1 !Battery Size Provided 44AHI BBC#1 I Battery Size Provided 44AHJ

Total battery AH provided 88AH

Addressable Device Loops have been configured for maximum loop loading of devices.

13037F.xls

Current Used Current Spare




Signal Panel #5 GCF-S7VM(75)

Current Available Current Used Current Spare

56.431%

1.860A 71.385%

70.615%

1.694A 73.938%

Genesis Speaker/Strobe- 75cd ADA, Red (Ceiling)

6.5A 1.518A 76.646%

Standby Time (H"')~ Alarm Time (Min)c:JI:)

Standby Time (Hra)~ Alarm Time (Min)c:JI:)

Standby Time (Hrs)~ Alarm Time (Min)c:JI:)

Standby Time (Hre)~ Alarm Time (Min)c:JI:)

Ck1# 9 10 0.166

INDIVIDUAL CIRCUIT TOTALS:

Standby Time (H"')BE] AlarmTime(Min) 15

13

Standby Currontffir[] Alarm Cum>nt~

Standby Cunantffir[] Alann Current~

Standby Cumontffir[] Alarm Cur"'nt~

Standby Cumontffir[] Alarm Current[!!!!]

9 10 0.664 0.664 0.664 0.664

Standby Current~ Alarm Current 1.518

SigBatCalcsA

Battery Required~ 6.1 AH I Batiery Provided 7.5 AH

Battery Required~ 5.9 AH I Battery Provided 7.5 AH



Battery Requlredl 5.8 AH I BatteryProvided 7.5AH

L

13037F.xls

Signal Panel #6 GCF-S7VM(75)



Signal Panel #8 757-!!A-5S




Genesis Speaker/Strobe- 75cd ADA, Red (Ceiling)

6.5A 1.516A 76.646%

Speaker/Strobe - 11 Ocd ADA, WP

6.5A 1.942A 70.123%

2.964A 54.400%

Ckt#

0.166

11 12 11 0.664

12 0.664

INDMDUAL CIRCUIT TOTALS: 0.664 0.664

standby lime (Hrs)~ Alarm limo (Min)c::J.D

Standby Time (Hrs)~ Alarm lime (Min)c::J.D

Ckt# 15 16

0.219 INDMDUAL CIRCUIT TOTALS:

Standby lin,. (Hrs)EE Alarmlime(Min) 15

standby Time (Hrs)~ Alarm llmo (Min)c::J.D

Standby lime (Hrs)~ Alarm Time (Minlc::J.D

14

Standby Cumont~ Alarm Cumont[IE!J

standby Current~ Alarm Current~

15 16 0.876 0.876

0.876 0.876

Standby Current~ Alarm Current 1.942

Standby Current~ Alarm Currant~

standby Curre~ AJarm CurrentU!!!.J

SigBatCalcsA

B-1")< Required' 5.8 AH I Battery Provided 7.5 AH

B-1")< Required' 5.9 AH I B-1")< Provided 7.5 AH

Battery Required' 6.1 AH I B-ry Provided 7.5 AH

Battery Required' 6.1 AH I Battery Provided 7.5 AH

13037F.xls

Signal Panel #11 GCF-S7VM(75




Current Spare

Genesis Speaker/Strobe- 75cd ADA. Red (Celli

6.5A 2.680A 58.769%

61.877%

2.470A 62.000%

68.523%

Ckt# 21 22 0.166

INDIVIDUAL CIRCUIT TOTALS:

Standby nm• (Hrs>OO Alarm Time (Min) 15

Standby rune (Hrs)CE:] Alarm Time (Min)~

Standby Time (H"')CE:] Alarm Time (Min)~

Standby Tima (Hra)CE:] Alarm Tima(Min)~

15

21 1.328 1.328

Standby cu ..... nt~ Alarm Current 2.680

Standby Current[]]![] Alarm Cunent~

Standby Current[]]![] Alarm Current~

Standby Current[]]![) Alarm Cunent~

SigBatCalcsA

Battery Required! 6.1 AH I Battery Provided 7.5 AH

Battery Required~ 6.0 AH I Battery Pn>vided 7.5 AH


Battery Required~ 5.9 AH I Battery Pn>vided 7.5 AH

Battery Specification Sheet

Technical Specifications Nominal Voltage 12.0 V

Nominal Capacity 44.0 Ah (20 Hr Rate)

Chemistry Lead Acid· AGM

Physical Specifications Length: 196.0 mm 7.72 in.

Width: 164.0 mm 6.46 in.

Height: 170.5 mm 6.72 in.

Height w/ Terminal: 170.5 mm 6.72 in.

Weight 14.8 kg 32.6 lbs.

Terminal Type Threaded Insert

Case Material

Charging Specifications Bloc

Charge Voltage Float 13.6~13.8 (constant) Cycle 14.5~14.9

Charging Temperature Range

Maximum Charge Current

Approx Final Charge Current (2.25 volts/cell Float) Approx Final Charge Current {2.45 volts/cell Cycle)

Capacity Specifications Cut-off Voltage 20 Hr Rate (2.00A) 1.75 volts/cell@ 25"C 10 Hr Rate (3.68A) 1.70 volts/cell@ 25"C 5 Hr Rate (6.50A) 1.55 volts/cell @ 25 "C 1 Hr Rate (23.2A) Discharge Current (5 seconds maximum)

Discharge Current (maximum continuous)

BlackABS

Per Cell 2.26~2.30

2.41 ~2.48

12.0 A

0.08 A

0.4 A

44.0 Ah 36.8 Ah 31.0 Ah 23.2 Ah 300 A 100 A

Discharge Temperature Range -4 oF to 140 oF (-200C to 600C)

Internal Resistance(charged) ~11.0 mO Due to changes in the manufacturing processes, specifications are subject to change without notice

interstatebatteries.com

.. 14.9 ..

INT-001

SLA1161

1•1o.o•1

15

:::t:. 3.4 1.7 1.0 6.0

Dimension: mm (+/~ 0.1)

© Interstate Battery System of America, Inc. 01/09

Battery Specification Sheet SLA1161 DISCHARGE CHARACTERISTIC TEMPERATURE EFFECTS IN RELATION

CURVES AT 25"C (7'1"F) TO BATTERY CAPACITY m, ~ \XI !!! (%)

Battery Batto<y Batte<y NP Temperature 25°C{77°F} "' 120 13.0 ... 4.33

i-ll s 1 . ~ . - r-.. § "'

....... < 100 12.0 ... ..• ~ "' r- -....., I' [', f',

~~*~ !: ...--t:l ~ \ ~

so 0 ..• 3.67 ' :::::::-: ~. > 11.0

\ \. --~ .... \ 5c· < .. <.> 60 z ... ·::;:....-- ~--iiE 10.0 5.0 3.33 1.-< '0.4CA "' ... a: O.SCA ~ 40" ,..... !:!:! ' ~:;:::::..~-..• . .. . .. !i

' , .... ....

20 •• • .-r- -- ':10'1 .. a: ... 4.0 2.67 ~ . .. ~ A - 0

1 2 4 68,0 20 40 90 2 4 6 810 20 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 ("C) .mn h -----1 -·24 14 32 50 68 86 104 122 ("F)

DISCHARGE TIME TEMPERATURE

SELF DISCHARGE CHARACTERISTICS OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE VS REMAINING CAPACITY

{%) {V) AT 25'C (77'F) 100

~I! I! .... 14.0

! >-~ i ~ I j ;_a

~ C>

··~ 75

~~t-+--L > ... !::

~ = <.> z a: 511 u 12.0 :c i 1'----. . :-t-- 1211'C{68'fl ! z

I ... a: I : 40'f (104'f) t 3IJ'C (68'1')

.... c 25 r------t--- 11.0

!

i I ! i i : ! 0

3 6 9 12 15 18 10.0

0 21 6 80 100

STORAGE TIME (MONTHS) REMAINING CAPACITY (%)

CYCLE SERVICE LIFE IN RELATION FLOAT SERVICE LIFE TO DEPTH OF DISCHARGE

... TESTING CONDinONS: DISCHARGE CURRENT: D.17C AMP. {F.V. 1. 7V/CEll) !!! .... ... "' CHARGING CURREtre O.OSG AMP. s :5 TESTING CONDinOII8: FlOATING VOLTAGE 2.25 TO 2.30V/CELL

~ CHARGING VOLUME: 125% OF DISCHARGED CAPACITY :c AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: 20'C TD 22'1: {64'F TO 7Z'f)

< (AH%) AMBIENT TEMPEJIATIIIIE: 2II'C TO 25'G (68'f TD 77'f) 1iC (AH%)

!: 120 !:

:~r I I I s ... ... - !f !: 100

' ...... t--... ...... ~ t'-.. ... ... 80 .... c \ .'\. '

c ... ... ~ 80 ~ 1110%0.0.0_ 50%0.0.0. 3ti~OEPTH OF ISCHARG£ :z ... ~ 40 ... a: a: 1 2 3 4 ... ~ ....

20 LIFE (YEARS)

0 200 400 600 8110 1000 1200 141111

NUMBER OF CYCLES

CAUTION: Do not charge in a sealed container. Avoid Short Circuit. Before using this battery in high current applications(>3C), consult with Interstate Batteries.

Notes: Leak-proof/spill-proof. Most SLA(Sealed Lead Acid) batteries now use AGM(Absorbent Glass Mat) technology which has largely

replaced the old "gel" technology. In an AGM battery, fiberglass mats absorb the acid and hold it against the lead plates inside the battery. Because the acid is absorbed by the sponge-like mats, it will not leak or spill (provided proper charging and usage instructions are followed). Additional safety features include the use of special sealing epoxies, tongue-and-groove case and cover construction as well as long sealing paths for post and connectors. Our AGM batteries are approved for all modes of transport(water, road, rail, air, etc.).

interstatebatferieS.COffl © Interstate Battery System at America, Inc.

5 5.5

01/09

BATTERY SPECIFICATIONS (Continued)

Length

P1

1,6 12 7 5.5 140

1224 12 7 5.95 151

1270W P1 12 7.2 5.95 151

1270WL unique plug 12 7.2 5.95 151

12778 14 12

SLA1100 1280WL P1

SLA1104 12120F2 6

SLA1'106 12120 1,6

SLA1116 12180NB & F 10,6 12

SLA1118 10,6 12 20

14 SLA1146 10,6 12 26

12340 9

2423 Button

4870 6

2420 10

unique plug

SLA3027 833 special unique plug 5.28 134

~ ~·· . SLA3035 1895W unique plug 8 203

Specifications subject to change without notice.

Interstate batter/ e s. com INT-002

13037F.xls

~

~

EXCHANGE ADDRESSABLE LOOP SPARE CAPACITY ADDRESSABLE DEVICE LOOP #1 SENSORS USED 9.60% SPARE 90.40%

12 113

Total Devices Used Spare Sensor Addresses

MODULES USED 80.00% 100

25 Total Modules Used

SPARE 20.00% Spare Module Addresses

Total Loop Capacity USED 44.80% 112 Total Addresses Used SPARE 55.20% 138 Total Spare Addresses

COMMISSARY ADDRESSABLE LOOP SPARE CAPACITY ADDRESSABLE DEVICE LOOP #1 SENSORS USED 3.20% SPARE 96.80%

4 121

Total Devices Used Spare Sensor Addresses

MODULES USED 28.00% 35

90 Total Modules Used

SPARE 72.00% Spare Module Addresses

Total Loop Capacity USED 15.60% 39 Total Addresses Used SPARE 84.40% 211 Total Spare Addresses

EXCHANGE FIRE ALARM I MASS NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS

VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS- WORST CASE

Slanal Ckttl Current Distance EOLV!!II!!!Ie

1 1.586 469' 20.13

2 1.056 499' 21.26

3 1.006 422' 21.79

4 0.664 514' 22.23

0.997 477' 21.53

6 0.723 560' 21.89

7 0.840 463' 21.98

8 0.664 564' 22.05

9 0.664 446' 22.46

10 0.664 59T 21.94

11 0.664 478' 22.35

12 0.664 630' 21.82

13 1.354 553' 20.11

14 1.097 678' 20.13

15 0.876 528' 21.59

.1§ 0.876 595' 21.29

17 1.409 498' 20.35

18 1.365 469' 20.53

COMMISSARY FIRE ALARM I MASS NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS

VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS- WORST CASE

Signal Clsttl l<!!!!!!!l Qi!!m£§ EOI, Vol!l!a! 19 1.556 398' 20.78

20 1.222 306' 22.06

21 1.328 353' 21.56

22 1.162 363' 21.81

23 1.162 441' 21.34

~ 1.126 264' 22.45 25 0.952 289' 22.57

26 1.328 305' 21.89

27 1.194 264' 22.24

28 0.662 337' 22.84

Notes:

1. Voltage drop calculations are based on a 24VDC Input.

2. Actual Voltage drops will reflect a higher reading than shown.

3. Field tests will verify proper voltage and operation of circuits.

4. Calculations based on using wire resistance of 2.6 ohms

per conductor or total of 5.2 ohms per 1000 ft.

Spare Cap

13037F.xls Spkr Cales

EXCHANGE FAIMNS !..!l!..8.b.. SPEAKER SYSTEM ~ SYSTEM

!QlAb !Q!& REQUIRED TOTAL LENGTH TO ~ ~ ~ AMPLIFIER TERMINAL IQIAb.1L ~ TOTAL WATTS TOTAL WATTS SPARE CABINET DEV .!.@llid AVAILABLE USEDIWl CAPACITY Amplifier

TOTAL NA 124 84.5 115 I 73.48% I 26.52% I ALL

COMPATIBILITY LISTINGS

No Listings Available

f~------

13037F.xls FIRE ALARM DOP

Activation of a Smoke Detector, Manual Station, Duct Smoke Detector, Water Flow Switch or any Alarm initiating device shall automatically cause the following:

1 Transmission of an alarm signal, via contacts, to the base fire department (via radio transceiver, provided by others).

2 Visual indication of the device operated on the fire alarm control panel (FACP), and on the LCD annunciator. Indication on the LCD Annunciator shall be by floor, zone or circuit, and type of device.

3 Continuous actuation of all alarm notification appliances. The pre-recorded fire alarm voice evacuation message shall be a female voice and state the following: "May I have your attention please? May I have your attention please? A fire emergency has been reported in the building. Please leave the building by the nearest exit."

4 Shut Down the buildings Public Address and/or Music system.

5 Recording of the event electronically in the history log of the fire control system unit.

6 Activation of All Message Board "Evacuate" LED Message

Activation of a Duct Smoke Detector, Tamper Switch or any supervisory initiating device shall automatically cause the following:

1 Visual indication of the device operated on the FACP and on the LCD annunciator, and sound the audible alarm at the respective panel.

2 Transmission of a supervisory signal, via contacts, to the base fire department (via radio transceiver, provided by others).


4 Operation of a duct smoke sensor shall shut down the appropriate air handler in accordance with NFPA 90A in addition to 1, 2 and 3 above.

Any open circuit, short circuit or ground fault on any supervised circuit (alarm initiating, alarm indicating, annunciation or control relay), loss of primary AC power, primary AC power below 96 Volts, low battery, loss of batterv. to life safetv systems shall automatically cause the followin~:~:

1 Visual indication of the system trouble on the FACP and on the LCD annunciator, and sound the audible alarm at the respective panel.

2 Transmission of a trouble signal, via contacts, to the base fire department (via radio transceiver, provided by others).


NOTE: RE: FAIMNS SYSTEM MATRIX FOR ADDDITIONAL INFORMATION, DWG PAGE F5

..,.-~'

13037F.xls

MASS NOTIFICATION CONTROL PANEL OPERATION

The mass Notification control panels have two (2) functions with one goal. Function #1, send pre-recorded messages to the enitre facility. Function #2, send live messages to the entire facility. The goal is to broadcast emergency messages (live or pre-recorded) to the occupants of the entire facility. When the MASS NOTIFICATION system is activated, all Message Board "ANNOUNCEMENT'' LED messages will be illuminated.

Function #1 Pre-recorded messages may be communicated to the entire facility by ( 1) Pressing the switch for All Call and (2) Pressing the switch for the specific Pre-recorded message.

MESSAGES: (examples below are examples only. Final messages shall be determined by the owner I Local AHJ)

1 "May I have your attention, please. May I have your attention, please. A fire has been reported that may affect your floor. Please walk to the nearest exit and evacuate the building." (Provide a 2 second pause.) "May I have your attention, please ... ( repeat the message)".

2 "May I have your attention please. May I have your attention please. A fire emergency has been reported in the building. Please leave the building by the nearest exit or exit stairway. Do not use the elevators." (Provide a 2 second pause.) "May I have your attention pleas .. ( repeat the message)".

3 "Alert! This is the Mass Notification System. There is an emergency situation. DO NOT evacuate the building! Stay in your current location! Stay tuned for further instructions." (repeat message 2 times)

4 "Alert, This is the Mass Notification System. There is a chemical gas emergency. Tum off all HVAC equipment, seal all doors and windows with wet fabric, Don protective gear. DO NOT evacuate the building, Act now! Listen to the MNS system forfurther instructions". (repeat message 2 times)

5 "Alert, this is the Mass Notification System. There is a explosive blast risk along the South wall of your building. Quietly move towards the north side of the building, and exit from the north stairs. Move away from the building heading north to the north parking area. (repeat messge 2 times)

At this time, the pre-recorded message selected will begin to be transmitted to the designated area or entire facility as well as activation of the mass notification strobes.

Areas:

1 The Commissary Building

2 The Exchange Building

The Mass Notification System announcements shall take priority over all of the functions of the fire alarm system including the audible and visual output of the fire alarm system in a normal or alarm state. All fire alarm system functions shall continue in an alarm state except for the output signals of the audible and visual notification appliances.

Function #2

Live voice messages may be communicated to a designated floor or entire facility by (1) pressing the switch for the designated floor or All Call and then (2) lifting the Mic from its cradle, (3) press the "Push to talk" switch and (4) speak into the Mic.

Areas:

1 The Commissary Building

2 The Exchange Building

The Mass Notification System announcements shall take priority over all of the functions of the fire alarm system including the audible and visual output of the fire alarm system in a normal or alarm state. All fire alarm system functions shall continue in an alarm state except for the output signals of the audible and visual notification appliances.

NOTE: RE: FAIMNS SYSTEM MATRIX FOR ADDDITIONAL INFORMATION, DWG PAGE F5

MASS NOT. DOP

FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

NORMAL CONDITION: POWER LED (GREEN) ON, ALL OTHER LEDs OFF

ALARM CONDITION: SYSTEM ALARM LED (RED). ALARM LOCATION AND ZONE SHOWN IN DISPLAY. USE REVIEW ALARM QUEUE SWITCH TO VIEW ADDITIONAL ALARMS. INTERNAL BUZZER PULSING.

1. TO SILENCE AUDffiLE DEVICES: PRESS THE "ALARM SILENCE" SWITCH. AUDIBLE SIGNALS WILL TURN OFF. NEW ALARMS RE-SOUND AUDIBLE SIGNALS. TO RE-SOUND AUDIBLE SIGNALS, PRESS THE "ALARM SILENCE" SWITCH A SECOND TIME.

2. TO RESET SYSTEM: PRESS "RESET" SWITCH (AFTER INVESTIGATING ALAM CONDITION).

SUPERVISORY CONDITION: SUPERVISORY LED (YELLOW), INTERNAL BUZZER ON. SUPERVISORY CONDITION, LOCATION, AND ZONE SHOWN IN DISPLAY. USE REVIEW SUPERVISORY QUEUE BUTTON TO VIEW ADDITIONAL LOCATIONS. INTERNAL BUZZER PULSING.

1. TO SILENCE BUZZER: PRESS "PANEL SILENCE" BUTTON. INVESTIGATE CAUSE.

2. TO CLEAR SYSTEM: PRESS THE "RESET" SWITCH

MONITOR CONDITION: MONITOR LED (YELLOW) ON IN NON ALARM. MONITOR CONDITION AND LOCATION SHOWN IN DISPLAY ONLY IN ALARM. USE REVIEW MONITOR QUEUE BUTTON TO VIEW ADDITIONAL LOCATIONS.

1. TO CLEAR SYSTEM: SYSTEM CLEARS AUTOMATICALLY ON RESTORATION OF MONITOR CONDITION.

TROUBLE CONDITION: SYSTEM TROUBLE LED (YELLOW) ON, INTERNAL BUZZER PULSING. TROUBLE LOCATION AND ZONE SHOWN IN DISPLAY. USE REVIEW TROUBLE QUEUE BUTTON TO VIEW ADDITIONAL LOCATIONS.

1. TO SILENCE BUZZER: PRESS "LOCAL SILENCE" SWITCH. INVESTIGATE CAUSE OF TROUBLE.

2. TO CLEAR SYSTEM: SYSTEM CLEAR AUTOMATICALLY ON CORRECTION OF TROUBLE CONDITION.

FIRE DRILL: NOTIFY FIRE DEPARTMENT OF TEST.

1. TO DRILL AND SOUND ALL AUDffiLE DEVICES: PRESS DRILL BUTTON. ALL AUDIBLE/VISUAL SIGNALS OPERATE. PRESS DRILL A SECOND TIME OR ALARM SILENCE TO END DRILL.

l

A Final Operations Instruction Sheet shall be provided upon Approval of

combined Fire Alarm/ Mass Notifications Systems from the

Engineers and Authority having 1 Jurisdiction

FIRE ALARM AND EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM RECORD OF COMPLETION

To be completed by the system installation contractor at the time of system acceptance and approval. It shall be permitted to modifY this form as needed to provide a more complete and/or clear record.

Insert N/A in all unused lines. Attach additional sheets, data, or calculations as necessary to provide a complete record.

1. PROPERTY INFORMATION

Name of property:

Address:

Description of property:

Occupancy type:

Name of property representative:

Address:

Phone: Fax: E-mail:

Authority having jurisdiction over this property:

Phone: Fax: E-mail:

2. INSTALLATION, SERVICE, AND TESTING CONTRACTOR INFORMATION

Installation contractor for this equipment:

Address:

License or certification number:

Phone: Fax: E-mail:

Service organization for this equipment:

Address:

License or certification number:

Phone: Fax: E-mail:

A contract for test and inspection in accordance with NFP A standards is in effect as of:

Contracted testing company:

Address:

Phone: Fax: E-mail:

Contract expires: Contract number: Frequency of routine inspections:

3. DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM OR SERVICE

D Fire alarm system (nonvoice)

D Fire alarm with in-building fire emergency voice alarm communication system (EV ACS)

D Mass notification system (MNS)

D Combination system, with the following components:

D Fire alarm

D Other(specify):

OEVACS OMNS D Two-way, in-building, emergency communication system

NFPA 72, Fig. 10.18.2.1.1 (p. 1 of 1)

Copyright© 2009 National Fire Protection Association. This form may be copied for individual use other than for resale. It may not be copied for commercial sale or distribution.

3. DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM OR SERVICE (continued)

NFPA 72 edition: Additional description of system(s):

3.1 Control Unit

Manufacturer: Model number:

3.2 Mass Notification System 0 This system does not incorporate an MNS

3.2.1 System Type:

0 In-building MNS-combination

0 In-building MNS-stand-alone

0 Other (specify):

0 Wide-area MNS 0 Distributed recipient MNS

3.2.2 System Features:

0 Combination fire alarm/MNS 0 MNS autonomous control unit 0 Wide-area MNS to regional national alerting interface

0 Local operating console (LOC) 0 Direct recipient MNS (DRMNS) 0 Wide-area MNS to DRMNS interface

0 Wide-area MNS to high-power speaker array (HPSA) interface 0 In-building MNS to wide-area MNS interface

0 Other (specify):

3.3 System Documentation

0 An owner's manual, a copy of the manufacturer's instructions, a written sequence of operation, and a copy of

the numbered record drawings are stored on site. Location:

3.4 System Software 0 This system does not have alterable site-specific software.

Operating system (executive) software revision level:

Site-specific software revision date: Revision completed by:

0 A copy of the site-specific software is stored on site. Location:

3.5 Off-Premises Signal Transmission 0 This system does not have off-premises transmission.

Name of organization receiving alarm signals with phone numbers:

Alarm: Phone:

Supervisory: Phone:

Trouble: Phone:

Entity to which alarms are retransmitted: Phone:

Method of retransmission:

If Chapter 26, specify the means of transmission from the protected premises to the supervising station:

If Chapter 27, specify the type of auxiliary alarm system: 0 Local energy 0 Shunt 0 Wired 0 Wireless

f\JFPA i0.182.U (p. 2 of


4. CIRCUITS AND PATHWAYS

4.1 Signaling Line Pathways

4.1.1 Pathways Class Designations and Survivability

Pathways class: _______ _ _ .. _ ___ Survivability level: Quantity: (SeeNFPA 72, Sections 12.3 and 12.4)

4.1.2 Pathways Utilizing Two or More Media

Quantity: Description:

4.1.3 Device Power Pathways

0 No separate power pathways from the signaling line pathway

0 Power pathways are separate but of the same pathway classification as the signaling line pathway

0 Power pathways are separate and different classification from the signaling line pathway

4.1.4 Isolation Modules

Quantity:

4.2 Alarm Initiating Device Pathways


Pathways class: ___ _ Survivability level: Quantity: (See NFPA 72, Sections 12.3 and 12.4)




0 No separate power pathways from the initiating device pathway

0 Power pathways are separate but of the same pathway classification as the initiating device pathway

0 Power pathways are separate and different classification from the initiating device pathway

4.3 Non-Voice Audible System Pathways


Pathways class: __ _ _ ...... __ _ __ _ __ Survivability level: Quantity: (See NFPA 72, Sections 12.3 and 12.4)




0 No separate power pathways from the notification appliance pathway

0 Power pathways are separate but of the same pathway classification as the notification appliance pathway

0 Power pathways are separate and different classification from the notification appliance pathway

NFPA 72, Fig.10.18.2.1.1 (p. 3of3)


5. ALARM INITIATING DEVICES

5.1 Manual Initiating Devices

5.1.1 Manual Fire Alarm Boxes D This system does not have manual fire alarm boxes.

Type and number of devices: Addressable: Conventional: Coded: Transmitter:

Other(specify): ·~--- ............. ··-· ···-·

5.1.2 Other Alarm Boxes D This system does not have other alarm boxes.

Description:

Type and number of devices: Addressable: Conventional: Coded: Transmitter:

Other (specify): . ................................................................................... ..

5.2 Automatic Initiating Devices

5.2.1 Smoke Detectors D This system does not have smoke detectors.

Type and number of devices: Addressable: Conventional:

Other (specify):

Type of coverage: D Complete area D Partial area D Nonrequired partial area

Other (specify): .

Type of smoke detector sensing technology:

Other (specify):

5.2.2 Duct Smoke Detectors

Type and number of devices: Addressable:

Other (specify):

Type of coverage:

D Ionization D Photoelectric D Multicriteria D Aspirating D Beam

D This system does not have alarm-causing duct smoke detectors.

Conventional:

Type of smoke detector sensing technology: 0 Ionization 0 Photoelectric 0 Aspirating 0 Beam

5.2.3 Radiant Energy (Flame) Detectors


Other (specify):

Type of coverage:

5.2.4 Gas Detectors

Type of detector(s):

Number of devices: Addressable:

Type of coverage:

5.2.5 Heat Detectors


D This system does not have radiant energy detectors.

Conventional:

D This system does not have gas detectors.

Conventional:

D This system does not have heat detectors.

Conventional:

Type of coverage: D Complete area D Partial area D Nonrequired partial area D Linear 0 Spot

Type of heat detector sensing technology: D Fixed temperature D Rate-of-rise D Rate compensated

NFPA 72, Fig. 10.18.2.1.1 {p. 4 of4)

Copyright© 2009 National Fire Protection Association. This fonn may be copied for individual use other than for resale. It may not be copied for commercial sale or distribution.

cc

5. ALARM INITIATING DEVICES (continued)

5.2.6 Addressable Monitoring Modules

Number of devices:

5.2. 7 Waterflow Alarm Devices


5.2.8 Alarm Verification

Number of devices subject to alann verification:

5.2.9 Presignal

Number of devices subject to presignal:

Describe presignal functions:

5.2.10 Positive Alarm Sequence (PAS)

Describe PAS:

5.2.11 Other Initiating Devices

Describe:

D This system does not have monitoring modules.

D This system does not have waterflow alann devices.

Conventional: Coded: Transmitter:

D This system does not incorporate alann verification.

Alann verification set for: seconds

0 This system does not incorporate pre-signal.

D This system does not incorporate PAS.

D This system does not have other initiating devices.

6. SUPERVISORY SIGNAL-INITIATING DEVICES

6.1 Sprinkler System Supervisory Devices


Other (specify):

6.2 Fire Pump Description and Supervisory Devices

Type fire pump: 0 Electric pump D Engine


Other (specify):

6.2.1 Fire Pump Functions Supervised

D This system does not have sprinkler supervisory devices.


D This system does not have a fire pump.


D Power D Running D Phase reversal D Selector switch not in auto D Engine or control panel trouble D Low fuel

Other (specify):

6.3 Duct Smoke Detectors (DSDs) D This system does not have DSDs causing supervisory signals.

Type and number of devices: Addressable: Conventional:

Other (specify):

Type of coverage:

Type of smoke detector sensing technology: D Ionization D Photoelectric D Aspirating D Beam

6.4 Other Supervisory Devices

Describe:

D This system does not have other supervisory devices.

NFPA 72, Fig. iO. i8.2. i. i (p. 5 of 5)


7. MONITORED SYSTEMS

7.1 Engine-Driven Generator D This system does not have a generator.

7.1.1 Generator Functions Supervised

D Engine or control panel trouble D Generator running D Selector switch not in auto D Low fuel

D Other (specify):

7.2 Special Hazard Suppression Systems

Description of special hazard system(s):

7.3 Other Monitoring Systems

Description of special hazard system(s):

8. ANNUNCIATORS

8.1 Location and Description of Annunciators

Location 1:

Location 2:

Location 3:

9. ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES

D This system does not monitor special hazard systems.

D This system does not monitor other systems.

D This system does not have annunciators.

9.1 In-Building Fire Emergency Voice Alarm Communication System D This system does not have an EV ACS.

Number of single voice alarm channels:

Number of speakers:

Location of amplification and sound-processing equipment:

Location of paging microphone stations:

Location 1:

Location 2:

Location 3:

9.2 Nonvoice Notification Appliances

Horns: With visible:

Chimes: With visible:

Visible only: Other (describe):

9.3 Notification Appliance Power Extender Panels

Quantity:

Locations:

Number of multiple voice alarm channels:

Number of speaker circuits:

D This system does not have nonvoice notification appliances.

Bells: With visible:

D This system does not have power extender panels.

NFPA Fig. 10. 182.1.1 (fL 6 of 6)


10. MASS NOTIFICATION CONTROLS, APPLIANCES, AND CIRCUITS 0 This system does not have an MNS.

10.1 MNS Local Operating Consoles

Location 1:

Location 2:

Location 3:

10.2 High-Power Speaker Arrays

Number of HPSA speaker initiation zones:

Location 1:

Location 2:

Location 3:

10.3 Mass Notification Devices

Combination fire alarm/MNS visible appliances: MNS-only visible appliances:

Textual signs: Other (describe):

Supervision class:

10.3.1 Special Hazard Notification

0 This system does not have special suppression predischarge notification.

0 MNS systems DO NOT override notification appliances required to provide special suppression predischarge notification.

11. TWO-WAY EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

11.1 Telephone System 0 This system does not have a two-way telephone system.

Number of telephone jacks installed: Number of warden stations installed:

Number of telephone handsets stored on site:

Type of telephone system installed: 0 Electrically powered 0 Sound powered

11.2 Two-Way Radio Communications Enhancement System

0 This system does not have a two-way radio communications enhancement system.

Percentage of area covered by two-way radio service: Critical areas: % General building areas: %

Amplification component locations:

Inbound signal strength: dBm Outbound signal strength: dBm

Donor antenna isolation is: dB above the signal booster gain

Radio frequencies covered:

Radio system monitor panel location:

NFPA 72, 10.182.1.1 (p. 7 of7)


11. TWO-WAY EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS (continued)

11.3 Area of Refuge (Area of Rescue Assistance) Emergency Communications Systems

0 This system does not have an area of refuge (area of rescue assistance) emergency communications system.

Number of stations: Location of central control point:

Days and hours when central control point is attended:

Location of alternate control point:

Days and hours when alternate control point is attended:

11.4 Elevator Emergency Communications Systems

0 This system does not have an elevator emergency communications system.

Number of elevators with stations: Location of central control point:

Days and hours when central control point is attended:

Location of alternate control point:

Days and hours when alternate control point is attended:

11.5 Other Two-Way Communication Systems

Describe:

12. CONTROL FUNCTIONS

This system activates the following control fuctions:

0 Hold-open door releasing devices 0 Smoke management 0 HV AC shutdown D F/S dampers

0 Door unlocking 0 Elevator recall 0 Fuel source shutdown 0 Extinguishing agent release

0 Elevator shunt trip 0 Mass notification system override of fire alarm notification appliances

Other (specify):

12.1 Addressable Control Modules

Number of devices:

Other (specify):

13. SYSTEM POWER

13.1 Control Unit

13.1.1 Primary Power

Input voltage of control panel:

Overcurrent protection: Type:

Location (of primary supply panel board):

Disconnecting means location:

13.1.2 Engine-Driven Generator

Location of generator:

Location of fuel storage:

0 This system does not have control modules.

Control panel amps:

Amps:

0 This system does not have a generator.

Type of fuel:

NFPA 72, Fig. 10:18.2:Li (p. 8 ot 8)


(_ 13. SYSTEM POWER (continued)

13.1.3 Uninterruptible Power System

Equipment powered by a UPS system:

Location of UPS system:

D This system does not have a UPS.

Calculated capacity of UPS batteries to drive the system components connected to it:

In standby mode (hours):

13.1.4 Batteries

Location: Type:

Calculated capacity of batteries to drive the system:


D Batteries are marked with date of manufacture

In alarm mode (minutes):

Nominal voltage: Amp/hour rating:


D Battery calculations are attached

13.2 In-Building Fire Emergency Voice Alarm Communication System or Mass Notification System

D This system does not have an EV ACS or MNS system.


Input voltage of EV ACS or MNS panel:










EV ACS or MNS panel amps:

Amps:

D This system does not have a generator.

Type of fuel:



In standby mode (hours): In alarm mode (minutes):

13.2.4 Batteries

Location: Type: Nominal voltage: Amp/hour rating:



D Batteries are marked with date of manufacture D Battery calculations are attached

NFPA 72, Fig. 10.18.2.1.1 (p. 9of9}


(_

('/ ' ( ~ ..

13. SYSTEM POWER (continued)



Input voltage of power extender panel( s ):










D This system does not have power extender panels.

Power extender panel amps:

Amps:


Type of fuel:




13.3.4 Batteries

Location: Nominal voltage: Amp/hour rating:


In standby mode (hours): .... In alarm mode (minutes):

0 Batteries are marked with date of manufacture D Battery calculations are attached

14. RECORD OF SYSTEM INSTALLATION

Fill out after all installation is complete and wiring has been checked for opens, shorts, ground faults, and improper branching, but before con.focting operational acceptance tests.

This is a: D New system D Modification to an existing system Permit number:

The system has been installed in accordance with the following requirements: (Note any or all that apply.)

0 NFPA 72, Edition:

D NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, Article 760, Edition:

D Manufacturer's published instructions

Other (specify):

System deviations from referenced NFP A standards:

Signed: Printed name:

Organization: Title:

Date:

Phone:

NFPA 72, Fig. 10.18.2.1.1 {p, iO of 10)

Copyright@ 2009 National Fire Protection Association. This form may be copied for individual use other than for resale. It may not be copied for commercial sale or distribution.

15. RECORD OF SYSTEM OPERATIONAL ACCEPTANCE TEST

0 New system

All operational features and fimctions of this system were tested by, or in the presence of, the signer shown below, on the date shown below, and were found to be operating properly in accordance with the requirements for the following:

0 Modifications to an existing system

All newly modified operational features andfonctions of the system were tested by, or in the presence of, the signer shown below, on the date shown below, and were found to be operating properly in accordance with the requirements of the following:

0 NFPA 72, Edition:

0 NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, Article 760, Edition:

0 Manufacturer's published instructions

Other (specify):

0 Individual device testing documentation [Inspection and Testing Form (Figure 14.6.2.4) is attached]

Signed: Printed name: Date:

Organization: Title: Phone:

16. CERTIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS

16.1 System Installation Contractor:

This system, as specified herein, has been installed and tested according to all NFP A standards cited herein.



16.2 System Service Contractor:

The undersigned has a service contract for this system in effect as of the date shown below.



16.3 Supervising Station:

This system, as specified herein, will be monitored according to all NFP A standards cited herein.



NFPA 72, Fig.10.18.2.1.1 {p. 11 of11)


r· ~

16. CERTIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS (continued)

16.4 Property or Owner Representative:

This system, as specified herein, will be monitored according to all NFP A standards cited herein.



16.5 Authority Having Jurisdiction:

I have witnessed a satisfactory acceptance test of this system and find it to be installed and operating properly in accordance with its approved plans and specifications, with its approved sequence of operations, and with all NFP A standards cited herein.



NFPA 72, Fig. 10.18.2.1.1 (p. 12 of 12)


FIRE ALARM AND EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INSPECTION AND TESTING FORM

To be completed by the system inspector or tester at the time of the inspection or test. It shall be permitted to modify this form as needed to provide a more complete and/or clear record.

Insert NIA in all unused lines. Attach additional sheets, data, or calculations as necessary to provide a complete record.

Date of this inspection or test: Time of inspection or test:

1. PROPERTY INFORMATION

Name of property:

Address:

Description of property:

Occupancy type:

Name of property representative:

Address:

Phone: Fax: E-mail:

Authority having jurisdiction over this property:

Phone: Fax: E-mail:

2. INSTALLATION, SERVICE, AND TESTING CONTRACTOR INFORMATION

Service and/or testing organization for this equipment:

Address:

Phone: Fax: E-mail:

Service technician or tester:

Qualifications of technician or tester:


The contract expires: Contract number: Frequency of tests and inspections:

Monitoring organization for this equipment:


Address:

Phone: Fax: E-mail:

Entity to which alarms are retransmitted: Phone:

3. TYPE OF SYSTEM OR SERVICE

0 Fire alarm system (nonvoice)

0 Fire alarm with in-building fire emergency voice alarm communication system (EV ACS)

0 Mass notification system (MNS)

0 Combination system, with the following components:

0 Fire alarm

0 Other (specify):

OEVACS 0MNS 0 Two-way, in-building, emergency communication system

NFPA 72, Fig. 14.6.2.4 {p. 1 of 1)


CI._

3. TYPE OF SYSTEM OR SERVICE (continued)

NFPA 72 edition:

3.1 Control Unit

Manufacturer:

3.2 Mass Notification System

3.2.1 System Type:

D In-building MNS-<:ombination

D In-building MNS-stand-alone

D Other (specify):

3.2.2 System Features:

D Combination fire alarm!MNS

D Local operating console (LOC)

Additional description ofsystem(s):

Model number:

D This system does not incorporate an MNS

D Wide-area MNS 0 Distributed recipient MNS

D MNS ACU only D Wide-area MNS to regional national alerting interface

D Direct recipient MNS (DRMNS) D Wide-area MNS to DRMNS interface

0 Wide-area MNS to high-power speaker array (HPSA) interface D In-building MNS to wide-area MNS interface

D Other (specify):

3.3 System Documentation

0 An owner's manual, a copy of the manufacturer's instructions, a written sequence of operation, and a copy of the record

record drawings are stored on site. Location:

3.4 System Software D This system does not have alterable site-specific software.

Software revision number: ....... -······---·-·----- Software last updated on:

0 A copy of the site-specific software is stored on site. Location:

4. SYSTEM POWER

4.1 Control Unit

4.1.1 Primary Power

Input voltage of control panel:







Control panel amps:


Type of fuel:

D This system does not have UPS.



NFPA 72, Fig. 14.6.2.4 (p. 2 of 2)


(_ 4. SYSTEM POWER (continued)

4.1.4 Batteries

Location: Type: Nominal voltage: Amp/hour rating:



0 Batteries are marked with date of manufacture.

4.2 In-Building Fire Emergency Voice Alarm Communication System or Mass Notification System

0 This system does not have an EV ACS or MNS.

4.2.1 Primary Power

Input voltage of EV ACS or MNS panel: EV ACS or MNS panel amps:

4.2.2 Engine-Driven Generator 0 This system does not have a generator.


Location of fuel storage: Type of fuel:

4.2.3 Uninterruptible Power System 0 This system does not have a UPS.





4.2.4 Batteries

Location: Type: Nominal voltage:




4.3 Notification Appliance Power Extender Panels 0 This system does not have power extender panels.

4.3.1 Primary Power

Input voltage of power extender panel( s ): Power extender panel amps:

4.3.2 Engine-Driven Generator 0 This system does not have a generator.


Location of fuel storage: Type of fuel:

4.3.3 Uninterruptible Power System 0 This system does not have a UPS.



Calculated, capacity of UPS batteries to drive the system components connected to it:


NFPA !2, Fig. 14.6.2.4 (p. 3 of 3)


4. SYSTEM POWER (continued)

4.3.4 Batteries

Location:




5. ANNUNCIATORS

5.1 Location and Description of Annunciators

Annunciator I :

Annunciator 2:

Annunciator 3:

6. NOTIFICATIONS MADE PRIOR TO TESTING

Monitoring organization

Building management

Building occupants

Authority having jurisdiction

Other, if required

7. TESTING RESULTS

Contact:

Contact:

Contact:

Contact:

Contact:

7.1 Control Unit and Related Equipment

Visual Description Inspection

Control unit 0

Lamps/LEDs/LCDs 0

Fuses 0

Trouble signals 0

Disconnect switches 0

Ground-fault monitoring 0

Supervision 0

Local annunciator 0

Remote annunciators 0

Power extender panels 0

Isolation modules 0

Other (specify) 0

Nominal voltage:


0 This system does not have annunciators.

Time:

Time:

Time:

Time:

Time:

Functional Test Comments

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

NFPA 12, Fig. 14.6.2.4 {p. 4 of 4)


(l

7. TESTING RESULTS (continued)

7.2 Control Unit Power Supplies

Visual Functional Description Inspection Test

120-volt power 0 0

Generator or UPS 0 0

Battery condition 0 0

Load voltage 0 0

Discharge test 0 0

Charger test 0 0

Other {s12ecify} ...... ..................................... 0 0

7.3 In-Building Fire Emergency Voice Alarm Communications Equipment

Description

Control unit

Lamps/LEDs/LCDs

Fuses

Primary power supply

Secondary power supply

Tmuble signals

Disconnect switches

Ground-fault monitoring

Panel supervision

System performance

Sound pressure levels

Occupied DYes ONo

Ambient dB A

Alarm dB A

(attach report with locations, values, and weather conditions)

System intelligibility

OCSI 0 STI

Visual Functional Inspection Test

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

Comments

Comments

(attach report with locations, values, and weather conditions) --===--:.=::=:..===;:::;.<....----+------+-----+· ...................................................................................................................... . Other (s]2ecify) 0 0

NFPA 72, Fig. 14.6.2.4 (p. 5 of 5)


c

r \l



Functional Description

Visual Inspection Test Comments

Lamps/LEDs/LCDs 0 0 -=======..:::..------1---==-----t---==----l······ ........ ························ Fuses 0 0 Primary power supply 0 0 Secondary power supply 0 0 Trouble signals 0 0 Ground-fault monitoring 0 0 Panel supervision 0 0 Other (specify) 0 0

7.5 Mass Notification Equipment

Visual Functional Description Inspection Test Comments

Functional test 0 0 -=...::::::.:...::.=c:....:..:..:..:..--------+--=---+--_;::=----+················································ ............................................................................................. .

Reset/power down test 0 0

Fuses 0 0

Prim~ power supply 0 0

UPS power test 0 0

Trouble signals 0 0

Disconnect switches 0 0

Ground-fault monitoring 0 0

CCU security mechanism 0 0

Prerecorded message content 0 0

Prerecorded message activation 0 0

Software backup performed 0 0

Test backup software 0 0

Fire alarm to MNS interface 0 0

MNS to fire alarm interface 0 0

In-building MNS to wide-area 0 0 MNS

NFPA 72, Fig. 14.6.2.4 (p. 6 of 6)



7.5 Mass Notification Equipment (continued)


MNS to direct recipient MNS D D ...........................................

Sound pressure levels D D Occupied DYes ONo

Ambient dB A •••••••• ••••••VNo•o

Alarm dB A


System intelligibility D D

0CSI OSTI


Other (specify) D D ~~--"-----~--~'NO NNm~•v ·~·· . --~

7.6 Two-Way Communications Equipment


( Phone handsets D D

Phone jacks D D --=-=-=-:=..='-"-"-=-=--------+-----'=----11----='----t······· .. ·· ........................................................................................... ········································-·····

Off-hook indicator D D

Call-in signal D D

System performance D D

System audibility D D

System intelligibility D D

Radio communications D D enhancement system

Area of refuge communication D D system

Elevator emergency D D communications system

Other (specify) D D

NFPA 72; Fig. 14.6.2.4 {p. l of l)


( 7. TESTING RESULTS (continued)

7.7 Combination Systems


Fire extinguishing monitoring D D devices/system .. ············-······

Carbon monoxide detector/system D D .....................................

Combination fire/security system D D

Other (specify) D D .. .......... ................................ ,_ ........

7.8 Special Hazard Systems

Visual Functional Description (specify) Inspection Test Comments

D D D D D D '-----'=='--..1...----"=''--------' ............................................................................................................ ..

7.9 Emergency Communications System

D Visual

D Functional

D Simulated operation

D Ensure predischarge notification appliances of special hazard systems are not overridden by the MNS. SeeNFPA 72, 24.4.1.7.1.

7.10 Monitored Systems

Visual Functional Description (specify) Inspection Test Comments

Engine-driven generator D D

Fire pump D D

Special suppression systems D D

Other (specify) ~·---~~~

D D

NFPA 72, Fig. 14.6.2.4 (p. 8 of 8)

Copyright© 2009 National Rre Protection Association. This form may be copied for individual use other than for resale. It may not be copied for commercial sale or distribution.


7.11 Auxiliary Functions

Visual Functional Descri tion Ins ection Test Comments

Door-releasin devices 0 0

Fan shutdown 0 0

Smoke mana ementlsmoke control 0 0

Smoke damper operation 0 0

Smoke shutter release 0 0

Door unlockin 0 0

Elevator recall 0 0

Elevator shunt tri 0 0

MNS override ofF A signals 0 0

Other (specify) 0 0

7.12 Alarm Initiating Device

0 Device test results sheet attached listing all devices tested and the results of the testing

7.13 Supervisory Alarm Initiating Device

0 Device test results sheet attached listing all devices tested and the results of the testing

7.14 Alarm Notification Appliances

0 Appliance test results sheet attached listing all appliances tested and the results of the testing

7.15 Supervisory Station Monitoring

Visual Functional Description Inspection Test Time Comments

Alarm signal 0 0

Alarm restoration 0 0

Trouble signal 0 0 .......

Trouble restoration 0 0 I

Supervisory signal 0 0

Supervisory restoration 0 0

NFPA 12, 14.6.2-4 9 of9)


c 8. NOTIFICATIONS THAT TESTING IS COMPLETE

Monitoring organization

Building management

Building occupants

Authority having jurisdiction

Other, if required

Contact:

Contact:

Contact:

Contact:

Contact:

9. SYSTEM RESTORED TO NORMAL OPERATION

Date: Time:

10. CERTIFICATION

10.1 Inspector Certification:

Time:

Time:

Time:

Time:

Time:

This system, as specified herein, has been inspected and tested according to all NFP A standards cited herein.

Signed: Printed name:


10.2 Acceptance by Owner or Owner's Representative:

The undersigned has a service contract for this system in effect as of the date shown below.



NFPA 72, Flg. 14.6.2.4 (p. 10 of 10)

Copyright© 2009 National Fire Protection Association. This fonn may be copied for individual use other than for resale. It may not be copied for commercial sale or distribution.

DEVICE TEST RESULTS

c (Attach additional sheets if required)

Device T e Address Location Test Results

NFPA 72, Fig. 14.6.2.4 (p. 11 of 11)


INSPECTION, TESTING, AND MAINTENANCE 72-101

INSPECTION AND TESTING FORM

SERVICE ORGANIZATION

Name: ____________________________________ __

Address: ________________________________ ___

Representative:--------------------------------License No.: ________________________________ _

Telephone:-----------------------------------

MONITORING ENTITY

Contact: ____________________________________ _

Telephone: __________________________________ _

Monitoring Account Ref. No.:---------------------

TYPE TRANSMISSION 0 McCulloh 0 Multiplex 0 Digital 0 Reverse Priority ORF 0 Other (SpecifY)---------------------------

Control Unit Manufacturer: ----------------------

Circuit Styles:-------------------------------

Number of Circuits:---------------------------

Software Rev.: -------------------------------

DATE: ________________________________ _

TIME: ________________________________ ___

PROPERTY NAME (USER)

Name: ____________________________________ __

Address:-----------------------------------

Owner Contact: -------------------------------Telephone: __________________________________ _

APPROVING AGENCY Contact: __________________________________ _

Telephone: ________________________________ _

SERVICE 0 Weekly 0 Monthly 0 Quarterly 0 Semiannually 0 Annually 0 Other (SpecifY) ----------------------------

Model No.: __________________________________ _

Last Date System Had Any Service Performed: --------------------------------------------------------

Last Date that Any Software or Configuration Was Revised:------------------------------------------------

ALARM-INITIATING DEVICES AND CIRCUIT INFORMATION

Quantity Circuit Style

Alarm verification feature is disabled____ enabled ____ .

FIGURE 10.6.2.3 Example of an Inspection and Testing Form.

Manual Fire Alarm Boxes Ion Detectors Photo Detectors Duct Detectors Heat Detectors Waterflow Switches Supervisory Switches

Other (SpecifY):-----------------------------

(NFPA Inspection and Testing, 1 of 4)

2002 Edition

1 ~ ..

72-102 NATIONAL FIRE AlARM CODE

ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES AND CIRCUIT INFORMATION


No. of alarm notification appliance circuits: ------+ Are circuits monitored for integrity? Q Yes Q No

Bells Horns Chimes Strobes Speakers

,other (Specify): ______________ _

SUPERVISORY SIGNAL-INITIATING DEVICES AND CIRCUIT INFORMATION


SIGNALING LINE CIRCUITS

Building Temp. Site Water Temp. Site Water Level Fire Pump Power Fire Pump Running Fire Pump Auto Position Fire Pump or Pump Controller Trouble Fire Pump Running Generator In Auto Position Generator or Controller Trouble Switch Transfer Generator Engine Running Other: __________________ _

Quantity and style of signaling line. circuits connected to system (see NFPA 72, Table 6.6.1): Quantity Style(s) _________________ _

SYSTEM POWER SUPPLIES (a) Primary (Main): Nominal Voltage _________ _ Amps ________________ _

Overcurrent Protection: Type----------- Amps _______________ _

Location (of Primary Supply Panelboard): ---------------------------Disconnecting Means Location:--------------------------------

(b) Secondary (Standby): --------------Storage Battery: Amp-Hr. Rating ______________ _ Calculated capacity to operate system, in hours: 24 -------- 60 _______________________ Engine-driven generator dedicated to fire alarm system: Location offuel storage: _________________________________ _

TYPE BATTERY Q Dry Cell Q Nickel-Cadmium Q Sealed Lead-Acid Q Lead-Acid Q Other (Specify): (c) Emergency or standby system used as a backup to primary power supply, instead of using a secondary power supply: ------- Emergency system described in NFPA 70, Article 700 ------- Legally required standby described in NFPA 70, Article 701 ------- Optional standby system described in NFPA 70, Article 702, which also meets the performance

requirements of Article 700 or 701. (NFPA Inspection and Testing, 2 of 4)

FIGURE 10.6.2.3 Continued

2002 Edition

INSPECTION, JESTING, AND MAINTENANCE 72-103

(_ PRIOR TO ANY TESTING

NOTIFICATIONS ARE MADE Yes No Who Time Monitoring Entity Q Q

Building Occupants Q Q

Building Management Q Q

Other (SpecifY) Q Q

AHJ Notified of Any Impairments Q Q

SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

TYPE Visual Functional Comments Control Unit Q Q

Interface Equipment Q Q

Lamps/LEDS Q Q

Fuses Q Q

Primary Power Supply Q Q

Trouble Signals Q Q

Disconnect Switches Q Q

Ground-Fault Monitoring Q Q

SECONDARY POWER

TYPE Visual Functional Comments Battery Condition Q

Load Voltage Q

Discharge Test Q

Charger Test Q

Specific Gravity Q

<C TRANSIENT SUPPRESSORS Q

REMOTE ANNUNCIATORS Q Q

NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES

Audible Q Q

Visible Q Q

Speakers Q Q

Voice Clarity Q

INITIATING AND SUPERVISORY DEVICE TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

Device Visual Functional Factory Measured Loc.&S/N Type Check Test Setting Setting Pass Fail

Q Q Q Q

Q Q Q Q

Q Q Q Q

Q Q Q Q

Q Q Q Q

Q Q Q Q

Comments:



2002 Edition

(

72-104

EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT Phone Set Phone Jacks Off-Hook Indicator Amplifier(s) Tone Generator(s) Call-in Signal System Performance

INTERFACE EQUIPMENT (Specify) (Specify) (Specify)

SPECIAL HAZARD SYSTEMS (Specify) (Specify) (Specify)

Special Procedures:

Comments:

SUPERVISING STATION MONITORING Alarm Signal Alarm Restoration Trouble Signal Supervisory Signal Supervisory Restoration

NOTIFICATIONS THAT TESTING IS COMPLETE Building Management Monitoring Agency Building Occupants Other (Specify)

NATIONAL FIRE ALARM CODE

Visual 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Visual

0 0 0

0 0 0

Yes No 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Yes No 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Functional Comments 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Device Simulated Operation Operation

0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0

Time Comments

Who Time

The following did not operate correctly:-------------------------------

System restored to normal operation: Date: _____ _ Time: _____ _

THIS TESTING WAS PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE NFPA STANDARDS. Name of Inspector: ________________ _ Date: ______ _ Time: _______ _

Signature:--------------------------Name of Owner or Representative:-----------------

Date: Time:------------

Signature:---------------------------


2002 Edition


I

~

TESTING, INSPECTION, AND MAINTENANCE FREQUENCIES FOR FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS

February 24, 2004

FLS has organized the following information regarding testing frequencies for fire detection and alarm systems. All of the following information can be found in the 2007 edition of the National Fire Protection Association, National Fire Alarm Code, NPFA-72. For definitions, details, and procedures, please refer to the 2007 edition ofNFPA-72. Please note that the following table summarizes the requirements ofNFPA-72, some of which may not be applicable to all campus buildings.

Testing requirements ofNFPA-72:

10.4.3 Testing shall be performed in accordance with the schedules in Table 10.4.3, except as modified in other paragraphs of 1 0.4.3, or more often if required by authority having jurisdiction.

Exception: Devices or equipment that is inaccessible for safety considerations (e.g., continuous process operations, energized electrical equipment, radiation, and excessive height) is to be tested during scheduled shutdowns if approved by the authority having jurisdiction but is not to be tested at intervals exceeding 18 months.

Table 10.4.3- Testing Frequencies

COMPONENT

1 Control Equipment - Building systems connected to supervising station a) Functions

b) Fuses

c) Interfaced equipment

d) Lamps and LEDs e) Primary (main) power supply

2 Control equipment- Building systems not connected to supervising station a) Functions

b) Fuses c) Interfaced equipment

d) Lamps and LEDs

e) Primary (main) power supply

3 Engine-driven generator- Central station facilities alarm

4 Engine-driven generator· Public fire alarm

INITIAU SEMI-REACCEPTANCE MONTHLY QUARTERLY ANNUALLY ANNUALLY

(_ COMPONENT

5 Batteries - Central station facilities

a) Lead-acid type

1. Charger test (replace battery as needed)

2. Discharge test (30 minutes)

3. Load voltage test

4. Specific gravity

b) Nickel-cadmium type




c) Sealed lead-acid type

1. Charger test (replace battery within 5 years after manufacture or more frequently as needed)


test

6 Batteries - Fire alarm systems a) Lead-acid type




4. Specific gravity

b) Nickel-cadmium type ff 1. Charger test (replace battery as needed)

\i, 2. Discharge test (30 minutes)


c) Primary type {dry cell)

1 . Load voltage test

d) Sealed lead-acid type


2. Discharge test (30 minutes) 3. Load test

7 Batteries - Public fire alarm reporting systems (From street locations to the communications center)

a) Lead-acid type 1. Charger test (replace battery as needed)

2. Discharge test (2 hours)


4. Specific gravity

b) Nickel-cadmium type




INITIAU SEMI-REACCEPTANCE MONTHLY QUARTERLY ANNUALLY ANNUALLY

,-

-.L_j

COMPONENT

c) Sealed lead-acid type



3. Load test

8 Cable Power

9

11 Conductors - Nonmetallic

12 Emergency Voice I Alarm Communications

13 Retransmission

14 Remote

151nitiating Devices a) Duct detectors

b) Electromechanical releasing device

c) Fire extinguishing system(s) or suppression system(s) switches

d) Fire-gas and other detectors e) Heat detectors

f) Fire alarm boxes g) Radiant energy fire detectors

h) System smoke detectors- functional*

i) Smoke detectors - sensitivity**

j) Single and multiple-station smoke alarms k) Single and multiple-station heat alanns

I) Supervisory signal devices (except valve tamper switches)

m) Waterflow devices switches

16 Guard's tour

17 Interface

18

19 Alarm notification appliances a) Audible devices

b) Audible textual notification appliances

devices

INITIAU SEMI· REACCEPTANCE MONTHLY QUARTERLY ANNUALLY ANNUALLY

(t ~

cc

INITIAU SEMI· ENT

20

21 Supervising station fire alarm systems -transmitters a) Digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT)

b) Digital alarm radio transmitter (DART)

c) McCulloh transmitter

Radio alarm transmitter

22

23 Supervising station fire alarm systems -receivers a) Digital alarm communicator receiver (DACR)

b) Digital alarm radio receiver (DARR)

c) McCulloh systems

d) Two-way RF multiplex

e) Radio alarm supervising station receiver (RASSR)

f) Radio alarm repeater station receiver (RARSR) Private microwave

* Specific requirements for smoke detector testing from NFPA-72:

10.4.3.4.1

10.4.3.4.2

10.4.3.4.3

Two or more detectors shall be tested on each initiating circuit annually.

Different detectors shall be tested each year, with records kept by the building owner specifying which detectors have been tested.

Within 5 years, each detector shall have been tested.

**Smoke detector sensitivity testing requirements ofNFPA-72:

10.4.3.2.1 Sensitivity of smoke detectors and single- and multiple-station smoke alarms (in other than one- and two-family dwellings) shall be checked within 1 year after installation.

10.4.3.2.2 Sensitivity shall be checked every alternate year thereafter unless otherwise permitted by compliance with 10.4.3.2.3.

10.4.3.2.3 After the second required calibration test, if sensitivity tests indicate that the device has remained within its listed and marked sensitivity range (or 4 percent obscuration gray smoke, if not marked), the length of time between calibration tests shall be permitted to be extended to a maximum of 5 years.

10.4.3.2.3.1 If the frequency is extended, records of nuisance alarms and subsequent trends of these alarms shall be maintained.

10.4.3.2.3.2 In zones or in areas where nuisance alarms show any increase over the previous year, calibration tests shall be performed.

y

Other testing requirements of NFP A-72:

10.4.3.1

10.4.3.3

10.4.8

If automatic testing is performed at least weekly by a remotely monitored fire alarm control unit specifically listed for the application, the manual testing frequency shall be permitted to be extended to annually. Table 10.4.3 shall apply.

Test frequency of interfaced equipment shall be the same as specified by the applicable NFP A standards for the equipment being supervised.

Tests of all circuits extending from the central station shall be made at intervals of not more than 24 hours.

Inspection requirements of NFP A-72:

10.3.1 Visual inspections shall be performed in accordance with the schedules in Table 1 0.3.1 or more often if required by the authority having jurisdiction. Exception: Devices or equipment that are inaccessible for safety considerations shall be inspected during scheduled shutdowns if approved by the authority having jurisdiction. Extended intervals shall not exceed 18 months.

Table 10.3.1- Inspection Frequencies

COMPONENT

1 Control epuipment: fire alarm systems monitored for alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals a) Fuses b) Interfaced equipment

c) Lamps and LEDs

2 Control equipment: fire alarm systems unmonitored for alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals a) Fuses b) Interfaced equipment

c) Lamps and LEDs

3 Batteries a) Lead-acid

b) Nickel-cadmium c) Primary (dry cell)

lead-acid

INITIAU SEMI· REACCEPTANCE MONTHLY QUARTERLY ANNUALLY ANNUALLY

co

5 Control unit als

7 Emergency voice/alarm communications

9 Initiating devices a) Air sampling

b) Duct detectors

c) Electromechanical releasing devices

d) Fire extinguishing system(s) or suppression system(s) switches

e) Fire alarm boxes

f) Heat detectors g) Radiant energy fire detectors

h) Smoke detectors

i) Supervisory signal devices

10 Guard's tour

11 Interface

12 Alarm

13 Supervising station fire alarm systems -transmitters a) Digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT)

b) Digital alarm radio transmitter (DART)

c) McCulloh transmitter arm transmitter

14 S Procedures

15 Supervising station fire alarm systemsreceivers a) Digital alarm communicator reciever (DACR)

b) Digital alarm radio reciever (DARR)

c) McCulloh systems

d) Two-way RF muliplex

e) Radio alarm supervising station reciever (RASSR)

f) Radio alarm repeater station reciever (RARSR)

Private microwave

Maintenance Requirements of NFPA-72:

10.5.2 The frequency of maintenance of fire alarm system equipment shall depend on the type of equipment and the local ambient conditions.

FPFile: FireDetAlarmlnspTestFreq.doc

NA

TIO

NA

L ll

',lt

~TIT

UTE

FOR

QERTIFICATI()~~r:

IN E

NG

INE,

Efiil

(G T

EC

HfiS

(OG

IES®

·. ·

..

Pro

vi d

ing

C

e r

t if /c

1,a t i

qPt~'p r o

g r

a m

s 5

in c

e

1 9.

9t2 !t:;

.

;,.

···""_

...,·

'"'

:;.;'•;i

''!'({i'

,i'' .

\\."

AW

AR

DE

D C

ER

tiFIC

ATI

ON

AT

,_r-

~PfR

E P

RO

TE

CT

ION

EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G

':.'-'

_,-;:-

FIR

E,A

LA

RM

SY

ST

EM

S

BA

SE

D U

PO

N S

UC

CES

SFU

L D

EM

ON

STR

ATI

ON

E

XP

ER

IEN

CE

AN

D W

OR

K P

ER

FOR

MA

NC

E A

S

Cer

tifi

cati

on V

alid

thro

ugh

Feb

ruar

y 1,

201

5

CE

RT

IFIC

AT

ION

NU

MB

ER

115

857

A D

IVIS

ION

OF

THE

(,J'

·. \•\~ ·'

''·:! ···:

;~i.\it,)!\i

;l:i~ ,, ,

. ,, y

.;!;flt

i;R·;,

'. r ~~\

\·z:~~.~-~

., ' ... ~/

' ,."'

.; ...

..

~ ... ': ·.

·~ ....

:.

NA

TIO

NA

L 11

\tSTI

TUTE

FO

R QE

RTIF

ICAT

id,~

~·

IN E

NG

INEE

RIN

.. G T

ECH

Nr0

1 LO

GIE

S®

. '~>· ...

)·

..

. .. ,:

.... '

. . '

Pro

vi d

in g

C

e r t

if ier

.a t i

qA

, ..... ·~;, r

o g

r a m

s

5 in

c e

1

9 6F:

1· \,

.~·I'

. ··:\~.

'·

\ ;:

,

\ B

EA

T K

NO

WN

TH

AT"

.

\ . ,:

· f,.

t'"

.

·\ .-·

-Eric

H.~Williams

,.>~~:~

:J, :-. ·

fl':.:.;:

;~61'~~~-'

''.• ,.

·• !"

·Hi~,rf.

.. ·I,

~ •~(,a.

t_'. II

-~~~~

~f·.,.:>J

,:,('"

" •ti

tfi;1IM)

,\Ir'~l·

,•4;~{.-

tJ /t/

~h~·.'

k."

~ij'

i·!>,' I

:

\,.,

:.'

'·,

\IS

~?-SEBY

AW

AR

DE

D C~~JIFICATION A

T .;fi:

~i?:_ .-.

·. <·····

'·,-.·:r·

:· · -~EVEL II

I ·

'"'·' .,,

. ..,,

...... · .. , .. ,

:.

{ j

. .

' .

. ...

,j~;~{J~;'

:;;-.• ~\

" ,'':;

··"'

\l,

rN FI

RE

PR

OT

EC

TIO

N E

NG

INE

ER

ING

TE

CH

NO

Lb:

@y:

.. ·.

· ...

f·

FIR

E A

LARM

SY

ST

EM

S

' ~:;tt

:· .: ..

' ~~.

. ,:

:

BA

SED

UPO

N S

UC

CES

SFU

L D

EMO

NST

RA

TIO

N O

F REQljiS,IT~

... K~Q

:~~~

i~·M

EX

PERI

ENCE

AN

D W

OR

K P

ERFO

RM

AN

CE

AS

SET

FOR

TH. B

Y T

HIS<

INisi

j:ll(i

!J.j

Cer

tific

atio

n V

alid

thro

ugh

Sept

embe

r 1,

201

5

CE

RT

IFIC

AT

ION

NU

MB

ER

101

237

.:.

t7 .

~ ()~

~!-

..... ::··

··:···•,,:

".:.{;:;'·

C

HA

IRM

AN

,Qf

THE

NIC

ET ~.

o'A~D .

QF,

.G0.

VERN

ORS

A D

IVIS

ION

OF

TH

E

I . I

!

~~(r)) '-~·.-,-

'

.

' f

\. '0

I I

I

I

I I

---------- -----~~

proposed fire alarm i mass notification system

Documents